-msgid "Several graphical diff tools exist. Why choose &kdiff3;? Let me say, why I wrote it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:103
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&kdiff3; started because I had to do a difficult merge. Merging is necessary when several people work on the same files in a project. A merge can be somewhat automated, when the merge-tool not only has the new modified files (called \"branches\"), but also the original file (called \"base\"). The merge tool will automatically choose any modification that was only done in one branch. When several contributors change the same lines, then the merge tool detects a conflict which must be solved manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The merge then was difficult because one contributor had changed many things and corrected the indentation in many places. Another contributor also had changed much text in the same file, which resulted in several merge conflicts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:114
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The tool I used then, only showed the changed lines, but not what had changed within these lines. And there was no information about where only the indentation was changed. The merge was a little nightmare."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:118
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "So this was the start. The first version could show differences within a line and showed white space differences. Later many other features were added to increase the usefulness."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:121
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "For example if you want to compare some text quickly, then you can copy it to the clipboard and paste it into either diff window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:124
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "A feature that required a big effort was the directory comparison and merge facility, which turned the program almost into a full file browser."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:127
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "I hope &kdiff3; works for you too. Have fun!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:129
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Joachim Eibl (2003)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:134
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Screenshots and Features"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:135
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "This screenshot shows the difference between two text files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:136
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "(Using an early version of &kdiff3;):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "3-way-merging is fully supported. This is useful if two people change code independently. The original file (the base) is used to help &kdiff3; to automatically select the correct changes. The merge-editor below the diff-windows allows you to solve conflicts, while showing you the output you will get. You can even edit the output. This screenshot shows three input files being merged:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:154
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&kdiff3; also helps you to compare and merge complete directories. This screenshot shows &kdiff3; during a directory merge:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:163
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "More Features"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:164
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Line-By-Line And Char-By-Char Diff-Viewer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:165
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "By using the possibilities of a graphical color display &kdiff3; shows exactly what the difference is. When you have to do many code-reviews, you will like this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:173
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "See White-Space Differences At One Glance"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:174
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Spaces and tabs that differ appear visibly. When lines differ only in the amount of white space this can be seen at one look in the summary column on the left side. (No more worries when people change the indentation.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:183
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Triple-Diff"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:184
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Analyze three files and see where they differ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:185
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The left/middle/right windows are named A/B/C and have the blue/green/magenta color respectively."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:188
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If one file is the same and one file is different on a line then the color shows which file is different. The red color means that both other files are different."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:198
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Comfortable Merge Of Two Or Three Input Files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:199
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&kdiff3; can be used to merge two or three input files and automatically merges as much as possible. The result is presented in an editable window where most conflicts can be solved with a single mouseclick: Select the buttons A/B/C from the button-bar to select the source that should be used. You can also select more than one source. Since this output window is an editor even conflicts which need further corrections can be solved here without requiring another tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:209
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "And ..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:211
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Fast navigation via buttons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:212
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "A mouse-click into a summary column sync's all windows to show the same position."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:213
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Select and copy from any window and paste into the merge result window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:214
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Overview column that shows where the changes and conflicts are."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:215
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The colors are adjustable to your specific preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:216
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Adjustable Tab size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:217
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Option to insert spaces instead of tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:218
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Open files comfortably via dialog or specify files on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:219
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Search for strings in all text windows. Find (Ctrl-F) and Find Next (F3)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:220
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Show the line numbers for each line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:221
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Paste clipboard or drag text into a diff input window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:222
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Networktransparency via KIO."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:223
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Can be used as diff-viewer in KDevelop 3."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:224
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Word-wrap for long lines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:225
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Support for Unicode, UTF-8 and other codecs."
-msgid "Note that <replaceable>file1</replaceable> will be treated as base of <replaceable>file2</replaceable> and <replaceable>file3</replaceable>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:258
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Special case: Files with the same name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:259
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If all files have the same name but are in different directories, you can reduce typework by specifying the filename only for the first file. E.g.:"
-" --L1 alias1 Visible name replacement for input file 1 (base).\n"
-" --L2 alias2 Visible name replacement for input file 2.\n"
-" --L3 alias3 Visible name replacement for input file 3.\n"
-" -L, --fname alias Alternative visible name replacement. Supply this once for every input.\n"
-" --cs string Override a config setting. Use once for every setting. E.g.: --cs \"AutoAdvance=1\"\n"
-" --confighelp Show list of config settings and current values.\n"
-" --config file Use a different config file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:277
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The option <option>--cs</option> allows you to adjust a configuration value that is otherwise only adjustable via the configure dialogs. But be aware that when &kdiff3; then terminates the changed value will be stored along with the other settings. With <option>--confighelp</option> you can find out the names of the available items and current values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:280
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Via <option>--config</option> you can specify a different config file. When you often use &kdiff3; with completely different setups this allows you to easily switch between them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:283
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignorable command line options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:284
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Many people want to use &kdiff3; with some version control system. But when that version control system calls &kdiff3; using command line parameters that &kdiff3; doesn't recognise, then &kdiff3; terminates with an error. The integration settings allow to specify command line parameters that should be ignored by &kdiff3;. They will appear in the usage help like in this example:"
-msgid "A list of options, separated via semicolon ';'. When one of these options appears on the commandline, then &kdiff3; will ignore it and run without reporting an error. (Default is \"u;query;html;abort\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:295
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When this isn't enough, then it is recommended to write a shell script that does the option translation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:300
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Open-Dialog"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:301
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Since many input files must be selectable, the program has a special open dialog:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:307
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The open dialog allows to edit the filenames by hand, selecting a file via the file-browser (\"File...\") or allows to choose recent files from the drop-down lists. If you open the dialog again, then the current names still remain there. The third input file is not required. If the entry for \"C\" remains empty, then only a two file diff analysis will be done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "You can also select a directory via \"Dir...\". If for A a directory is specified then a directory-comparison/merge starts. If A specifies a file but B, C or the output specify a directory, then &kdiff3; uses the filename from A in the specified directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:319
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If \"Merge\" is selected, then the \"Output\"-line becomes editable. But it is not required to specify the output filename immediately. You can also postpone this until saving."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:323
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The \"Configure...\"-button opens the options-dialog, so that you can set the options before running the analysis."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:329
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Paste and Drop Input"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:330
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Sometimes you want to compare parts of a text that is not an own file. &kdiff3; also allows you to paste text from the clipboard into the diff input window that has the focus. The diff analysis happens immediately then. In the open dialog you need not specify files then, but just close it via \"Cancel\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:335
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "You can also use drag and drop: Drag a file from a file manager or selected text from an editor and drop it onto a diff input window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:338
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "What's the idea? Sometimes a file contains two similar functions, but checking how similar they really are is a big effort if you first must create two files and then load them. Now you can simply copy, paste and compare the relevant sections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:342
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Note: Currently you cannot drag anything from &kdiff3;. Only dropping in the diff input is supported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:345
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Warning: Some editors still interpret the drag and drop into another program like cut (instead of copy) and paste. Your original data might be lost then."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:351
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Comparing Files And Interpreting The Information In The Input Windows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:355
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Info Line"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:355
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "At the top of each text window is its \"info line\". The info lines of the input windows contain a letter \"A\", \"B\" or \"C\", the editable filename, a button for browsing, and the line number of the first visible line in the window. (Note that window \"C\" is optional.) Each info line appears in a different color."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:360
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When you selected another file via browsing or finished editing the filename here by pressing enter, the new file will be loaded and compared with the already loaded file(s)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:364
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Coloring"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:364
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The three input windows are assigned the letters \"A\", \"B\" and \"C\". \"A\" has color blue, \"B\" has green and \"C\" has magenta. (These are the defaults, but can be changed in the Settings-Menu.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:368
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When a difference is detected then the color shows which input file differs. When both other input files differ then the color used to express this is red by default (\"Conflict color\" in the Settings). This colorscheme is especially useful in the case of three input files, which will be seen in the next section (<link linkend=\"merging\">Merging</link>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:374
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Summary Column"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:374
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Left of each text is the \"summary column\". If differences occurred on a line then the summary column shows the respective color. For a white-space-only difference the summary is chequered. For programming languages where white space is not so important this is useful to see at one glance if anything of importance was modified. (In C/C++ white space is only interesting within strings, comments, for the preprocessor, and some only very esoteric situations.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:381
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The vertical line separating the summary column and the text is interrupted if the input file had no lines there. When word-wrap is enabled then this vertical line appears dotted for wrapped lines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:385
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Overview Column"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:385
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "On the right side a \"overview\"-column is visible left of the vertical scrollbar. It shows the compressed summary column of input \"A\". All the differences and conflicts are visible at one glance. When only two input windows are used, then all differences appear red here because every difference is also a conflict. A black rectangle frames the visible part of the inputs. For very long input files, when the number of input lines is bigger than the height of the overview column in pixels, then several input lines share one overview line. A conflict then has top priority over simple differences, which have priority over no change, so that no difference or conflict is lost here. By clicking into this overview column the corresponding text will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:397
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Manually Aligning Lines"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:397
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Sometimes the algorithm places the wrong lines next to each other. Or you want to compare one piece of text with text at a completely different position in the other file. For these situations you can manually instruct &kdiff3; to align certain lines. Mark the text for which you want to improve the alignment with the mouse as you would for copy and paste in the first diff view and then choose \"Add Manual Diff Alignment\" in the \"Diffview\"-menu (keyboard shortcut \"Ctrl-Y\") . An orange bar will appear in the summary column next to the chosen text. Repeat this for the second and (if available) third diff view. &kdiff3; will immediately recalculate the differences everytime you do this, and will align the chosen lines. Of course some of the previously matching lines in between might not match anymore."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:408
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Currently merging doesn't support the use of manual diff help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:410
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Manually Joining and Splitting Diff Sections"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:410
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "In some cases &kdiff3; will see too many or too few diff sections for merging. In such a case you can join or split existing sections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:413
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Add new sections by first selecting text in the lines that belong together in either input window (as for copying to the clipboard). Then choose \"Split Diff At Selection\" in the \"Merge\" menu. Splits will be added above the first line and below the last line of the selected text. If you only want to add one section, then select text beginning at another section-split."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:418
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "For joining sections in either input window select something in the lines from the sections to join. (You can join several sections in one step too.) Then choose \"Join selected Diffs\" in the \"Merge\"-menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:425
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Merging And The Merge Output Editor Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:429
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The merge output editor window (below the diff input windows) also has an info line at the top showing \"Output:\", the filename and \"[Modified]\" if you edited something. Usually it will contain some text through the automatic merge facilities, but often it will also contain conflicts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:434
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "!!! Saving is disabled until all conflicts are resolved !!! (Use the \"Go to prev/next unsolved conflicts\"-buttons to find the remaining conflicts.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:437
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "With only two input files every difference is also a conflict that must be solved manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:440
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "With three input files the first file is treated as base, while the second and third input files contain modifications. When at any line only either input B or input C have changed but not both then the changed source will automatically be selected. Only when B and C have changed on the same lines, then the tool detects a conflict that must be solved manually. When B and C are the same, but not the same as A, then C is selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:447
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The Summary Column"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:447
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The merge output editor window also has a summary column on the left. It shows the letter of the input from which a line was selected or nothing if all three sources where equal on a line. For conflicts it shows a questionmark \"?\" and the line shows \"<Merge Conflict>\", all in red. Because solving conflicts line by line would take very long, the lines are grouped into groups that have the same difference and conflict characteristics. But only-white-space-conflicts are separated from non-white-space-conflicts in order to ease the merging of files were the indentation changed for many lines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:457
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting The Current Group And Synchronising Merge And Diff View Position"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:457
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When clicking into the summary column with the left mouse button in either window then the beginning of the group belonging to that line will shown in all windows. This group then becomes the \"current group\". It is highlighted with the \"Current range (diff) background color\" and a black bar appears on the left side of the text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:463
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Choosing Inputs A, B or C For Current Conflict And Editing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:463
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The button bar below the menubar contains three input selector buttons containing the letters \"A\", \"B\" and \"C\". Click the input selector button to insert (or remove if already inserted) the lines from the respective source. To choose the lines from several inputs click the respective buttons in the needed order. For example if you want that the lines from \"B\" appear before the lines from \"A\" in the output, first click \"B\", then \"A\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:470
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If you use the auto-advance option (<link linkend=\"autoadvance\">\"Automatically go to next unsolved conflict after source selection\"</link>), you should disable this before choosing lines from several inputs or if you want to edit the lines after your choice. Otherwise &kdiff3; will jump to the next conflict after choosing the first input."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:476
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "It is often helpful directly edit the merge output. The summary column will show \"m\" for every line that was manually modified. When for instance the differences are aligned in a way that simply choosing the inputs won't be satisfactory, then you can mark the needed text and use normal <link linkend=\"selections\">copy and paste</link> to put it into the merge output."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:482
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Sometimes, when a line is removed either by automatic merge or by editing and no other lines remain in that group, then the text <No src line> will appear in that line. This is just a placeholder for the group for when you might change your mind and select some source again. This text won't appear in the saved file or in any selections you want to copy and paste."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:488
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The text \"<Merge Conflict>\" will appear in the clipboard if you copy and paste some text containing such a line. But still be careful to do so."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:492
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Choosing Input A, B, or C for All Conflicts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:492
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The normal merge will start by solving simple conflicts automatically. But the \"Merge\"-menu provides some actions for other common needs. If you have to select the same source for most conflicts, then you can choose \"A\", \"B\" or \"C\" everywhere, or only for the remaining unsolved conflicts, or for unsolved white space conflicts. If you want to decide every single delta yourself, you can \"Set deltas to conflicts\". Or if you want to return to the automatic choices of &kdiff3; then select \"Automatically solve simple conflicts\". &kdiff3; then restarts the merge. For actions that change your previous modifications &kdiff3; will ask for your confirmation before proceeding."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:503
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Note: When choosing either source for unsolved white space conflicts and the options \"Ignore Numbers\" or \"Ignore C/C++ Comments\" are used then changes in numbers or comments will be treated like white space too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:508
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Automatic Merge of Version Control Keywords and History (Log)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:508
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Many version control systems support special keywords in the file. (e.g. \"$Date$\", \"$Header$\", \"$Author$\", \"$Log$\" etc.) During the check-in the version control system (VCS) changes these lines. For instance \"$Date$\" will turn into \"$Date: 2005/03/22 18:45:01 $\". Since this line will be different in every version of the file, it would require manual interaction during the merge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:515
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&kdiff3; offers automatic merge for these items. For simple lines that match the \"Auto merge regular expression\"-option in all input-files &kdiff3; will choose the line from B or - if available - from C. (Additionally it is necessary that the lines in question line up in the comparison and the previous line contains no conflict.) This auto merge can either be run immediately after a merge starts (activate the option \"Run regular expression auto merge on merge start\") or later via the merge menu \"Run Regular Expression Auto Merge\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:523
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Automatic merge for version control history (also called \"log\") is also supported. The history automerge can either run immediately when the merge starts by activating the option \"Merge version control history on merge start\" or later via the merge menu \"Automatically Solve History Conflicts\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:528
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Usually the version control history begins with a line containing the keyword \"$Log$\". This must be matched by the \"History start regular expression\"-option. &kdiff3; detects which subsequent lines are in the history by analysing the leading characters that came before the \"$Log$\"-keyword. If the same \"leading comment\"-characters also appears in the following lines, then they are also included in the history."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:534
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "During each check-in the VCS writes a unique line specifying version-, date- and time-information followed by lines with user comments. These lines form one history-entry. This history section grows with every check-in and the most recent entries appear at the top (after the history start line)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:539
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When for parallel development two or more developers check-in a branch of the file then the merge history will contain several entries that appear as conflicts during the merge of the branches. Since merging these can become very tedious, &kdiff3; offers support with two possible strategies: Just insert the history information from both contributors at the top or sort the history information by a user defined key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:545
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The just-insert-all-entries-method is easier to configure. &kdiff3; just needs a method to detect, which lines belong to one history entry. Most VCS insert an empty line after each history entry. If there are no other empty lines, this is a sufficient criterion for &kdiff3;. Just set an empty \"History entry start regular expression\". If the empty line criterion isn't sufficient, you can specify a regular expression to detect the history entry start."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:551
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that &kdiff3; will remove duplicate history entries. If a history entry appeared several times in the history of a input file, only one entry will remain in the output."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:554
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If you want to sort the history, then you have to specify how the sort key should be built. Use parentheses in the \"History entry start regular expression\" to group parts of the regular expression that should later be used for the sort key. Then specify the \"History entry start sort key order\" specifying a comma \",\" separated list of numbers referring to the position of the group in the regular expression."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:560
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Because this is not so easy to get right immediately, you are able to test and improve the regular expressions and key-generation in a dedicated dialog by pressing the \"Test your regular expressions\"-button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:564
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Example: Assume a history that looks like this: <screen>\n"
-"</screen> The history start line matches the regular expression \".*\\$Log.*\\$.*\". Then follow the history entries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:568
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The line with the \"$Log$\"-keyword begins with two \"*\" after which follows a space. &kdiff3; uses the first non-white-space string as \"leading comment\" and assumes that the history ends in the first line without this leading comment. In this example the last line ends with a string that also starts with two \"*\", but instead of a space character more \"*\" follow. Hence this line ends the history."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:574
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If history sorting isn't required then the history entry start line regular expression could look like this. (This line is split in two because it wouldn't fit otherwise.) <screen>\n"
-"</screen> For details about regular expressions please see the <ulink url=\"http://doc.trolltech.com/3.3/qregexp.html#details\">regular expression documentation by Trolltech</ulink>. Note that \"\\s\" (with lowercase \"s\") matches any white space and \"\\S\" (with uppercase \"S\") matches any non-white-space. In our example the history entry start contains first the version info with reg. exp. \"\\\\main\\\\\\S+\", the date consisting of day \"[0-9]+\", month \"(Jan|Feb|Mar|Apr|May|Jun|Jul|Aug|Sep|Oct|Nov|Dec)\" and year \"[0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]\", the time \"[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]\" and finally the developers login name \".*\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:582
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that the \"leading comment\"-characters (in the example \"**\") will already be removed by &kdiff3; before trying to match, hence the regular expression begins with a match for none or more white-space characters \"\\s*\". Because comment characters can differ in each file (e.g. C/C++ uses other comment characters than a Perl script) &kdiff3; takes care of the leading comment characters and you should not specify them in the regular expression."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:587
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"If you require a sorted history. Then the sortkey must be calculated. For this the relevant parts in the regular expression must be grouped by parentheses. (The extra parentheses can also stay in if history sorting is disabled.) <screen>\n"
-"</screen> The parentheses now contain 1. version info, 2. day, 3. month, 4. year, 5. time, 6. name. But if we want to sort by date and time, we need to construct a key with the elements in a different order of appearance: First the year, followed by month, day, time, version info and name. Hence the sortkey order to specify is \"4,3,2,5,1,6\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:595
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Because month names aren't good for sorting (\"Apr\" would be first) &kdiff3; detects in which order the month names were given and uses that number instead (\"Apr\"->\"04\"). And if a pure number is found it will be transformed to a 4-digit value with leading zeros for sorting. Finally the resulting sort key for the first history entry start line will be:"
-msgid "For more information also see <link linkend=\"mergeoptions\">Merge Settings</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:607
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Navigation And Editing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:608
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Much navigation will be done with the scroll bars and the mouse but you can also navigate with the keys. If you click into either window then you can use the cursor buttons left, right, up, down, page up, page down, home, end, ctrl-home, ctrl-end as you would in other programs. The overview-column next to the vertical scroll bar of the input files can also be used for navigating by clicking into it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:615
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "You can also use the wheel mouse to scroll up and down."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:617
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "In the merge output editor you can also use the other keys for editing. You can toggle between insert and overwrite mode with the insert key. (Default is insert-mode.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:621
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "A left-mouse-button-click into any summary column will synchronise all windows to show the beginning of the same group of lines (as explained in section <link linkend=\"synchronise_views\">\"Setting The Current Group And Synchronising Merge And Diff View Position\"</link>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:625
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The button bar also contains nine navigation buttons with which you can jump to the current/first/last difference, to the next/previous difference (ctrl-down/ctrl-up), to the next/previous conflict (ctrl-pgdown/ctrl-pgup), or to the next/previous unsolved conflict. Note that for &kdiff3; a \"conflict\" that was not automatically solved at the start of the merge stays a \"conflict\" even if it is solved. Hence the necessity to distinguish \"unsolved conflicts\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:633
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto-Advance"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:634
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "There also is a button \"Automatically go to next unsolved conflict after source selection\" (Auto-Advance). If you enable this, then, when one source is selected, &kdiff3; will jump to and select the next unsolved conflict automatically. This can help when you always want to choose one source only. When you need both sources, or you want to edit after selecting, then you probably want to switch this off. Before proceeding to the next unsolved conflict &kdiff3; shows you the effect of your choice for a short time. This delay is adjustable in the Diff- & Merge-Settings: You can specify the \"Auto-Advance delay\" in milli seconds between 0 and 2000. Hint: Tired of many clicks? - Use a small Auto-Advance-delay and the shortcuts Ctrl-1/2/3 to select A/B/C for many conflicts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:650
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Select, Copy And Paste"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:651
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The input windows don't show a cursor, so selections must be made with the mouse by clicking with the left mouse button at the start, holding down the mousebutton and moving to the end, where you release the mouse button again. You can also select a word by double clicking it. In the merge output editor you can also select via the keyboard by holding the \"shift\"-button and navigation with the cursor keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:658
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If the selection exceeds the visible range you can move the mouse over the window borders which causes &kdiff3; to scroll in that direction."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:661
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "For very large selections you can also use the navigation keys while holding down the mouse. E.g. use page up and page down to quickly go to a certain position. At the end position release the mouse button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:665
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "In order to select everything in the current window use menu \"Edit\"->\"Select All\" (Ctrl-A)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:667
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "To copy to the clipboard you must press the \"Copy\"-button (Ctrl-C or Ctrl-Insert). But there exists an option \"Auto Copy Selection\". If this is enabled, then whatever you select is copied immediately and you don't need to explicitly copy. But pay attention when using this because the contents of the clipboard might then be destroyed accidentally."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:673
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "\"Cut\" (Ctrl-X or Shift-Delete) copies to the clipboard and deletes the selected text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:676
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "\"Paste\" (Ctrl-V or Shift-Insert) inserts the text in the clipboard at the cursorposition or over the current selection. If you paste to either diff input window the contents of the clipboard will be shown in that window and the comparison will restart immediately. This is useful if you want to quickly grab a piece of text from somewhere and compare it with something else without first creating files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:686
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Saving"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:687
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Saving will only be allowed, when all conflicts were solved. If the file already exists and the \"Backup files\"-option is enabled then the existing file will be renamed with an \".orig\"-extension, but if such a file exists it will be deleted. When you exit or start another diff-analysis and data wasn't saved yet, then &kdiff3; will ask if you want to save, cancel or proceed without saving. (&kdiff3; does not catch any signals. So if you \"kill\" &kdiff3; then your data will be lost.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:695
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Line endings are saved according to the normal method on the underlying operating system. For Unices each line ends with an linefeed-character \"\\n\", while for Win32-based systems each line ends with a carriage-return + a linefeed \"\\r\\n\". &kdiff3; does not preserve the line-endings of the input files, which also means that you shouldn't use &kdiff3; with binary files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:704
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Finding Strings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:705
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "You can search for a string in any text-window of &kdiff3;. The \"Find ...\"-command (Ctrl-F) in the Edit-menu opens a dialog that lets you specify the string to search for. You can also select the windows which should be searched. Searching will always start at the top. Use the \"Find Next\"-command (F3) to proceed to the next occurrence. If you select to search several windows then the first window will be searched from top to bottom before the search starts in the next window at the top again, etc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:716
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Printing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:717
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&kdiff3; supports printing for textfile differences. The \"Print...\"-command (Ctrl-P) in the File-menu opens a dialog that allows you to select the printer and to adjust other options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:721
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "There are several possibilities to adjust the range. Due to different printing dialogs on different operating systems, the method to achieve certain range selections varies."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:726
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "All:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:726
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Print everything."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:727
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Current:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:727
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Print a page starting at the first visible line in the window. (On systems without this option this can be achieved by specifying page number 10000 for printing.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:729
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Selection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:729
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Before choosing to print select text with the mouse (like for copy and paste) in one of the diff input windows to define the start and end line. If no text in one of the diff input windows was selected, then this won't be an available choice. (On systems without this option this can be achived by specifying page number 9999 for printing.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:735
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Range:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:735
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Specify the first and last page."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:738
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Other important options for printing will be taken from the normal options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:741
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Font, font size"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:742
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Show line numbers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:743
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Word wrap"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:744
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "<para>Colors</para>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:745
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "etc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:747
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Landscape formatting is also recommended for printing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:752
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:753
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Options and the recent-file-list will be saved when you exit the program, and reloaded when you start it. (Menu Settings->Configure &kdiff3; ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:757
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Font"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:758
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Select a fixed width font. (On some systems this dialog will also present variable width fonts, but you should not use them.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:763
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Italic Font for Deltas:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:763
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If you select this, then text differences will be drawn with the italic version of the selected font. If the font doesn't support italic, then this does nothing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "<title>Colors</title>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:772
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Foreground color:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:772 index.docbook:785
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Usually black."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:773
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Background color:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:773
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Usually white."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:774
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Diff Background color:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:774
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Usually light gray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:775
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Color A:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:775
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Usually dark blue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:776
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Color B:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:776
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Usually dark green."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:777
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Color C:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:777
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Usually dark magenta."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:778
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Conflict Color:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:778 index.docbook:783
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Usually red."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:779
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Current range background color:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:779
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Usually light yellow."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:780
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Current range diff background color:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:780 index.docbook:784
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Usually dark yellow."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:781
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Color for manually aligned difference ranges:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:781
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Usually orange."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:782
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Newest file color in directory comparison:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:782
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Usually green."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:783
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Oldest file color in directory comparison:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:784
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Middle age file color in directory comparison:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:785
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Color for missing files in directory comparison:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:787
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Changing the colors for directory comparison will be effective only when starting the next directory comparison."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:790
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "On systems with only 16 or 256 colors some colors are not available in pure form. On such systems the \"Defaults\"-button will choose a pure color."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:796
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Editor Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:798
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Tab inserts spaces:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:798
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If this is disabled and you press the tabulator key, a tab-character is inserted, otherwise the appropriate amount of characters is inserted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:801
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Tab size:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:801
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Can be adjusted for your specific needs. Default is 8."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:802
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto indentation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:802
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When pressing Enter or Return the indentation of the previous line is used for the new line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:804
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto copy selection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:804
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Every selection is immediately copied to the clipboard when active and you needn't explicitly copy it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:806
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Line end style:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:806
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When saving you can select what line end style you prefer. The default setting is the common choice for the used operating system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:811
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Diff Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:812
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When comparing files, &kdiff3; first it tries to match lines that are equal in all input files. Only during this step it might ignore white space. The second step compares each line. In this step white space will not be ignored. Also during the merge white space will not be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:820
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignore numbers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:820
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Default is off. Number characters ('0'-'9', '.', '-') will be ignored in the first part of the analysis in which the line matching is done. In the result the differences will be shown nevertheless, but they are treated as white space."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:825
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignore C/C++ comments:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:825
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Default is off. Changes in comments will be treated like changes in white space."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:828
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignore case:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:828
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Default is off. Case-differences of characters (like 'A' vs. 'a') will be treated like changes in white space."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:831 index.docbook:998
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Preprocessor-Command:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:831 index.docbook:834
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "See <link linkend=\"preprocessors\">next section</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:834 index.docbook:1005
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Line-Matching Preprocessor-Command:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:837
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Try Hard:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:837
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Try hard to find an even smaller delta. (Default is on.) This will probably be effective for complicated and big files. And slow for very big files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:844
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Merge Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:846
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto Advance Delay (ms):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:846
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When in auto-advance-mode this setting specifies how long to show the result of the selection before jumping to the next unsolved conflict."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:850
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "White space 2/3-file merge default:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:850
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Automatically solve all white-space conflict by choosing the specified file. (Default is manual choice.) Useful if white space really isn't important in many files. If you need this only occasionally better use \"Choose A/B/C For All Unsolved Whitespace Conflicts\" in the merge menu. Note that if you enable either \"Ignore numbers\" or \"Ignore C/C++ comments\" then this auto-choice also applies for conflicts in numbers or comments."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:857
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto merge regular expression:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:857
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Regular expression for lines where &kdiff3; should automatically choose one source. See also <link linkend=\"vcskeywordsmergesupport\">Automatic Merge ...</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:860
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Run regular expression auto merge on merge start:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:860
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If activated &kdiff3; runs the automatic merge using the \"Auto merge regular expression\" when a merge is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:863
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "History start regular expression:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:863
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Regular expression for the start of the merge history entry. Usually this line contains the \"$Log$\"-keyword. Default value: \".*\\$Log.*\\$.*\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:868
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "History entry start regular expression:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:868
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "A merge history entry consists of several lines. Specify the regular expression to detect the first line (without the leading comment). Use parentheses to group the keys you want to use for sorting. If left empty, then &kdiff3; assumes that empty lines separate history entries. See also <link linkend=\"vcskeywordsmergesupport\">Automatic Merge ...</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:875
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "History merge sorting:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:875
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Enable version control history sorting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:878
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "History entry start sort key order:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:878
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Each parentheses used in the regular expression for the history start entry groups a key that can be used for sorting. Specify the list of keys (that are numbered in order of occurrence starting with 1) using ',' as separator (e.g. \"4,5,6,1,2,3,7\"). If left empty, then no sorting will be done. See also <link linkend=\"vcskeywordsmergesupport\">Automatic Merge ...</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:886
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Merge version control history on merge start:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:886
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If activated &kdiff3; runs the automatic history merging using aforementioned options when a merge is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:889
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of history entries:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:889
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&kdiff3; truncates the history list after the specified number of entries. Use -1 to avoid truncation. (Default is -1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:892
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Test your regular expressions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:892
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "This button shows a dialog that allows you to improve and test the regular expressions above. Just copy the respective data from your files into the example lines. The \"Match results\" will immediately show whether the match succeeds or not. The \"Sort key result\" will display the key used for history merge sorting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:898
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Irrelevant merge command:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:898
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Specify a command of your own that should be called when &kdiff3; detects that for a three file merge the file from B doesn't contribute any relevant data that isn't already contained in the file from C. The command is called with the three filenames as parameters. Data matched by the \"Auto merge regular expression\" or in the history isn't considered relevant."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:910
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Directory Merge"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:911
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "These options are concerned with scanning the directory and handling the merge: See the <link linkend=\"dirmergeoptions\">Directory Comparison/Merge Docs</link> for details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:915
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Yet there is one option here that is also relevant for saving single files:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:919 index.docbook:1621
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Backup files:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:919
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When a file is saved and an older version already exists, then the original version will be renamed with an \".orig\" extension. If an old backup file with \".orig\" extension already exists then this will be deleted without backup."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:927
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Regional and Language Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Language:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:929
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Adjust the language of the user interface. Changing this option doesn't affect the running program. You have to exit and restart &kdiff3; so that the language is changed. (This option is not available in the KDE version of &kdiff3; because the language is adjustable in the global KDE settings.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:931
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use the same encoding for everything:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:931
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The following encoding options can be adjusted separately for each item or if this option is true, all values will take the first value."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:933
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local Encoding:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:933
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Above the codec-selectors appears a note that tells you what the local encoding is. (This is not adjustable but for your information just in case you don't know your local encoding, but need to select it.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:935
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "File Encoding for A/B/C:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:935
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Adjust the file encoding for input files. This has an effect on how the special characters are interpreted. Since you can adjust each codec separately you can even compare and merge files that were saved using different codecs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:937
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "File Encoding for Merge Output and Saving:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:937
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When you have edited a file, then you can adjust which encoding will be used when saving to disk."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:939
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "File Encoding for Preprocessor Files:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:939
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When you define preprocessors then they might not be able to operate on your codec. (e.g.: Your files are 16-bit-unicode and your preprocessor can only take 8-bit-ascii.) With this option you can define the encoding of preprocessor output."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:941
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Right To Left Language:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:941
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Some languages are written right to left. When this option is enabled, &kdiff3; draws the text from right to left in the diff input windows and in the merge output window. Note that if you start &kdiff3; with the command line option \"--reverse\" then all layouting will be done right to left too. (This is a feature provided by Qt.) This documentation was written assuming that \"Right To Left Language\" or reverse layout are disabled. So some references to \"left\" or \"right\" must be replaced by their respective counterpart if you use these options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:947
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Miscellaneous"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:948
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "(These options and actions are available in menus or the buttonbar.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:950
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Show line numbers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:950
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "You can select if line numbers should be shown for the input files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Show space and tabulator characters for differences:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Sometimes the visible spaces and tabs are disturbing. You can turn this off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:954
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Show white space:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:954
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Turn this off to suppress any highlighting of white-space-only changes in the text or overview-columns. (Note that this also applies to changes in numbers or comments if the options \"Ignore numbers\" or \"Ignore C/C++ comments\" are active.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:958
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Overview options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:958
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "These choices are only available when you compare three files. In normal mode all differences are shown in one color-coded overview-column. But sometimes you are especially interested in the differences between only two of these three files. Selecting \"A vs. B\", \"A vs. C\" or \"B vs. C\"-overview will show a second overview column with the required information next to the normal overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:965
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Word wrap diff windows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:965
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Wrap lines when their length would exceed the width of a window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:968
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Show Window A/B/C:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:968
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Sometimes you want to use the space on the screen better for long lines. Hide the windows that are not important. (In the Windows-menu.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:971
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Toggle Split Orientation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:971
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Switch between diff windows shown next to each other (A left of B left of C) or above each other (A above B above C). This should also help for long lines. (In the Windows-menu.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:975
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Start a merge quickly:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:975
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Sometimes you are viewing the deltas and decide to merge. <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"merge_current.png\" format=\"PNG\"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> \"Merge current file\" in the Directory-menu also works if you only compare two files. A single click starts the merge and uses the filename of the last input-file as the default output filename. (When this is used to restart a merge, then the output filename will be preserved.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:985
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Keyboard-Shortcuts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:986
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Currently only the KDE-version supports user-configurable keyboard-shortcuts. (Menu Settings->Configure Shortcuts...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:993
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Preprocessor Commands"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:994
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&kdiff3; supports two preprocessor options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:998
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When any file is read, it will be piped through this external command. The output of this command will be visible instead of the original file. You can write your own preprocessor that fulfills your specific needs. Use this to cut away disturbing parts of the file, or to automatically correct the indentation etc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1005
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When any file is read, it will be piped through this external command. If a preprocessor-command (see above) is also specified, then the output of the preprocessor is the input of the line-matching preprocessor. The output will only be used during the line matching phase of the analysis. You can write your own preprocessor that fulfills your specific needs. Each input line must have a corresponding output line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1015
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The idea is to allow the user greater flexibility while configuring the diff-result. But this requires an external program, and many users don't want to write one themselves. The good news is that very often <command>sed</command> or <command>perl</command> will do the job."
-"</screen> Without a preprocessor the following lines would be placed next to each other: <screen>\n"
-" aa - cg\n"
-" ba - dg\n"
-" ca - eg\n"
-" da\n"
-" ea\n"
-" fa\n"
-"</screen> This is probably not wanted since the first letter contains the actually interesting information. To help the matching algorithm to ignore the second letter we can use a line matching preprocessor command, that replaces 'g' with 'a': <screen>\n"
-" <command>sed</command> 's/g/a/'\n"
-"</screen> With this command the result of the comparison would be: <screen>\n"
-" aa\n"
-" ba\n"
-" ca - cg\n"
-" da - dg\n"
-" ea - eg\n"
-" fa\n"
-"</screen> Internally the matching algorithm sees the files after running the line matching preprocessor, but on the screen the file is unchanged. (The normal preprocessor would change the data also on the screen.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1038
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "<command>sed</command> Basics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1039
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "This section only introduces some very basic features of <command>sed</command>. For more information see <ulink url=\"info:/sed\">info:/sed</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/html_mono/sed.html\"> http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/html_mono/sed.html</ulink>. A precompiled version for Windows can be found at <ulink url=\"http://unxutils.sourceforge.net\"> http://unxutils.sourceforge.net</ulink>. Note that the following examples assume that the <command>sed</command>-command is in some directory in the PATH-environment variable. If this is not the case, you have to specify the full absolute path for the command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1050
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Also note that the following examples use the single quotation mark (') which won't work for Windows. On Windows you should use the double quotation marks (\") instead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1052
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"In this context only the <command>sed</command>-substitute-command is used: <screen>\n"
-"</screen> Before you use a new command within &kdiff3;, you should first test it in a console. Here the <command>echo</command>-command is useful. Example: <screen>\n"
-"</screen> This example shows a very simple sed-command that replaces the first occurance of \"a\" with \"o\". If you want to replace all occurances then you need the \"g\"-flag: <screen>\n"
-"</screen> The \"|\"-symbol is the pipe-command that transfers the output of the previous command to the input of the following command. If you want to test with a longer file then you can use <command>cat</command> on Unix-like systems or <command>type</command> on Windows-like systems. <command>sed</command> will do the substitution for each line."
-msgid "Examples For <command>sed</command>-Use In &kdiff3;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1069
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignoring Other Types Of Comments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1070
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Currently &kdiff3; understands only C/C++ comments. Using the Line-Matching-Preprocessor-Command you can also ignore other types of comments, by converting them into C/C++-comments. Example: To ignore comments starting with \"#\", you would like to convert them to \"//\". Note that you also must enable the \"Ignore C/C++-Comments\" option to get an effect. An appropriate Line-Matching-Preprocessor-Command would be: <screen>\n"
-" <command>sed</command> 's/#/\\/\\//'\n"
-"</screen> Since for <command>sed</command> the \"/\"-character has a special meaning, it is necessary to place the \"\\\"-character before each \"/\" in the replacement-string. Sometimes the \"\\\" is required to add or remove a special meaning of certain characters. The single quotation marks (') before and after the substitution-command are important now, because otherwise the shell will try to interpret some special characters like '#', '$' or '\\' before passing them to <command>sed</command>. <emphasis>Note that on Windows you will need the double quotation marks (\") here. Windows substitutes other characters like '%', so you might have to experiment a little bit.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Caseinsensitive Diff"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1090
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Use the following Line-Matching-Preprocessor-Command to convert all input to uppercase: <screen>\n"
-" <command>sed</command> 's/\\(.*\\)/\\U\\1/'\n"
-"</screen> Here the \".*\" is a regular expression that matches any string and in this context matches all characters in the line. The \"\\1\" in the replacement string refers to the matched text within the first pair of \"\\(\" and \"\\)\". The \"\\U\" converts the inserted text to uppercase."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1100
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignoring Version Control Keywords"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1101
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"CVS and other version control systems use several keywords to insert automatically generated strings (<ulink url=\"info:/cvs/Keyword substitution\">info:/cvs/Keyword substitution</ulink>). All of them follow the pattern \"$KEYWORD generated text$\". We now need a Line-Matching-Preprocessor-Command that removes only the generated text: <screen>\n"
-"</screen> The \"\\|\" separates the possible keywords. You might want to modify this list according to your needs. The \"\\\" before the \"$\" is necessary because otherwise the \"$\" matches the end of the line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1111
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "While experimenting with <command>sed</command> you might come to understand and even like these regular expressions. They are useful because there are many other programs that also support similar things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1118
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignoring Numbers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Ignoring numbers actually is a built-in option. But as another example, this is how it would look as a Line-Matching-Preprocessor-command. <screen>\n"
-"</screen> Any character within '[' and ']' is a match and will be replaced with nothing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1127
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignoring Certain Columns"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes a text is very strictly formatted, and contains columns that you always want to ignore, while there are other columns you want to preserve for analysis. In the following example the first five columns (characters) are ignored, the next ten columns are preserved, then again five columns are ignored and the rest of the line is preserved. <screen>\n"
-"</screen> Each dot '.' matches any single character. The \"\\1\" and \"\\2\" in the replacement string refer to the matched text within the first and second pair of \"\\(\" and \"\\)\" denoting the text to be preserved."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1138
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Combining Several Substitutions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1139
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Sometimes you want to apply several substitutions at once. You can then use the semicolon ';' to separate these from each other. Example:"
-"</screen> But some details are different in <command>perl</command>. Note that where <command>sed</command> needed \"\\(\" and \"\\)\" <command>perl</command> requires the simpler \"(\" and \")\" without preceding '\\'. Example:"
-msgid "The data is piped through all internal and external preprocessors in the following order:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1165
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Normal preprocessor,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1166
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Line-Matching-Preprocessor,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1167
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignore case (conversion to uppercase),"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1168
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Detection of C/C++ comments,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1169
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignore numbers,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1170
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignore white space"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1172
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The data after the normal preprocessor will be preserved for display and merging. The other operations only modify the data that the line-matching-diff-algorithm sees."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1175
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "In the rare cases where you use a normal preprocessor note that the line-matching-preprocessor sees the output of the normal preprocessor as input."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1181
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Warning"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1182
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The preprocessor-commands are often very useful, but as with any option that modifies your texts or hides away certain differences automatically, you might accidentally overlook certain differences and in the worst case destroy important data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1186
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "For this reason during a merge if a normal preprocessor-command is being used &kdiff3; will tell you so and ask you if it should be disabled or not. But it won't warn you if a Line-Matching-Preprocessor-command is active. The merge will not complete until all conflicts are solved. If you disabled \"Show White Space\" then the differences that were removed with the Line-Matching-Preprocessor-command will also be invisible. If the Save-button remains disabled during a merge (because of remaining conflicts), make sure to enable \"Show White Space\". If you don't want to merge these less important differences manually you can select \"Choose [A|B|C] For All Unsolved White space Conflicts\" in the Merge-menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1201
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Directory Comparison and Merge with &kdiff3;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1202
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Introduction into Directory Comparison and Merge"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1203
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Often programmers must modify many files in a directory to achieve their purpose. For this &kdiff3; also lets you compare and merge complete directories recursively!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1207
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Even though comparing and merging directories seems to be quite obvious, there are several details that you should know about. Most important is of course the fact that now many files might be affected by each operation. If you don't have backups of your original data, then it can be very hard or even impossible to return to the original state. So before starting a merge, make sure that your data is safe, and going back is possible. If you make an archive or use some version control system is your decision, but even experienced programmers and integrators need the old sources now and then. And note that even though I (the author of &kdiff3;) try to do my best, I can't guarantee that there are no bugs. According to the GNU-GPL there is NO WARRANTY whatsoever for this program. So be humble and always keep in mind:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1221
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "To err is human, but to really mess things up you need a computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1223
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "So this is what this program can do for you: &kdiff3; ..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1227
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... reads and compares two or three directories recursively,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1228
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... takes special care of symbolic links,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1229
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... lets you browse files on mouse double click,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1230
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... for each item proposes a merge operation, which you can change before starting the directory merge,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1232
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... lets you simulate the merge and lists the actions that would take place, without actually doing them,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1234
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... lets you really do the merge, and lets you interact whenever manual interaction is needed,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1236
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... lets you run the selected operation for all items (key F7) or the selected item (key F6),"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1237
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... lets you continue the merge after manual interaction with key F7,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1238
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... optionally creates backups, with the \".orig\" extension,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1243
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Starting Directory Comparison Or Merge"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1244
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "This is very similar to the single file merge and comparison. You just have to specify directories on the command line or in the file-open dialog."
-msgid "When three directories are merged then <replaceable>dir1</replaceable> is used as the base for the merge. If no destination directory is specified, then &kdiff3; will use <replaceable>dir3</replaceable> as the destination directory for the merge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1265
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that only the comparison starts automatically, not the merge. For this you first must select a menu entry or the key F7. (More details later.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1272
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Directory Merge Visible Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1273
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "While reading the directories a message-box appears that informs you of the progress. If you abort the directory scan, then only files that have been compared until then will be listed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1277
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When the directory scan is complete then &kdiff3; will show a listbox with the results left, ..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1284
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... and details about the currently selected item on the right:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1292
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The Name Column"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1293
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Each file and directory that was found during the scan is shown here in a tree. You can select an item by clicking it with the mouse once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1296
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The directories are collapsed by default. You can expand and collapse them by clicking on the \"+\"/\"-\" or by double-clicking the item or by using the left/right-arrow-keys. The \"Directory\"-menu also contains two actions \"Fold all subdirs\" and \"Unfold all subdirs\" with which you can collapse or expand all directories at once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1302
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If you double-click a file item then the file comparison starts and the file-diff-window will appear."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1306
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The image in the name column reflects the file type in the first directory (\"A\"). It can be one of these:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1311
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Normal file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1312
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Normal directory (directory-image)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1313
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Link to a file (file-image with a link arrow)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Link to a directory (directory-image with a link arrow)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1316
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If the file type is different in the other directories, then this is visible in the columns A/B/C and in the window that shows the details about the selected item. Note that for such a case no merge operation can be selected automatically. When starting the merge, then the user will be informed of problems of that kind."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1325
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The Columns A/B/C and the Coloring Scheme"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1326
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "As can be seen in the image above the colors red, green, yellow and black are used in the columns A/B/C."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1331
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Black: This item doesn't exist in this directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1332
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Green: Newest item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1333
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Yellow: Older than green, newer than red."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1334
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Red: Oldest item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1336
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "But for items that were identical in the comparison their color also is identical even if the age is not."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1339
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Directories are considered equal if all items they contain are identical. Then they also will have the same color. But the age of a directory is not considered for its color."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1343
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The idea for this coloring scheme I came upon in <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb/dirdiff\">dirdiff</ulink>. The colors resemble the colors of a leaf that is green when new, turns yellow later and red when old."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1350
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The Operation Column"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1351
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "After comparing the directories &kdiff3; also evaluates a proposal for a merge operation. This is shown in the \"Operation\" column. You can modify the operation by clicking on the operation you want to change. A small menu will popup and allows you to select an operation for that item. (You can also select the most needed operations via keyboard. Ctrl+1/2/3/4/Del will select A/B/C/Merge/Delete respectively if available.) This operation will be executed during the merge. It depends on the item and on the merge-mode you are in, what operations are available. The merge-mode is one of"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1362
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Three directory-merge (\"A\" is treated as older base of both)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1363
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Two directory-merge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1364
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Two directory-sync-mode (activate via option \"Synchronize Directories\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1366
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "In three directory merge the operation proposal will be: If for an item ..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1370
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... all three directories are equal: Copy from C"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1371
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... A and C are equal but B is not: Copy from B (or if B does not exist, delete the destination if exists)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1373
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... A and B are equal but C is not: Copy from C (or if C does not exist, delete the destination if exists)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1375
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... B and C are equal but A is not: Copy from C (or if C does not exist, delete the destination if exists)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1377
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... only A exists: Delete the destination (if exists)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1378
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... only B exists: Copy from B"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1379
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... only C exists: Copy from C"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1380
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... A, B and C are not equal: Merge"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1381
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... A, B and C don't have the same file type (e.g. A is a directory, B is a file): \"Error: Conflicting File Types\". While such items exist the directory merge cannot start."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1385
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "In two directory merge the operation proposal will be: If for an item ..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1389
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... both directories are equal: Copy from B"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1390
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... A exists, but not B: Copy from A"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1391
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... B exists, but not A: Copy from B"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1392
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... A and B exist but are not equal: Merge"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1393 index.docbook:1410
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... A and B don't have the same file type (e.g. A is a directory, B is a file): \"Error: Conflicting File Types\". While such items exist the directory merge cannot start."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1397
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Sync-mode is active if only two directories and no explicit destination were specified and if the option \"Synchronize directories\" is active. &kdiff3; then selects a default operation so that both directories are the same afterwards. If for an item ..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1404
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... both directories are equal: Nothing will be done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1405
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... A exists, but not B: Copy A to B"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1406
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... B exists, but not A: Copy B to A"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1407
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "... A and B exist, but are not equal: Merge and store the result in both directories. (For the user the visible save-filename is B, but then &kdiff3; copies B also to A.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1414
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When two directories are merged and the option \"Copy newer instead of merging\" is selected, then &kdiff3; looks at the dates and proposes to choose the newer file. If the files are not equal but have equal dates, then the operation will contain \"Error: Dates are equal but files are not.\" While such items exist the directory merge cannot start."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1423
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The Status Column"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1424
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "During the merge one file after the other will be processed. The status column will show \"Done\" for items where the merge operation has succeeded, and other texts if something unexpected happened. When a merge is complete, then you should make a last check to see if the status for all items is agreeable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1433
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics Columns"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1434
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When the file comparison mode \"Full Analysis\" is enabled in the options, then &kdiff3; will show extra columns containing the numbers of unsolved, solved, nonwhite and whitespace conflicts. (The solved-column will only show when comparing or merging three directories.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1441
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Selecting Listed Files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1442
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Several options influence which files are listed here. Some are accessible in the <link linkend=\"dirmergeoptions\">settings dialog</link>. The Directory-menu contains the entries:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1446
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "\"Show Identical Files\": Files that have been detected equal in all input directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1447
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "\"Show Different Files\": Files that exist in two or more directories but are not equal."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1448
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "\"Show Files only in A\": Files that exist only in A, but not in B or C."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1449
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "\"Show Files only in B\": Files that exist only in B, but not in A or C."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1450
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "\"Show Files only in C\": Files that exist only in C, but not in A or B."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1452
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Activate only the \"Show\"-options for the items you want listed. If for example you only want to list all items that exist either in A or in B but not in both, you'll have to activate \"Show Files only in A\" and \"Show Files only in B\" and deactivate all others (\"Show Identical Files\", \"Show Different Files\", \"Show Files only in C\"). The list will be updated immediately to reflect the change."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1457
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "These options also apply for directories with one exception: Disabling \"Show Different Files\" will not hide any complete directories. This will work only for files within."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1460
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that of these only the \"Show Identical Files\"-option is persistant. The others are enabled when starting &kdiff3;."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1468
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Doing A Directory Merge"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1469
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "You can either merge the currently selected item (file or directory), or all items. When you have made all your operation choices (in all subdirectories too) then you can start the merge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1473
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Be aware that if you didn't specify a destination directory explicitly, then the destination will be \"C\" in three directory mode, \"B\" in two directory merge mode, and in sync-mode it will be \"A\" or/and \"B\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1477
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If you have specified a destination directory also check that all items that should be in the output, are in the tree. There are some options that cause certain items to be omitted from the directory comparison and merge. Check these options to avoid unpleasant surprises:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1484
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "\"Recursive Directories\": If this is off, then items in subdirectories will not be found."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1486
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "\"Pattern\"/\"Anti-Pattern\": Include/exclude items that match"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1487
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "\"Find hidden files and directories\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1488
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "<link linkend=\"selectingvisiblefiles\">\"Show\"-options</link> (Show Identical/Different Files, Files only in A/B/C)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1490
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If you change the settings in order to list more files, you must do a rescan via menu \"Directory\"->\"Rescan\" yourself. (The reason for this is that for faster comparison-speed &kdiff3; omits the comparison for files suppressed by these criteria.) If you changed your file and dir patterns to exclude files, then the file-list will immediately be updated on closing the options-dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1495
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that when you write to a completely new directory then you usually also want to copy the identical files. In that case enable the \"Show Identical Files\"-option. If your destination-directory is one of the inputs, then this isn't necessary because the file is already there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1499
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are satisfied so far, the rest is easy."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1501
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "To merge all items: Select \"Start/Continue directory merge\" in the \"Directory\"-menu or press F7 (which is the default shortcut). To merge only the current item: Select \"Run Operation For Current Item\" or press F6."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1506
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If due to conflicting filetypes still some items with invalid operations exist, then a messagebox will appear and these items will be pointed out, so you can select a valid operation for the item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1510
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If you merge all items a dialog will appear giving you the options \"Do it\", \"Simulate it\" and \"Cancel\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1515
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Select \"Simulate it\" if you want to see what would be done without actually doing it. A verbose list of all operations will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1517
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Otherwise select \"Do it\" to really start merging."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1519
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Then &kdiff3; will run the specified operation for all items. If manual interaction is required (single file merge), then a merge window will open (<link linkend=\"dirmergebigscreenshot\">see the big screenshot</link>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1523
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When you have finished with manually merging a file, again select \"Start/Continue directory merge\" or the key F7. If you haven't saved it yet, a dialog will ask you to do so. Then &kdiff3; will continue with the next item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1527
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When &kdiff3; encounters an error, it will tell you so and will show the verbose-status-information. At the bottom of this list, there will be some error messages which should help you to understand the cause of the problem. When you continue merging (F7 key) &kdiff3; will give you the choice to retry or skip the item that caused the problem. This means that before continuing you can choose another operation or solve the problem by other means."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1534
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When the merge is complete, then &kdiff3; will inform you via a message box."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1537
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If some items were merged individually before running the directorymerge then &kdiff3; remembers this (while this merge-session goes on), and doesn't merge them again when later the merge for all items is run. Even when the merge was skipped or nothing was saved these items count as completed. Only when you change the merge operation the \"Done\"-status of the item will be removed and it can be merged again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1547
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Options for Comparing and Merging Directories"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1548
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The &kdiff3;-preferences (menu \"Settings\"->\"Configure &kdiff3;\") has a section called \"Directory Merge\" with these options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1554
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Recursive Directories:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1554
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Select whether to search directories recursively."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1556
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "File Pattern(s):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1556
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Only files that match any pattern here will be put in the tree. More than one pattern may be specified here by using the semicolon \";\" as separator. Valid wildcards: '*' and '?'. (e.g. \"*.cpp;*.h\"). Default is \"*\". This pattern is not used on directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1560
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "File Anti-Pattern(s):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1560
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Files that match this pattern will be excluded from the tree. More than one pattern may be specified here via using the semicolon \";\" as separator. Valid wildcards: '*' and '?'. Default is \"*.orig;*.o;*.obj\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1564
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Directory Anti-Pattern(s):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1564
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Directories that match this pattern will be excluded from the tree. More than one pattern may be specified here via using the semicolon \";\" as separator. Valid wildcards: '*' and '?'. Default is \"CVS;deps;.svn\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1568
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use CVS-Ignore:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1568
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignore files and directories that would also be ignored by CVS. Many automatically generated files are ignored by CVS. The big advantage is that this can be directory specific via a local \".cvsignore\"-file. (See <ulink url=\"info:/cvs/cvsignore\">info:/cvs/cvsignore</ulink>.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1573
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Find Hidden Files and Directories:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1573
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "On some file systems files have an \"Hidden\"-attribute. On other systems a filename starting with a dot \".\" causes it to be hidden. This option allows you to decide whether to include these files in the tree or not. Default is on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1577
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Follow File Links:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1577
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "For links to files: When disabled, then the symbolic links are compared. When enabled, then the files behind the links are compared. Default is off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1580
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Follow Directory Links:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1580
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "For links to directories: When disabled, then the symbolic links will be compared. When enabled then the link will be treated like a directory and it will be scanned recursively. (Note that the program doesn't check if the link is \"recursive\". So for example a directory that contains a link to the directory would cause an infinite loop, and after some time when the stack overflows or all memory is used up, crash the program.) Default is off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1587
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Case Sensitive Filename Comparison:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1587
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Default is false on Windows, true for other operating systems."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1589
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "File Comparison Mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1591
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Binary Comparison:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1591
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the default file comparison mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1594
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Full Analysis:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1594
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Do a full analysis of each file and show the statistics information columns. (Number of solved, unsolved, nonwhite and white conflicts.) The full analysis is slower than a simple binary analysis, and much slower when used on files that don't contain text. (Specify the appropriate file-antipatterns.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1601
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Trust the modification date:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1601
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If you compare big directories over a slow network, it might be faster to compare the modification dates and file length alone. But this speed improvement comes with the price of a little uncertainty. Use this option with care. Default is off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1605
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Trust the size:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1605
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Similar to trusting the modification date. No real comparison happens. Two files are considered equal if their file-sizes are equal. This is useful when the file-copy operation didn't preserve the modification date. Use this option with care. Default is off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1612
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Synchronize Directories:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1612
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Activates \"Sync-Mode\" when two directories are compared and no explicit destination directory was specified. In this mode the proposed operations will be chosen so that both source directories are equal afterwards. Also the merge result will be written to both directories. Default is off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1617
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Copy newer instead of merging:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1617
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Instead of merging the proposed operation will copy the newer source if changes happened. (Considered unsafe, because it implies that you know, that the other file hasn't been edited too. Check to make sure in every case.) Default is off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1621
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If a file or complete directory is replaced by another or is deleted then the original version will be renamed with an \".orig\" extension. If an old backup file with \".orig\" extension already exists then this will be deleted without backup. This also affects the normal merging of single files, not only in directory-merge mode. Default is on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1629
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Other Functions in Directory Merge Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1630
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Split/Full Screen Mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1631
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Usually the directory merge list view remains visible while a single file is compared or merged. With the mouse you can move the splitter bar that separates the file list from the text-diff windows. If you don't want this, you can disable \"Split Screen View\" in the \"Directory\"-menu. Then you can use \"Toggle View\" in the \"Directory\"-menu to switch between the file list and the text-diff view that then occupy the full screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1640
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Comparing or Merging a Single File"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1641
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Probably you will prefer a simple double mouse click on a file in order to compare it. Nevertheless there also exists an entry in the \"Directory\"-menu. You can also directly merge a single file by selecting it and choosing \"Merge current file\" in the \"Merge\"-Menu. On saving the result, the status will be set to done, and the file will not be merged again if a directory merge is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1648
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "But note that this status information will be lost when you rerun a directory scan: \"Directory\"-menu: \"Rescan\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1653
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Comparing or Merging Files with Different Names"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1654
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Sometimes you need to compare or merge files with different names (e.g. the current file and the backup in the same folder)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1657
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Select the exact file by clicking onto the icon in the column A, B or C. The first file selected thus will be marked with an \"A\", the second and third with \"B\" and \"C\" regardless on what column they are in. Only up to three files can be chosen like this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1661
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Proceed by choosing \"Compare Explicitly Selected Files\" or \"Merge Explicitly Selected Files\" from the \"Directory\"-menu. For your convenience these menu entries also appear as context menu when you right-click the last selected file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1665
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The comparison or merge of a file will happen in the same window. If this method is used for directories a new window will be opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1673
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Miscellaneous Topics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1675
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Networktransparency via KIO"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1676
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "KIO-Slaves"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1677
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "KDE supports networktransparency via KIO-slaves. &kdiff3; uses this for reading input files and for scanning directories. This means that you can specify files and directories on local and remote resources via URLs."
-msgid "The first line compares a local file with a file on an FTP-server. The second line compares a directory within an compressed archive with a local directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1689
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Other KIO-slaves that are interesting are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1693
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Files from the WWW (http:),"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1694
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Files from the FTP (ftp:),"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1695
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Encrypted file transfer (fish:, sftp:),"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1696
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Windows-resources (smb:),"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1697
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local files (file:),"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1699
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Other things that are possible, but probably less useful are:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1703
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Man-pages (man:),"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1704
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Info-pages (info:),"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1708
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "How To Write URLs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1709
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "An URL has a different syntax compared with paths for local files and directories. Some things should be considered:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1714
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "A path can be relative and can contain \".\" or \"..\". This is not possible for URLs which are always absolute."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1717
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Special characters must be written with \"escaping\". (\"#\"->\"%23\", space->\"%20\", etc.) E.g. A file with the name \"/#foo#\" would have the URL \"file:/%23foo%23\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1720
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When URLs don't work as expected, try to open them in Konqueror first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1727
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Capabilities of KIO-Slaves"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1728
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Networktransparency has one drawback: Not all resources have the same capabilities."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1730
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Sometimes this is due to the file system of the server, sometimes due to the protocol. Here is a short list of restrictions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1735
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Sometimes there is no support for links."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1737
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Or there is no way to distinguish if a link points to a file or a directory; always assuming a file. (ftp:, sftp:)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1740
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Can't always determine the filesize."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1742
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Limited support for permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1744
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "No possibility to modify permissions or modification time, so permissions or time of a copy will differ from the original. (See the option \"Trust the size\".) (To modify permissions or modification time is only possible for local files.)"
-msgid "Tools named \"KDiff\" and \"KDiff2\" (now called \"Kompare\") already exist. Also \"KDiff3\" should suggest that it can merge like the \"diff3\"-tool in the Diff-Tool collection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1795
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Why did I release it under GPL?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1797
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "I'm using GPL programs for a very long time now and learned very much by having a look at many of the sources. Hence this is my \"Thank You\" to all programmers that also did so or will do the same."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1803
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Some buttons and functions are missing. What's wrong?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1805
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "You compiled from source but you probably didn't specify the correct KDE-prefix. By default &kdiff3; is installed in /usr/local but then KDE can't find the user-interface resource file (i.e. kdiff3ui.rc). The README-file contains more information about the correct prefix."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1812
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Often lines that are similar but not identical appear next to each other but sometimes not. Why?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1815
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Lines where only the amount of white space characters is different are treated as \"equal\" at first, while just one different non-white character causes the lines to be \"different\". If similar lines appear next to each other, this actually is coincidence but this fortunately is often the case. See also <link linkend=\"manualdiffhelp\">Manual Diff Help</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1823
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Why must all conflicts be solved before the merge result can be saved?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1825
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "For each equal or different section the editor in the merge result window remembers where it begins or ends. This is needed so that conflicts can be solved manually by simply selecting the source button (A, B or C). This information is lost while saving as text and it is too much effort to create a special file format that supports saving and restoring all necessary information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1834
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "How can I synchronise the diff and merge views, so that all views show the same text position?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1836
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Click into the summary column left of the text. (<link linkend=\"synchronise_views\">See also here.</link>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1840
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Why does the editor in the merge result window not have an \"undo\"-function?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1842
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "This was too much effort until now. You can always restore a version from one source (A, B or C) by clicking the respective button. For big editing the use of another editor is recommended anyway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1848
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "When I removed some text, then suddenly \"<No src line>\" appeared and cannot be deleted. What does that mean and how can one remove this?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1851
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "For each equal or different section the editor in the merge result window remembers where it begins or ends. \"<No src line>\" means that there is nothing left in a section, not even a new line character. This can happen either while merging automatically or by editing. This is no problem, since this hint won't appear in the saved file. If you want the original source back just select the section (click on the left summary column) and then click the source button with the needed contents (A/B or C)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1862
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Why doesn't &kdiff3; support syntax-highlighting?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1864
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&kdiff3; already uses many colors for difference highlighting. More highlighting would be confusing. Use another editor for this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1869
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Can I use &kdiff3; to compare OpenOffice.Org, Word, Excel, PDF-, &etc; files?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1871
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Although &kdiff3; will analyse any kind of file the result will probably not be very satisfactory for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1874
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&kdiff3; was made to compare pure text files. OpenOffice, Word, Excel etc. store much more information in the files (about fonts, pictures, pages, colors etc.) which &kdiff3; doesn't know about. So &kdiff3; will show you the contents of the file interpreted as pure text, but this might be unreadable or at least it will look very odd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1880
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Since most programs nowadays store their contents in XML-format, you might be able to read it as pure text. So if the change was only small, &kdiff3; still might help you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1884
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The best solution if you only want to compare the text (without embedded objects like pictures) is to use \"Select All\" and \"Copy\" in your program to copy the interesting text to the clipboard and then in &kdiff3; paste the text into either diff input window. (See also <link linkend=\"selections\">Select, Copy And Paste</link>.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1892
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Where has the directory option \"List only deltas\" gone?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1894
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "There are now several <link linkend=\"selectingvisiblefiles\">\"Show\"-options</link> in the directory menu. Disabling \"Show identical files\" will achieve what enabling \"List only deltas\" used to do."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1899
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "How can I make a big selection in the diff input window because scrolling takes so long?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1902
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Start the selection as usual (click and hold the left mouse button). Then use the navigation keys (e.g. page up, page down) while holding the left mouse button down. (See also <link linkend=\"selections\">Select, Copy And Paste</link>.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1908
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "There is so much information here, but your question is still not answered?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1910
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Please send me your question. I appreciate every comment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1919
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Credits and License"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1921
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&kdiff3; - File and Directory Comparison and Merge Tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1924
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Program copyright 2002-2007 Joachim Eibl <email>joachim.eibl at gmx.de</email>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1927
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Several cool ideas and bugreports came from colleagues and many people out in the Wild Wild Web. Thank you!"
-msgid "You can download the latest version of &kdiff3; from its homepage <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net\">http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1952
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&kdiff3; is also available for other platforms. See the homepage for details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1960
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Requirements"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1962
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "In order to successfully use all features of &kdiff3;, you need &kde; > 4.4."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1964
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "For information about how to run &kdiff3; on other platforms without KDE please see the <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net\">homepage</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1967
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "You can find a list of changes at <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net/ChangeLog\">http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net/ChangeLog</ulink> or in the \"ChangeLog\"-file of the source package."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1975
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Compilation and Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1977
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Information how to compile and install &kdiff3; on a system with &kde; you find in the README file in the base directory of the &kdiff3; distribution"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1980
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Since &kdiff3; uses <command>cmake</command> you should have no trouble compiling it. Should you run into problems please report them to the &kde; mailing lists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: index.docbook:1984
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If you don't use KDE follow the instructions for Qt-only systems in the README file."
-msgid "This manual page documents briefly the <command>kdiff3</command> tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:37
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "This manual page was written for the Debian distribution because the original program does not have a manual page. For comprehensive help, please see the <ulink url=\"help:/kdiff3/index.html\">KDiff3 Handbook</ulink>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:41
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "<command>kdiff3</command> is a file and folder diff and merge tool which"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:44
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "compares and merges two or three text input files or folders"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:45
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "shows the differences line by line and character by character"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:46
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "provides an automatic merge-facility"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:47
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "and has an intuitive graphical user interface"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:48
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "has an editor for comfortable solving of merge-conflicts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:49
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "provides networktransparency via KIO"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:50
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "has options to highlight or hide changes in white-space or comments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:51
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "supports Unicode, UTF-8 and other file encodings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:52
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "prints differences"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:53
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "supports version control keyword and history merging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:59
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:60
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "This program follows the usual &GNU; command line syntax, with long options starting with two dashes (`-'). A summary of options is included below. For a full summary of options, run <userinput>kdiff3 --help</userinput>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: option
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:67
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "-m, --merge"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:69
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Merge the input."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: option
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:73
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "-b, --base file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:75
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Explicit base file. For compatibility with certain tools."
-msgid "Visible name replacement. Supply this once for every input."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: option
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:109
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "-v, --version"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:111
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Show version of program."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:117
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Author"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:118
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "This manual page was written by Eike Sauer <eikes@cs.tu-berlin.de> for the Debian system (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the &GNU; General Public License, Version 2 (or, at your option, any later version published by the Free Software Foundation)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk
-#: man-kdiff3.1.docbook:125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "On Debian systems, the complete text of the &GNU; General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL."
msgid "&spectacle; is a simple application for capturing desktop screenshots. It can capture images of the entire desktop, a single monitor, the currently active window, the window currently under the mouse, or a rectangular region of the screen. The images can then be printed, sent to other applications for manipulation, or quickly be saved as-is."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:42
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>KDE</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:43
#, no-c-format
msgid "spectacle"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "kdegraphics"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:45
#, no-c-format
msgid "screenshot"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:46
#, no-c-format
msgid "screen capture"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "screen grab"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:52
#, no-c-format
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:56
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please report any problems or feature requests to the <ulink url=\"http://bugs.kde.org/\">&kde; Bug Tracking System</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:60
#, no-c-format
msgid "Starting &spectacle;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "&spectacle; can be started in a variety of ways, as described below:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the application launcher menu, &spectacle; can be found at <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Applications</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Screenshot Capture Utility &spectacle;</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:69
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pressing the <keysym>Print</keysym> button on the keyboard will immediately launch &spectacle;. Additionally, three more keyboard shortcuts are available to take screenshots and save them in your default save folder without showing the &GUI;:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:71
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Meta</keycap><keysym>Print</keysym></keycombo> will take a screenshot of the active window"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:72
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift;<keysym>Print</keysym></keycombo> will take a screenshot of your entire desktop, &ie; all monitors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:73
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Meta</keycap>&Shift;<keysym>Print</keysym></keycombo> will take a rectangular region screenshot"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can configure the default save location and filename by starting &spectacle; normally and clicking on the <guibutton>Configure...</guibutton> button, then navigating to the Save section."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can configure the default save location and filename by starting &spectacle; normally, clicking the downward arrow beside the <guibutton>Save & Exit</guibutton> button, and selecting <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> from the menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:78
#, no-c-format
msgid "The mini command line &krunner; (invoked with <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt;<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>) may also be used to start &spectacle;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:81
#, no-c-format
msgid "&spectacle; can be started from the command-line. &spectacle; has an extensive set of command-line options, including a background mode which can be used to script the capture of screenshots without showing the &GUI; or requiring user interaction."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:83
#, no-c-format
msgid "To start &spectacle; from the command prompt, type in:"
msgid "Once &spectacle; starts, you will see a window like the following:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:101
#, no-c-format
msgid "&spectacle; Main Window"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:106
#, no-c-format
msgid "&spectacle; grabs an image of your entire desktop immediately after it is started, but before it displays itself on screen. This allows you to quickly create full-desktop screenshot images."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:108
#, no-c-format
msgid "The snapshot taken by &spectacle; is displayed in the preview window, which is located on the left-hand side of the &spectacle; application window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:110
#, no-c-format
msgid "The image can be saved to a location of your choice by clicking on the <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> button or typing <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>. This opens the standard save dialog, where you can choose the filename, the folder location, and the format that your screenshot will be saved in. You may edit the filename to anything you wish, including the name of a previously saved screenshot."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:110
#, no-c-format
msgid "To quickly save the image and quit &spectacle; press the <guibutton>Save & Exit</guibutton> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>) button. By default, this saves the image as a PNG file in your default Pictures folder, and exits the application immediately. The default save location and filename can be configured, as described later."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "To save a screenshot to the default location, click on the arrow portion of the <guibutton>Save As...</guibutton> button and press the <guimenuitem>Save </guimenuitem> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>) button. The new save mode will be remembered for next time; this behavior can be configured in Spectacle's settings. The default save location and filename can also be configured there, as described later."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "The image can be saved by clicking on the arrow portion of the <guibutton>Save & Exit</guibutton> button, and choosing <guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>) option. This opens standard save dialog, where you can choose the filename, the folder location, and the format that your screenshot will be saved in. You may edit the filename to anything you wish, including the name of a previously saved screenshot. You may also select the <guimenuitem>Save...</guimenuitem> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>) option, which will save the image to its default location and with the default filename."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:114
#, no-c-format
msgid "To quickly save the image and quit &spectacle;, click on the checkbox beside <guilabel>Quit after Save or Copy</guilabel>, then click the arrow portion of the <guibutton>Save As...</guibutton> button and press the <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>) item. This saves the image as a PNG file in your default Pictures folder, and exits the application immediately. As above, this new save mode will be remembered."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:117
#, no-c-format
msgid "Taking A Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:119
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you open spectacle, it immediately takes a screenshot of the whole screen as a convenience and shows a preview of it in the main window. You can save this screenshot using the buttons on the bottom of the window, or take a new one using the controls to the right of the preview."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:121
#, no-c-format
msgid "To discard the current screenshot and take another screenshot, press the <guibutton>Take a New Screenshot</guibutton> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>) button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:123
#, no-c-format
msgid "You may configure certain options on the right hand side of the application window before taking a new screenshot. These options allow you to select the area of the screen that is to be captured, set a delay before capturing the image, and configure whether the mouse cursor and/or the window decorations should be captured along with the screenshot."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:126
#, no-c-format
msgid "Capture Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:128
#, no-c-format
msgid "The capture mode settings allow you to set the area of the screen that should be captured, and whether there should be a delay between pressing the <guibutton>Take a New Screenshot</guibutton> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>) button and taking the screenshot. You may also enable the <guilabel>On Click</guilabel> checkbox, which disables the delay function and only takes the screenshot after you click anywhere on the screen after clicking the <guibutton>Take a New Screenshot</guibutton> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>) button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Area</guilabel> combo-box allows you to set the area of the screen that should be captured. There are five options to select from, as described below."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:134
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Full Screen (All Monitors)</guilabel> option takes a screenshot of your entire desktop, spread across all the outputs, including all the monitors, projectors etc."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:137
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Current Screen</guilabel> option takes a screenshot of the output that currently contains the mouse pointer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:140
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Active Window</guilabel> option takes a screenshot of the window that currently has focus. It is advisable to use a delay with this mode, to give you time to select and activate a window before the screenshot is taken."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:143
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Window Under Cursor</guilabel> option takes a screenshot of the window that is under the mouse cursor. If the cursor is on top of a popup menu, &spectacle; tries to take a screenshot of the menu as well as its parent window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:145
#, no-c-format
msgid "While this works most of the time, in certain cases it may fail to obtain information about the parent window. In this case, &spectacle; falls back to old way of capturing the image automatically, and captures an image of only the popup menu. You can also force the old way of capturing the image by checking the <guilabel>Capture the current pop-up only</guilabel> checkbox under <guilabel>Options</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:141
#, no-c-format
msgid "While this works most of the time, in certain cases it may fail to obtain information about the parent window. In this case, &spectacle; falls back to old way of capturing the image automatically, and captures an image of only the popup menu. You can also force the old way of capturing the image by checking the <guilabel>Capture the current pop-up only</guilabel> checkbox under <guilabel>Content Options</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:148
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Rectangular Region</guilabel> option allows you to select a rectangular region of your desktop with your mouse. This region may be spread across different outputs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:150
#, no-c-format
msgid "This mode does not immediately take a screenshot but allows you to draw a rectangle on your screen, which can be moved and resized as needed. Once the desired selection rectangle has been drawn, double-clicking anywhere on the screen, or pressing the &Enter; button on the keyboard will capture the screenshot."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:154
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Delay</guilabel> spin-box allows you to set the delay between pressing the <guibutton>Take a New Screenshot</guibutton> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>) button and taking the screenshot. This delay can be set in increments of 1 seconds using the spinbox buttons or the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:156
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enabling the <guilabel>On Click</guilabel> checkbox overrides the delay. When this checkbox is enabled, pressing the <guibutton>Take a New Screenshot</guibutton> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>) button hides the &spectacle; window and changes the mouse cursor to a crosshair. The screenshot is captured when the mouse is left-clicked, or aborted if any other mouse buttons are clicked. Note that you cannot interact with the desktop using the mouse while the cursor is a crosshair, but you can use the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:160
#, no-c-format
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:156
#, no-c-format
msgid "Content Options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:162
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Options settings allow you to select whether the mouse cursor should be included in the screenshots, and whether to capture window decorations along with the image of a single application window. In <guilabel>Window Under Cursor</guilabel> mode, it also allows you to select if &spectacle; shall only capture the image of the current popup menu under the cursor, or also include the parent window. Finally, <guilabel>Quit after Save or Copy</guilabel> will quit Spectacle after any save or copy operations."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "The content options settings allow you to select whether the mouse cursor should be included in the screenshots, and whether to capture window decorations along with the image of a single application window. In <guilabel>Window Under Cursor</guilabel> mode, it also allows you to select if &spectacle; shall only capture the image of the current popup menu under the cursor, or also include the parent window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:166
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enabling the <guilabel>Include mouse pointer</guilabel> checkbox includes an image of the mouse pointer in the screenshot."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:169
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Include window titlebar and borders</guilabel> option is only enabled when either the <guilabel>Active Window</guilabel> mode or the <guilabel>Window Under Cursor</guilabel> mode is selected in the <guilabel>Area</guilabel> combo-box. Checking this option includes the window borders and decoration in the screenshot, while unchecking it gives an image of only the window contents."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:172
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Capture the current pop-up only</guilabel> option is only enabled when the <guilabel>Window Under Cursor</guilabel> mode is selected in the <guilabel>Area</guilabel> combo-box. Checking this option captures only the popup menu under the cursor, without its parent window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:175
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Quit after Save or Copy</guilabel> option will quit Spectacle after any saving or copying operations. Note that a copied screenshot will only be retained if you are running a clipboard manager that accepts images. KDE Klipper can be configured in this manner by right-clicking on its icon, selecting <guilabel>Configure Clipboard...</guilabel>, and unchecking <guilabel>Ignore images</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:183
#, no-c-format
msgid "Additional Functionality"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:186
#, no-c-format
msgid "Buttons"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:188
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are six buttons located at the bottom of the &spectacle; window. Their functions are described below:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:181
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are five buttons located at the bottom of the &spectacle; window. Their functions are described below:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:192
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:194
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button gives you the common menu items described in the <ulink url=\"help:/fundamentals/ui.html#menus-help\">Help Menu</ulink> of the &kde; Fundamentals."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:198
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configure..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:200
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button gives you access to Spectacle's Configure window where you can change the capture settings and default save location and filename."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tools"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:205
#, no-c-format
msgid "Save & Exit"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:206
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Clicking on this button shows a drop-down menu, offering access to the print dialog."
+msgid "Clicking on this button shows a drop-down menu, offering access to various functions. You can open the <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> dialog, and <guimenuitem>Open Screenshots Folder</guimenuitem> is a shortcut to highlight the last saved screenshot in the default file manager."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:207
#, no-c-format
msgid "Clicking this button saves the screenshot as a PNG image in your default Pictures folder and immediately exits the application."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:209
#, no-c-format
msgid "Additionally, if you click the arrow on the right side of the button, a drop-down menu allows you to simply <guilabel>Save</guilabel> the image, save the image with a different filename, location and format (<guilabel>Save As...</guilabel>), <guilabel>Print</guilabel> the image, and configure the default <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>, such as application preferences and where to save the image by default and what filename to save it as."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:210
#, no-c-format
msgid "Export"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:191
#, no-c-format
msgid "Export Image..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:212
#, no-c-format
msgid "This drop-down menu will allow you to directly open the screenshot with all programs that are associated with the PNG (Portable Network Graphics) &MIME; type. Depending on what programs are installed, you will be able to open and edit the snapshot in your graphics applications or viewers."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:213
#, no-c-format
msgid "Discard"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:214
#, no-c-format
msgid "Furthermore, if you have the <application>KIPI Plugins</application> installed, you will be able to email your screenshots and export them directly to some social networks and websites."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:215
#, no-c-format
msgid "Discards the screenshot and immediately exits the application."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:218
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy To Clipboard"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:220
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button copies the current screenshot to the clipboard. You can also use the <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> keyboard shortcut for this."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:223
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use <menuchoice><guimenu>Save & Exit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:224
#, no-c-format
msgid "Save As"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:226
#, no-c-format
msgid "Clicking this button saves the screenshot as a PNG image to a location of your choosing. Clicking on the arrow on the side will expose the other save mode, <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem>, which will save the screenshot as a PNG image to the standard location (which defaults to your Pictures folder). By default, the last-used save mode is remembered for next time."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:234
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use the <guibutton>Configure...</guibutton> button to open the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:236
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>General</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:238
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default behavior of the save button is to <guibutton>Save & Exit</guibutton>. Enable this option to make the button remember the last used save command so you don't need to open the dropdown menu to access it. This is useful if you want to take multiple screenshots and use <guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem> to give them unique names or save them to different places."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:242
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>General</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:247
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remember last used Save mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:249
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default behavior of the save button is to display <guibutton>Save As</guibutton>. Choosing another save mode by clicking on the arrow portion of the button will make that save mode the default one. Disable this option to make the button stop remembering the last used save mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:253
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy save location to clipboard"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:255
#, no-c-format
msgid "When a screenshot is saved, copy the location at which the file was saved to the clipboard. You can then paste it anywhere that accepts text input. Note that you must be running a clipboard manager in order to keep the path in the clipboard after &spectacle; quits."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:260
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use light background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:262
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use a light background color to mask the cropped-out area in the rectangular region selector. This may make dark cursors easier to see."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:266
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remember selected area"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:268
#, no-c-format
msgid "By default, &spectacle; does not show an initial selection when you take a screenshot of a rectangular region. Enable this option to remember the last selected region of the screen, and set it as the initial selection when you use the rectangular region selector the next time."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:275
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Save</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:276
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you use the <guilabel>Save</guilabel> function, &spectacle; saves the image with a default filename, in your Pictures folder (which is inside your home folder). The default filename includes the date and time when the image was taken."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:265
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you use the <guilabel>Save & Exit</guilabel> or the <guilabel>Save</guilabel> functions, &spectacle; saves the image with a default filename, in your Pictures folder under your home folder. The default filename includes the date and time when the image was taken."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:278
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Save</guilabel> page allows you to set the default save location and filename. Clicking this option brings up a dialog box like the following:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:284
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Save</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:290
#, no-c-format
msgid "Default Save Location"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:292
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> text box set the folder where you'd like to save your screenshots when you press <guibutton>Save</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:281
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> text box set the folder where you'd like to save your screenshots when you press <guibutton>Save</guibutton> or <guibutton>Save & Exit</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:296
#, no-c-format
msgid "Default Save Filename"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:298
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set a default filename for saved screenshots."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:299
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can use the following placeholders in the filename, which will be replaced with actual text when the file is saved:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:301
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>%Y</userinput>: Year (4 digit)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:302
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>%y</userinput>: Year (2 digit)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:303
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>%M</userinput>: Month"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:304
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>%D</userinput>: Day"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:305
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>%H</userinput>: Hour"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:306
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>%m</userinput>: Minute"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:307
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>%S</userinput>: Second"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:309
#, no-c-format
msgid "If a file with this name already exists, a serial number will be appended to the filename. For example, if the filename is <filename>Screenshot</filename>, and <filename>Screenshot.png</filename> already exists, the image will be saved as <filename>Screenshot-1.png</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:310
#, no-c-format
msgid "Typing an extension into the filename will automatically set the image format correctly and remove the extension from the filename field."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:318
#, no-c-format
msgid "Drag and Drop"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:319
#, no-c-format
msgid "A captured image can be dragged to another application or document. If the application is able to handle images, a copy of the full image is inserted there."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:321
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you drag a screenshot into a file manager window, a dialog pops up where you can edit the filename and select the image format and the file will be inserted into the actual folder."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:323
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you drag the screenshot to a text box, the path to the temporary saved file is inserted. This is useful for example to upload a screenshot through web forms or to attach screenshots into bug reports on the <ulink url=\"https://bugs.kde.org/\">&kde; bugtracker</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:325
#, no-c-format
msgid "This works with all clients that do not pick up the image data, but only look for a &URL; in the dragged mimedata."
+msgid "Several graphical diff tools exist. Why choose &kdiff3;? Let me say, why I wrote it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:103
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&kdiff3; started because I had to do a difficult merge. Merging is necessary when several people work on the same files in a project. A merge can be somewhat automated, when the merge-tool not only has the new modified files (called \"branches\"), but also the original file (called \"base\"). The merge tool will automatically choose any modification that was only done in one branch. When several contributors change the same lines, then the merge tool detects a conflict which must be solved manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:110
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The merge then was difficult because one contributor had changed many things and corrected the indentation in many places. Another contributor also had changed much text in the same file, which resulted in several merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:114
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The tool I used then, only showed the changed lines, but not what had changed within these lines. And there was no information about where only the indentation was changed. The merge was a little nightmare."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:118
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "So this was the start. The first version could show differences within a line and showed white space differences. Later many other features were added to increase the usefulness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:121
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "For example if you want to compare some text quickly, then you can copy it to the clipboard and paste it into either diff window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:124
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "A feature that required a big effort was the directory comparison and merge facility, which turned the program almost into a full file browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:127
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "I hope &kdiff3; works for you too. Have fun!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:129
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Joachim Eibl (2003)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:134
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshots and Features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:135
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "This screenshot shows the difference between two text files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:136
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "(Using an early version of &kdiff3;):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:141
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "3-way-merging is fully supported. This is useful if two people change code independently. The original file (the base) is used to help &kdiff3; to automatically select the correct changes. The merge-editor below the diff-windows allows you to solve conflicts, while showing you the output you will get. You can even edit the output. This screenshot shows three input files being merged:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:154
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&kdiff3; also helps you to compare and merge complete directories. This screenshot shows &kdiff3; during a directory merge:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:163
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "More Features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:164
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Line-By-Line And Char-By-Char Diff-Viewer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:165
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "By using the possiblities of a graphical color display &kdiff3; shows exactly what the difference is. When you have to do many code-reviews, you will like this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:173
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "See White-Space Differences At One Glance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:174
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Spaces and tabs that differ appear visibly. When lines differ only in the amount of white space this can be seen at one look in the summary column on the left side. (No more worries when people change the indentation.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:183
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Triple-Diff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:184
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Analyze three files and see where they differ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:185
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The left/middle/right windows are named A/B/C and have the blue/green/magenta color respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:188
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If one file is the same and one file is different on a line then the color shows which file is different. The red color means that both other files are different."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:198
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Comfortable Merge Of Two Or Three Input Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:199
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&kdiff3; can be used to merge two or three input files and automatically merges as much as possible. The result is presented in an editable window where most conflicts can be solved with a single mouseclick: Select the buttons A/B/C from the button-bar to select the source that should be used. You can also select more than one source. Since this output window is an editor even conflicts which need further corrections can be solved here without requiring another tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:209
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "And ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:211
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fast navigation via buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:212
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "A mouse-click into a summary column sync's all windows to show the same position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Select and copy from any window and paste into the merge result window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:214
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Overview column that shows where the changes and conflicts are."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:215
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The colors are adjustable to your specific preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:216
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Adjustable Tab size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:217
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option to insert spaces instead of tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:218
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open files comfortably via dialog or specify files on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:219
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Search for strings in all text windows. Find (Ctrl-F) and Find Next (F3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:220
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show the line numbers for each line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Paste clipboard or drag text into a diff input window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:222
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Networktransparency via KIO."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:223
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Can be used as diff-viewer in KDevelop 3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:224
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word-wrap for long lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:225
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Support for Unicode, UTF-8 and other codecs."
+msgid "Note that <replaceable>file1</replaceable> will be treated as base of <replaceable>file2</replaceable> and <replaceable>file3</replaceable>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:258
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Special case: Files with the same name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:259
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If all files have the same name but are in different directories, you can reduce typework by specifying the filename only for the first file. E.g.:"
+" --L1 alias1 Visible name replacement for input file 1 (base).\n"
+" --L2 alias2 Visible name replacement for input file 2.\n"
+" --L3 alias3 Visible name replacement for input file 3.\n"
+" -L, --fname alias Alternative visible name replacement. Supply this once for every input.\n"
+" --cs string Override a config setting. Use once for every setting. E.g.: --cs \"AutoAdvance=1\"\n"
+" --confighelp Show list of config settings and current values.\n"
+" --config file Use a different config file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:277
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The option <option>--cs</option> allows you to adjust a configuration value that is otherwise only adjustable via the configure dialogs. But be aware that when &kdiff3; then terminates the changed value will be stored along with the other settings. With <option>--confighelp</option> you can find out the names of the available items and current values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:280
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Via <option>--config</option> you can specify a different config file. When you often use &kdiff3; with completely different setups this allows you to easily switch between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:283
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignorable command line options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:284
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Many people want to use &kdiff3; with some version control system. But when that version control system calls &kdiff3; using command line parameters that &kdiff3; doesn't recognise, then &kdiff3; terminates with an error. The integration settings allow to specify command line parameters that should be ignored by &kdiff3;. They will appear in the usage help like in this example:"
+msgid "A list of options, separated via semicolon ';'. When one of these options appears on the commandline, then &kdiff3; will ignore it and run without reporting an error. (Default is \"u;query;html;abort\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:295
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When this isn't enough, then it is recommended to write a shell script that does the option translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:300
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open-Dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:301
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Since many input files must be selectable, the program has a special open dialog:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:307
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The open dialog allows you to edit the filenames by hand, selecting a file via the file-browser (\"File...\") or allows you to choose recent files from the drop-down lists. If you open the dialog again, then the current names still remain there. The third input file is not required. If the entry for \"C\" remains empty, then only a two file diff analysis will be done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:314
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "You can also select a directory via \"Dir...\". If for A a directory is specified then a directory-comparison/merge starts. If A specifies a file but B, C or the output specify a directory, then &kdiff3; uses the filename from A in the specified directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:319
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If \"Merge\" is selected, then the \"Output\"-line becomes editable. But it is not required to specify the output filename immediately. You can also postpone this until saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:323
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Configure...\"-button opens the options-dialog, so that you can set the options before running the analysis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:329
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Paste and Drop Input"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:330
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sometimes you want to compare parts of a text that is not an own file. &kdiff3; also allows you to paste text from the clipboard into the diff input window that has the focus. The diff analysis happens immediately then. In the open dialog you need not specify files then, but just close it via \"Cancel\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:335
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "You can also use drag and drop: Drag a file from a file manager or selected text from an editor and drop it onto a diff input window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:338
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "What's the idea? Sometimes a file contains two similar functions, but checking how similar they really are is a big effort if you first must create two files and then load them. Now you can simply copy, paste and compare the relevant sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:342
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Note: Currently you cannot drag anything from &kdiff3;. Only dropping in the diff input is supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:345
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Warning: Some editors still interpret the drag and drop into another program like cut (instead of copy) and paste. Your original data might be lost then."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:351
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Comparing Files And Interpreting The Information In The Input Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:355
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Info Line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:355
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "At the top of each text window is its \"info line\". The info lines of the input windows contain a letter \"A\", \"B\" or \"C\", the editable filename, a button for browsing, and the line number of the first visible line in the window. (Note that window \"C\" is optional.) Each info line appears in a different color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:360
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When you selected another file via browsing or finished editing the filename here by pressing enter, the new file will be loaded and compared with the already loaded file(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:364
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Coloring"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:364
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The three input windows are assigned the letters \"A\", \"B\" and \"C\". \"A\" has color blue, \"B\" has green and \"C\" has magenta. (These are the defaults, but can be changed in the Settings-Menu.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:368
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When a difference is detected then the color shows which input file differs. When both other input files differ then the color used to express this is red by default (\"Conflict color\" in the Settings). This colorscheme is especially useful in the case of three input files, which will be seen in the next section (<link linkend=\"merging\">Merging</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:374
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Summary Column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:374
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Left of each text is the \"summary column\". If differences occurred on a line then the summary column shows the respective color. For a white-space-only difference the summary is chequered. For programming languages where white space is not so important this is useful to see at one glance if anything of importance was modified. (In C/C++ white space is only interesting within strings, comments, for the preprocessor, and some only very esoteric situations.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:381
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The vertical line separating the summary column and the text is interrupted if the input file had no lines there. When word-wrap is enabled then this vertical line appears dotted for wrapped lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:385
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Overview Column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:385
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "On the right side a \"overview\"-column is visible left of the vertical scrollbar. It shows the compressed summary column of input \"A\". All the differences and conflicts are visible at one glance. When only two input windows are used, then all differences appear red here because every difference is also a conflict. A black rectangle frames the visible part of the inputs. For very long input files, when the number of input lines is bigger than the height of the overview column in pixels, then several input lines share one overview line. A conflict then has top priority over simple differences, which have priority over no change, so that no difference or conflict is lost here. By clicking into this overview column the corresponding text will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:397
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Manually Aligning Lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:397
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sometimes the algorithm places the wrong lines next to each other. Or you want to compare one piece of text with text at a completely different position in the other file. For these situations you can manually instruct &kdiff3; to align certain lines. Mark the text for which you want to improve the alignment with the mouse as you would for copy and paste in the first diff view and then choose \"Add Manual Diff Alignment\" in the \"Diffview\"-menu (keyboard shortcut \"Ctrl-Y\") . An orange bar will appear in the summary column next to the chosen text. Repeat this for the second and (if available) third diff view. &kdiff3; will immediately recalculate the differences everytime you do this. and will align the chosen lines. Of course some of the previously matching lines in between might not match anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:408
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Currently merging doesn't support the use of manual diff help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:410
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Manually Joining and Splitting Diff Sections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:410
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In some cases &kdiff3; will see too many or too few diff sections for merging. In such a case you can join or split existing sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:413
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Add new sections by first selecting text in the lines that belong together in either input window (as for copying to the clipboard). Then choose \"Split Diff At Selection\" in the \"Merge\" menu. Splits will be added above the first line and below the last line of the selected text. If you only want to add one section, then select text beginning at another section-split."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:418
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "For joining sections in either input window select something in the lines from the sections to join. (You can join several sections in one step too.) Then choose \"Join selected Diffs\" in the \"Merge\"-menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:425
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Merging And The Merge Output Editor Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:429
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The merge output editor window (below the diff input windows) also has an info line at the top showing \"Output:\", the filename and \"[Modified]\" if you edited something. Usually it will contain some text through the automatic merge facilities, but often it will also contain conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:434
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "!!! Saving is disabled until all conflicts are resolved !!! (Use the \"Go to prev/next unsolved conflicts\"-buttons to find the remaining conflicts.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:437
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "With only two input files every difference is also a conflict that must be solved manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:440
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "With three input files the first file is treated as base, while the second and third input files contain modifications. When at any line only either input B or input C have changed but not both then the changed source will automatically be selected. Only when B and C have changed on the same lines, then the tool detects a conflict that must be solved manually. When B and C are the same, but not the same as A, then C is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:447
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Summary Column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:447
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The merge output editor window also has a summary column on the left. It shows the letter of the input from which a line was selected or nothing if all three sources where equal on a line. For conflicts it shows a questionmark \"?\" and the line shows \"<Merge Conflict>\", all in red. Because solving conflicts line by line would take very long, the lines are grouped into groups that have the same difference and conflict characteristics. But only-white-space-conflicts are separated from non-white-space-conflicts in order to ease the merging of files were the indentation changed for many lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:457
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting The Current Group And Synchronising Merge And Diff View Position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:457
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When clicking into the summary column with the left mouse button in either window then the beginning of the group belonging to that line will shown in all windows. This group then becomes the \"current group\". It is highlighted with the \"Current range (diff) background color\" and a black bar appears on the left side of the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:463
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Choosing Inputs A, B or C For Current Conflict And Editing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:463
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The button bar below the menubar contains three input selector buttons containing the letters \"A\", \"B\" and \"C\". Click the input selector button to insert (or remove if already inserted) the lines from the respective source. To choose the lines from several inputs click the respective buttons in the needed order. For example if you want that the lines from \"B\" appear before the lines from \"A\" in the output, first click \"B\", then \"A\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:470
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If you use the auto-advance option (<link linkend=\"autoadvance\">\"Automatically go to next unsolved conflict after source selection\"</link>), you should disable this before choosing lines from several inputs or if you want to edit the lines after your choice. Otherwise &kdiff3; will jump to the next conflict after choosing the first input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:476
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "It is often helpful directly edit the merge output. The summary column will show \"m\" for every line that was manually modified. When for instance the differences are aligned in a way that simply choosing the inputs won't be satisfactory, then you can mark the needed text and use normal <link linkend=\"selections\">copy and paste</link> to put it into the merge output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:482
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sometimes, when a line is removed either by automatic merge or by editing and no other lines remain in that group, then the text <No src line> will appear in that line. This is just a placeholder for the group for when you might change your mind and select some source again. This text won't appear in the saved file or in any selections you want to copy and paste."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:488
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The text \"<Merge Conflict>\" will appear in the clipboard if you copy and paste some text containing such a line. But still be careful to do so."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:492
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Choosing Input A, B, or C for All Conflicts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:492
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The normal merge will start by solving simple conflicts automatically. But the \"Merge\"-menu provides some actions for other common needs. If you have to select the same source for most conflicts, then you can choose \"A\", \"B\" or \"C\" everywhere, or only for the remaining unsolved conflicts, or for unsolved white space conflicts. If you want to decide every single delta yourself, you can \"Set deltas to conflicts\". Or if you want to return to the automatic choices of &kdiff3; then select \"Automatically solve simple conflicts\". &kdiff3; then restarts the merge. For actions that change your previous modifications &kdiff3; will ask for your confirmation before proceeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:503
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Note: When choosing either source for unsolved white space conflicts and the options \"Ignore Numbers\" or \"Ignore C/C++ Comments\" are used then changes in numbers or comments will be treated like white space too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:508
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic Merge of Version Control Keywords and History (Log)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:508
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Many version control systems support special keywords in the file. (e.g. \"$Date$\", \"$Header$\", \"$Author$\", \"$Log$\" etc.) During the check-in the version control system (VCS) changes these lines. For instance \"$Date$\" will turn into \"$Date: 2005/03/22 18:45:01 $\". Since this line will be different in every version of the file, it would require manual interaction during the merge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:515
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&kdiff3; offers automatic merge for these items. For simple lines that match the \"Auto merge regular expression\"-option in all input-files &kdiff3; will choose the line from B or - if available - from C. (Additionally it is necessary that the lines in question line up in the comparison and the previous line contains no conflict.) This auto merge can either be run immediately after a merge starts (activate the option \"Run regular expression auto merge on merge start\") or later via the merge menu \"Run Regular Expression Auto Merge\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:523
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic merge for version control history (also called \"log\") is also supported. The history automerge can either run immediately when the merge starts by activating the option \"Merge version control history on merge start\" or later via the merge menu \"Automatically Solve History Conflicts\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:528
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Usually the version control history begins with a line containing the keyword \"$Log$\". This must be matched by the \"History start regular expression\"-option. &kdiff3; detects which subsequent lines are in the history by analysing the leading characters that came before the \"$Log$\"-keyword. If the same \"leading comment\"-characters also appears in the following lines, then they are also included in the history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:534
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "During each check-in the VCS writes a unique line specifying version-, date- and time-information followed by lines with user comments. These lines form one history-entry. This history section grows with every check-in and the most recent entries appear at the top (after the history start line)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:539
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When for parallel development two or more developers check-in a branch of the file then the merge history will contain several entries that appear as conflicts during the merge of the branches. Since merging these can become very tedious, &kdiff3; offers support with two possible strategies: Just insert the history information from both contributors at the top or sort the history information by a user defined key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:545
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The just-insert-all-entries-method is easier to configure. &kdiff3; just needs a method to detect, which lines belong to one history entry. Most VCS insert an empty line after each history entry. If there are no other empty lines, this is a sufficient criterion for &kdiff3;. Just set an empty \"History entry start regular expression\". If the empty line criterion isn't sufficient, you can specify a regular expression to detect the history entry start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:551
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Note that &kdiff3; will remove duplicate history entrys. If a history entry appeared several times in the history of a input file, only one entry will remain in the output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:554
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If you want to sort the history, then you have to specify how the sort key should be built. Use parentheses in the \"History entry start regular expression\" to group parts of the regular expression that should later be used for the sort key. Then specify the \"History entry start sort key order\" specifying a comma \",\" separated list of numbers referring to the position of the group in the regular expression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:560
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Because this is not so easy to get right immediately, you are able to test and improve the regular expressions and key-generation in a dedicated dialog by pressing the \"Test your regular expressions\"-button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:564
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Example: Assume a history that looks like this: <screen>\n"
+"</screen> The history start line matches the regular expression \".*\\$Log.*\\$.*\". Then follow the history entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:568
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The line with the \"$Log$\"-keyword begins with two \"*\" after which follows a space. &kdiff3; uses the first non-white-space string as \"leading comment\" and assumes that the history ends in the first line without this leading comment. In this example the last line ends with a string that also starts with two \"*\", but instead of a space character more \"*\" follow. Hence this line ends the history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:574
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If history sorting isn't required then the history entry start line regular expression could look like this. (This line is split in two because it wouldn't fit otherwise.) <screen>\n"
+"</screen> For details about regular expressions please see the <ulink url=\"http://doc.trolltech.com/3.3/qregexp.html#details\">regular expression documentation by Trolltech</ulink>. Note that \"\\s\" (with lowercase \"s\") matches any white space and \"\\S\" (with uppercase \"S\") matches any non-white-space. In our example the history entry start contains first the version info with reg. exp. \"\\\\main\\\\\\S+\", the date consisting of day \"[0-9]+\", month \"(Jan|Feb|Mar|Apr|May|Jun|Jul|Aug|Sep|Oct|Nov|Dec)\" and year \"[0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]\", the time \"[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]\" and finally the developers login name \".*\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:582
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Note that the \"leading comment\"-characters (in the example \"**\") will already be removed by &kdiff3; before trying to match, hence the regular expression begins with a match for none or more white-space characters \"\\s*\". Because comment characters can differ in each file (e.g. C/C++ uses other comment characters than a Perl script) &kdiff3; takes care of the leading comment characters and you should not specify them in the regular expression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:587
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you require a sorted history. Then the sortkey must be calculated. For this the relevant parts in the regular expression must be grouped by parentheses. (The extra parentheses can also stay in if history sorting is disabled.) <screen>\n"
+"</screen> The parentheses now contain 1. version info, 2. day, 3. month, 4. year, 5. time, 6. name. But if we want to sort by date and time, we need to construct a key with the elements in a different order of appearance: First the year, followed by month, day, time, version info and name. Hence the sortkey order to specify is \"4,3,2,5,1,6\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Because month names aren't good for sorting (\"Apr\" would be first) &kdiff3; detects in which order the month names were given and uses that number instead (\"Apr\"->\"04\"). And if a pure number is found it will be transformed to a 4-digit value with leading zeros for sorting. Finally the resulting sort key for the first history entry start line will be:"
+msgid "For more information also see <link linkend=\"mergeoptions\">Merge Settings</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:607
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Navigation And Editing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:608
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Much navigation will be done with the scroll bars and the mouse but you can also navigate with the keys. If you click into either window then you can use the cursor buttons left, right, up, down, page up, page down, home, end, ctrl-home, ctrl-end as you would in other programs. The overview-column next to the vertical scroll bar of the input files can also be used for navigating by clicking into it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:615
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "You can also use the wheel mouse to scroll up and down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In the merge output editor you can also use the other keys for editing. You can toggle between insert and overwrite mode with the insert key. (Default is insert-mode.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:621
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "A left-mouse-button-click into any summary column will synchronise all windows to show the beginning of the same group of lines (as explained in section <link linkend=\"synchronise_views\">\"Setting The Current Group And Synchronising Merge And Diff View Position\"</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The button bar also contains nine navigation buttons with which you can jump to the current/first/last difference, to the next/previous difference (ctrl-down/ctrl-up), to the next/previous conflict (ctrl-pgdown/ctrl-pgup), or to the next/previous unsolved conflict. Note that for &kdiff3; a \"conflict\" that was not automatically solved at the start of the merge stays a \"conflict\" even if it is solved. Hence the necessity to distinguish \"unsolved conflicts\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:633
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto-Advance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:634
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "There also is a button \"Automatically go to next unsolved conflict after source selection\" (Auto-Advance). If you enable this, then, when one source is selected, &kdiff3; will jump to and select the next unsolved conflict automatically. This can help when you always want to choose one source only. When you need both sources, or you want to edit after selecting, then you probably want to switch this off. Before proceeding to the next unsolved conflict &kdiff3; shows you the effect of your choice for a short time. This delay is adjustable in the Diff- & Merge-Settings: You can specify the \"Auto-Advance delay\" in milli seconds between 0 and 2000. Hint: Tired of many clicks? - Use a small Auto-Advance-delay and the shortcuts Ctrl-1/2/3 to select A/B/C for many conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:650
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Select, Copy And Paste"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:651
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The input windows don't show a cursor, so selections must be made with the mouse by clicking with the left mouse button at the start, holding down the mousebutton and moving to the end, where you release the mouse button again. You can also select a word by double clicking it. In the merge output editor you can also select via the keyboard by holding the \"shift\"-button and navigation with the cursor keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:658
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If the selection exceeds the visible range you can move the mouse over the window borders which causes &kdiff3; to scroll in that direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:661
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "For very large selections you can also use the navigation keys while holding down the mouse. E.g. use page up and page down to quickly go to a certain position. At the end position release the mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:665
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In order to select everything in the current window use menu \"Edit\"->\"Select All\" (Ctrl-A)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:667
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "To copy to the clipboard you must press the \"Copy\"-button (Ctrl-C or Ctrl-Insert). But there exists an option \"Auto Copy Selection\". If this is enabled, then whatever you select is copied immediately and you don't need to explicitly copy. But pay attention when using this because the contents of the clipboard might then be destroyed accidentally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "\"Cut\" (Ctrl-X or Shift-Delete) copies to the clipboard and deletes the selected text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:676
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "\"Paste\" (Ctrl-V or Shift-Insert) inserts the text in the clipboard at the cursorposition or over the current selection. If you paste to either diff input window the contents of the clipboard will be shown in that window and the comparison will restart immediately. This is useful if you want to quickly grab a piece of text from somewhere and compare it with something else without first creating files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:686
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Saving"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:687
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Saving will only be allowed, when all conflicts were solved. If the file already exists and the \"Backup files\"-option is enabled then the existing file will be renamed with an \".orig\"-extension, but if such a file exists it will be deleted. When you exit or start another diff-analysis and data wasn't saved yet, then &kdiff3; will ask if you want to save, cancel or proceed without saving. (&kdiff3; does not catch any signals. So if you \"kill\" &kdiff3; then your data will be lost.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:695
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Line endings are saved according to the normal method on the underlying operating system. For Unices each line ends with an linefeed-character \"\\n\", while for Win32-based systems each line ends with a carriage-return + a linefeed \"\\r\\n\". &kdiff3; does not preserve the line-endings of the input files, which also means that you shouldn't use &kdiff3; with binary files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:704
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Finding Strings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:705
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "You can search for a string in any text-window of &kdiff3;. The \"Find ...\"-command (Ctrl-F) in the Edit-menu opens a dialog that lets you specify the string to search for. You can also select the windows which should be searched. Searching will always start at the top. Use the \"Find Next\"-command (F3) to proceed to the next occurrence. If you select to search several windows then the first window will be searched from top to bottom before the search starts in the next window at the top again, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:716
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Printing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:717
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&kdiff3; supports printing for textfile differences. The \"Print...\"-command (Ctrl-P) in the File-menu opens a dialog that allows you to select the printer and to adjust other options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:721
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "There are several possibilities to adjust the range. Due to different printing dialogs on different operating systems, the method to achieve certain range selections varies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: term
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:726
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "All:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:726
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Print everything."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: term
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:727
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Current:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:727
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Print a page starting at the first visible line in the window. (On systems without this option this can be achived by specifying page number 10000 for printing.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: term
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:729
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Selection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:729
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Before choosing to print select text with the mouse (like for copy and paste) in one of the diff input windows to define the start and end line. If no text in one of the diff input windows was selected, then this won't be an available choice. (On systems without this option this can be achived by specifying page number 9999 for printing.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: term
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:735
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Range:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:735
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Specify the first and last page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:738
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Other important options for printing will be taken from the normal options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:741
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Font, font size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:742
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show line numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:743
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word wrap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:744
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<para>Colors</para>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:745
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:747
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Landscape formatting is also recommended for printing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:752
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:753
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Options and the recent-file-list will be saved when you exit the program, and reloaded when you start it. (Menu Settings->Configure &kdiff3; ...)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:757
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Font"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:758
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Select a fixed width font. (On some systems this dialog will also present variable width fonts, but you should not use them.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:763
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Italic Font for Deltas:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:763
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If you select this, then text differences will be drawn with the italic version of the selected font. If the font doesn't support italic, then this does nothing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:770
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<title>Colors</title>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:772
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Foreground color:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:772 index.docbook:785
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Usually black."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:773
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Background color:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:773
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Usually white."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:774
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Diff Background color:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:774
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Usually light gray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:775
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Color A:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:775
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Usually dark blue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:776
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Color B:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:776
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Usually dark green."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:777
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Color C:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:777
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Usually dark magenta."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:778
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Conflict Color:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:778 index.docbook:783
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Usually red."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Current range background color:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Usually light yellow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:780
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Current range diff background color:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:780 index.docbook:784
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Usually dark yellow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:781
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Color for manually selected diff ranges:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:781
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Usually orange."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:782
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Newest file color in directory comparison:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:782
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Usually green."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:783
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Oldest file color in directory comparison:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:784
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Middle age file color in directory comparison:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:785
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Color for missing files in directory comparison:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:787
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Changing the colors for directory comparison will be effective only when starting the next directory comparison."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:790
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "On systems with only 16 or 256 colors some colors are not available in pure form. On such systems the \"Defaults\"-button will choose a pure color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:796
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Editor Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Tab inserts spaces:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If this is disabled and you press the tabulator key, a tab-character is inserted, otherwise the appropriate amount of characters is inserted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:801
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Tab size:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:801
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Can be adjusted for your specific needs. Default is 8."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:802
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto indentation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:802
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When pressing Enter or Return the indentation of the previous line is used for the new line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:804
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto copy selection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:804
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Every selection is immediately copied to the clipboard when active and you needn't explicitly copy it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:806
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Line end style:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:806
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When saving you can select what line end style you prefer. The default setting is the common choice for the used operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Diff Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:812
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When comparing files, &kdiff3; first it tries to match lines that are equal in all input files. Only during this step it might ignore white space. The second step compares each line. In this step white space will not be ignored. Also during the merge white space will not be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:820
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve Carriage Return:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:820
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Some editors (on some systems) save carriage return '\\r' and linefeed '\\n'-characters at the end of line, while others will only save the linefeed '\\n'. Usually &kdiff3; ignores the carriage return, but then files that don't have equal sizes, look equal in side by side comparison. When this option is on, then the carriage return characters are made visible but are treated as white space. This option must be off during a merge. Default is off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:827
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignore numbers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:827
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default is off. Number characters ('0'-'9', '.', '-') will be ignored in the first part of the analysis in which the line matching is done. In the result the differences will be shown nevertheless, but they are treated as white space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:832
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignore C/C++ comments:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:832
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default is off. Changes in comments will be treated like changes in white space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:835
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignore case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:835
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default is off. Case-differences of characters (like 'A' vs. 'a') will be treated like changes in white space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:838 index.docbook:1005
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preprocessor-Command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:838 index.docbook:841
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "See <link linkend=\"preprocessors\">next section</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:841 index.docbook:1012
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Line-Matching Preprocessor-Command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:844
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Try Hard:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:844
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Try hard to find an even smaller delta. (Default is on.) This will probably be effective for complicated and big files. And slow for very big files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:851
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Merge Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:853
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto Advance Delay (ms):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:853
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When in auto-advance-mode this setting specifies how long to show the result of the selection before jumping to the next unsolved conflict."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:857
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "White space 2/3-file merge default:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:857
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatically solve all white-space conflict by choosing the specified file. (Default is manual choice.) Useful if white space really isn't important in many files. If you need this only occasionally better use \"Choose A/B/C For All Unsolved Whitespace Conflicts\" in the merge menu. Note that if you enable either \"Ignore numbers\" or \"Ignore C/C++ comments\" then this auto-choice also applies for conflicts in numbers or comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:864
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto merge regular expression:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:864
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Regular expression for lines where &kdiff3; should automatically choose one source. See also <link linkend=\"vcskeywordsmergesupport\">Automatic Merge ...</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:867
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Run regular expression auto merge on merge start:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:867
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If activated &kdiff3; runs the automatic merge using the \"Auto merge regular expression\" when a merge is started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:870
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "History start regular expression:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:870
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Regular expression for the start of the merge history entry. Usually this line contains the \"$Log$\"-keyword. Default value: \".*\\$Log.*\\$.*\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:875
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "History entry start regular expression:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:875
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "A merge history entry consists of several lines. Specify the regular expression to detect the first line (without the leading comment). Use parentheses to group the keys you want to use for sorting. If left empty, then &kdiff3; assumes that empty lines separate history entries. See also <link linkend=\"vcskeywordsmergesupport\">Automatic Merge ...</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:882
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "History merge sorting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:882
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Enable version control history sorting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:885
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "History entry start sort key order:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:885
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Each parentheses used in the regular expression for the history start entry groups a key that can be used for sorting. Specify the list of keys (that are numbered in order of occurrence starting with 1) using ',' as separator (e.g. \"4,5,6,1,2,3,7\"). If left empty, then no sorting will be done. See also <link linkend=\"vcskeywordsmergesupport\">Automatic Merge ...</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:893
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Merge version control history on merge start:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:893
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If activated &kdiff3; runs the automatic history merging using aforementioned options when a merge is started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:896
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of history entries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:896
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&kdiff3; truncates the history list after the specified number of entries. Use -1 to avoid truncation. (Default is -1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:899
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Test your regular expressions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:899
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "This button shows a dialog that allows you to improve and test the regular expressions above. Just copy the respective data from your files into the example lines. The \"Match results\" will immediately show whether the match succeeds or not. The \"Sort key result\" will display the key used for history merge sorting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:905
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Irrelevant merge command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:905
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Specify a command of your own that should be called when &kdiff3; detects that for a three file merge the file from B doesn't contribute any relevant data that isn't already contained in the file from C. The command is called with the three filenames as parameters. Data matched by the \"Auto merge regular expression\" or in the history isn't considered relevant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:917
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Directory Merge"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:918
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "These options are concerned with scanning the directory and handling the merge: See the <link linkend=\"dirmergeoptions\">Directory Comparison/Merge Docs</link> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:922
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Yet there is one option here that is also relevant for saving single files:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:926 index.docbook:1628
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Backup files:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:926
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When a file is saved and an older version already exists, then the original version will be renamed with an \".orig\" extension. If an old backup file with \".orig\" extension already exists then this will be deleted without backup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:934
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Regional and Language Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:936
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Language:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:936
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Adjust the language of the user interface. Changing this option doesn't affect the running program. You have to exit and restart &kdiff3; so that the language is changed. (This option is not available in the KDE version of &kdiff3; because the language is adjustable in the global KDE settings.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:938
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use the same encoding for everything:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:938
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The following encoding options can be adjusted separately for each item or if this option is true, all values will take the first value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:940
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local Encoding:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:940
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Above the codec-selectors appears a note that tells you what the local encoding is. (This is not adjustable but for your information just in case you don't know your local encoding, but need to select it.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:942
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Encoding for A/B/C:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:942
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Adjust the file encoding for input files. This has an effect on how the special characters are interpreted. Since you can adjust each codec separately you can even compare and merge files that were saved using different codecs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:944
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Encoding for Merge Output and Saving:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:944
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When you have edited a file, then you can adjust which encoding will be used when saving to disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:946
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Encoding for Preprocessor Files:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:946
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When you define preprocessors then they might not be able to operate on your codec. (e.g.: Your files are 16-bit-unicode and your preprocessor can only take 8-bit-ascii.) With this option you can define the encoding of preprocessor output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:948
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Right To Left Language:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:948
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Some languages are written right to left. When this option is enabled, &kdiff3; draws the text from right to left in the diff input windows and in the merge output window. Note that if you start &kdiff3; with the command line option \"--reverse\" then all layouting will be done right to left too. (This is a feature provided by Qt.) This documentation was written assuming that \"Right To Left Language\" or reverse layout are disabled. So some references to \"left\" or \"right\" must be replaced by their respective counterpart if you use these options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:954
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Miscellaneous"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:955
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "(These options and actions are available in menus or the buttonbar.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:957
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show line numbers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:957
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "You can select if line numbers should be shown for the input files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:959
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show space and tabulator characters for differences:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:959
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sometimes the visible spaces and tabs are disturbing. You can turn this off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:961
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show white space:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:961
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Turn this off to suppress any highlighting of white-space-only changes in the text or overview-columns. (Note that this also applies to changes in numbers or comments if the options \"Ignore numbers\" or \"Ignore C/C++ comments\" are active.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:965
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Overview options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:965
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "These choices are only available when you compare three files. In normal mode all differences are shown in one color-coded overview-column. But sometimes you are especially interested in the differences between only two of these three files. Selecting \"A vs. B\", \"A vs. C\" or \"B vs. C\"-overview will show a second overview column with the required information next to the normal overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:972
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word wrap diff windows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:972
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Wrap lines when their length would exceed the width of a window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:975
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show Window A/B/C:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:975
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sometimes you want to use the space on the screen better for long lines. Hide the windows that are not important. (In the Windows-menu.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:978
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Toggle Split Orientation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:978
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Switch between diff windows shown next to each other (A left of B left of C) or above each other (A above B above C). This should also help for long lines. (In the Windows-menu.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Start a merge quickly:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sometimes you are viewing the deltas and decide to merge. <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"merge_current.png\" format=\"PNG\"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> \"Merge current file\" in the Directory-menu also works if you only compare two files. A single click starts the merge and uses the filename of the last input-file as the default output filename. (When this is used to restart a merge, then the output filename will be preserved.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:992
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring Keyboard-Shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:993
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Currently only the KDE-version supports user-configurable keyboard-shortcuts. (Menu Settings->Configure Shortcuts...)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1000
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preprocessor Commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1001
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&kdiff3; supports two preprocessor options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1005
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When any file is read, it will be piped through this external command. The output of this command will be visible instead of the original file. You can write your own preprocessor that fulfills your specific needs. Use this to cut away disturbing parts of the file, or to automatically correct the indentation etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1012
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When any file is read, it will be piped through this external command. If a preprocessor-command (see above) is also specified, then the output of the preprocessor is the input of the line-matching preprocessor. The output will only be used during the line matching phase of the analysis. You can write your own preprocessor that fulfills your specific needs. Each input line must have a corresponding output line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1022
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The idea is to allow the user greater flexibility while configuring the diff-result. But this requires an external program, and many users don't want to write one themselves. The good news is that very often <command>sed</command> or <command>perl</command> will do the job."
+"</screen> Without a preprocessor the following lines would be placed next to each other: <screen>\n"
+" aa - cg\n"
+" ba - dg\n"
+" ca - eg\n"
+" da\n"
+" ea\n"
+" fa\n"
+"</screen> This is probably not wanted since the first letter contains the actually interesting information. To help the matching algorithm to ignore the second letter we can use a line matching preprocessor command, that replaces 'g' with 'a': <screen>\n"
+" <command>sed</command> 's/g/a/'\n"
+"</screen> With this command the result of the comparison would be: <screen>\n"
+" aa\n"
+" ba\n"
+" ca - cg\n"
+" da - dg\n"
+" ea - eg\n"
+" fa\n"
+"</screen> Internally the matching algorithm sees the files after running the line matching preprocessor, but on the screen the file is unchanged. (The normal preprocessor would change the data also on the screen.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1045
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<command>sed</command> Basics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1046
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "This section only introduces some very basic features of <command>sed</command>. For more information see <ulink url=\"info:/sed\">info:/sed</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/html_mono/sed.html\"> http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/html_mono/sed.html</ulink>. A precompiled version for Windows can be found at <ulink url=\"http://unxutils.sourceforge.net\"> http://unxutils.sourceforge.net</ulink>. Note that the following examples assume that the <command>sed</command>-command is in some directory in the PATH-environment variable. If this is not the case, you have to specify the full absolute path for the command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1057
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Also note that the following examples use the single quotation mark (') which won't work for Windows. On Windows you should use the double quotation marks (\") instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1059
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In this context only the <command>sed</command>-substitute-command is used: <screen>\n"
+"</screen> Before you use a new command within &kdiff3;, you should first test it in a console. Here the <command>echo</command>-command is useful. Example: <screen>\n"
+"</screen> This example shows a very simple sed-command that replaces the first occurance of \"a\" with \"o\". If you want to replace all occurances then you need the \"g\"-flag: <screen>\n"
+"</screen> The \"|\"-symbol is the pipe-command that transfers the output of the previous command to the input of the following command. If you want to test with a longer file then you can use <command>cat</command> on Unix-like systems or <command>type</command> on Windows-like systems. <command>sed</command> will do the substitution for each line."
+msgid "Examples For <command>sed</command>-Use In &kdiff3;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1076
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignoring Other Types Of Comments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1077
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Currently &kdiff3; understands only C/C++ comments. Using the Line-Matching-Preprocessor-Command you can also ignore other types of comments, by converting them into C/C++-comments. Example: To ignore comments starting with \"#\", you would like to convert them to \"//\". Note that you also must enable the \"Ignore C/C++-Comments\" option to get an effect. An appropriate Line-Matching-Preprocessor-Command would be: <screen>\n"
+" <command>sed</command> 's/#/\\/\\//'\n"
+"</screen> Since for <command>sed</command> the \"/\"-character has a special meaning, it is necessary to place the \"\\\"-character before each \"/\" in the replacement-string. Sometimes the \"\\\" is required to add or remove a special meaning of certain characters. The single quotation marks (') before and after the substitution-command are important now, because otherwise the shell will try to interpret some special characters like '#', '$' or '\\' before passing them to <command>sed</command>. <emphasis>Note that on Windows you will need the double quotation marks (\") here. Windows substitutes other characters like '%', so you might have to experiment a little bit.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1096
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Caseinsensitive Diff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1097
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Use the following Line-Matching-Preprocessor-Command to convert all input to uppercase: <screen>\n"
+" <command>sed</command> 's/\\(.*\\)/\\U\\1/'\n"
+"</screen> Here the \".*\" is a regular expression that matches any string and in this context matches all characters in the line. The \"\\1\" in the replacement string refers to the matched text within the first pair of \"\\(\" and \"\\)\". The \"\\U\" converts the inserted text to uppercase."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1107
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignoring Version Control Keywords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1108
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"CVS and other version control systems use several keywords to insert automatically generated strings (<ulink url=\"info:/cvs/Keyword substitution\">info:/cvs/Keyword substitution</ulink>). All of them follow the pattern \"$KEYWORD generated text$\". We now need a Line-Matching-Preprocessor-Command that removes only the generated text: <screen>\n"
+"</screen> The \"\\|\" separates the possible keywords. You might want to modify this list according to your needs. The \"\\\" before the \"$\" is necessary because otherwise the \"$\" matches the end of the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1118
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "While experimenting with <command>sed</command> you might come to understand and even like these regular expressions. They are useful because there are many other programs that also support similar things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1125
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignoring Numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Ignoring numbers actually is a built-in option. But as another example, this is how it would look as a Line-Matching-Preprocessor-command. <screen>\n"
+"</screen> Any character within '[' and ']' is a match and will be replaced with nothing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1134
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignoring Certain Columns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1135
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes a text is very strictly formatted, and contains columns that you always want to ignore, while there are other columns you want to preserve for analysis. In the following example the first five columns (characters) are ignored, the next ten columns are preserved, then again five columns are ignored and the rest of the line is preserved. <screen>\n"
+"</screen> Each dot '.' matches any single character. The \"\\1\" and \"\\2\" in the replacement string refer to the matched text within the first and second pair of \"\\(\" and \"\\)\" denoting the text to be preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1145
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Combining Several Substitutions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1146
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sometimes you want to apply several substitutions at once. You can then use the semicolon ';' to separate these from each other. Example:"
+"</screen> But some details are different in <command>perl</command>. Note that where <command>sed</command> needed \"\\(\" and \"\\)\" <command>perl</command> requires the simpler \"(\" and \")\" without preceding '\\'. Example:"
+msgid "The data is piped through all internal and external preprocessors in the following order:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1172
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Normal preprocessor,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1173
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Line-Matching-Preprocessor,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1174
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignore case (conversion to uppercase),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1175
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Detection of C/C++ comments,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignore numbers,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1177
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignore white space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1179
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The data after the normal preprocessor will be preserved for display and merging. The other operations only modify the data that the line-matching-diff-algorithm sees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1182
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In the rare cases where you use a normal preprocessor note that the line-matching-preprocessor sees the output of the normal preprocessor as input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1188
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Warning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1189
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The preprocessor-commands are often very useful, but as with any option that modifies your texts or hides away certain differences automatically, you might accidentally overlook certain differences and in the worst case destroy important data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1193
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "For this reason during a merge if a normal preprocessor-command is being used &kdiff3; will tell you so and ask you if it should be disabled or not. But it won't warn you if a Line-Matching-Preprocessor-command is active. The merge will not complete until all conflicts are solved. If you disabled \"Show White Space\" then the differences that were removed with the Line-Matching-Preprocessor-command will also be invisible. If the Save-button remains disabled during a merge (because of remaining conflicts), make sure to enable \"Show White Space\". If you don't wan't to merge these less important differences manually you can select \"Choose [A|B|C] For All Unsolved White space Conflicts\" in the Merge-menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1208
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Directory Comparison and Merge with &kdiff3;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1209
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Introduction into Directory Comparison and Merge"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1210
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Often programmers must modify many files in a directory to achieve their purpose. For this &kdiff3; also lets you compare and merge complete directories recursively!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1214
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Even though comparing and merging directories seems to be quite obvious, there are several details that you should know about. Most important is of course the fact that now many files might be affected by each operation. If you don't have backups of your original data, then it can be very hard or even impossible to return to the original state. So before starting a merge, make sure that your data is safe, and going back is possible. If you make an archive or use some version control system is your decision, but even experienced programmers and integrators need the old sources now and then. And note that even though I (the author of &kdiff3;) try to do my best, I can't guarantee that there are no bugs. According to the GNU-GPL there is NO WARRANTY whatsoever for this program. So be humble and always keep in mind:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1228
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "To err is human, but to really mess things up you need a computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1230
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "So this is what this program can do for you: &kdiff3; ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1234
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... reads and compares two or three directories recursively,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1235
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... takes special care of symbolic links,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1236
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... lets you browse files on mouse double click,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1237
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... for each item proposes a merge operation, which you can change before starting the directory merge,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... lets you simulate the merge and lists the actions that would take place, without actually doing them,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1241
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... lets you really do the merge, and lets you interact whenever manual interaction is needed,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1243
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... lets you run the selected operation for all items (key F7) or the selected item (key F6),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1244
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... lets you continue the merge after manual interaction with key F7,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1245
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... optionally creates backups, with the \".orig\" extension,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1250
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Starting Directory Comparison Or Merge"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1251
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "This is very similar to the single file merge and comparison. You just have to specify directories on the command line or in the file-open dialog."
+msgid "When three directories are merged then <replaceable>dir1</replaceable> is used as the base for the merge. If no destination directory is specified, then &kdiff3; will use <replaceable>dir3</replaceable> as the destination directory for the merge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1272
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Note that only the comparison starts automatically, not the merge. For this you first must select a menu entry or the key F7. (More details later.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1279
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Directory Merge Visible Information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1280
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "While reading the directories a message-box appears that informs you of the progress. If you abort the directory scan, then only files that have been compared until then will be listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1284
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When the directory scan is complete then &kdiff3; will show a listbox with the results left, ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1291
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... and details about the currently selected item on the right:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1299
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Name Column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1300
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Each file and directory that was found during the scan is shown here in a tree. You can select an item by clicking it with the mouse once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1303
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The directories are collapsed by default. You can expand and collapse them by clicking on the \"+\"/\"-\" or by double-clicking the item or by using the left/right-arrow-keys. The \"Directory\"-menu also contains two actions \"Fold all subdirs\" and \"Unfold all subdirs\" with which you can collapse or expand all directories at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1309
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If you double-click a file item then the file comparison starts and the file-diff-window will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The image in the name column reflects the file type in the first directory (\"A\"). It can be one of these:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1318
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Normal file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1319
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Normal directory (directory-image)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1320
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Link to a file (file-image with a link arrow)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Link to a directory (directory-image with a link arrow)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1323
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If the file type is different in the other directories, then this is visible in the columns A/B/C and in the window that shows the details about the selected item. Note that for such a case no merge operation can be selected automatically. When starting the merge, then the user will be informed of problems of that kind."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1332
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Columns A/B/C and the Coloring Scheme"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1333
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "As can be seen in the image above the colors red, green, yellow and black are used in the columns A/B/C."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1338
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Black: This item doesn't exist in this directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1339
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Green: Newest item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1340
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Yellow: Older than green, newer than red."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1341
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Red: Oldest item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1343
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "But for items that were identical in the comparison their color also is identical even if the age is not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1346
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Directories are considered equal if all items they contain are identical. Then they also will have the same color. But the age of a directory is not considered for its color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1350
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The idea for this coloring scheme I came upon in <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb/dirdiff\">dirdiff</ulink>. The colors resemble the colors of a leaf that is green when new, turns yellow later and red when old."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1357
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Operation Column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1358
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "After comparing the directories &kdiff3; also evaluates a proposal for a merge operation. This is shown in the \"Operation\" column. You can modify the operation by clicking on the operation you want to change. A small menu will popup and allows you to select an operation for that item. (You can also select the most needed operations via keyboard. Ctrl+1/2/3/4/Del will select A/B/C/Merge/Delete respectively if available.) This operation will be executed during the merge. It depends on the item and on the merge-mode you are in, what operations are available. The merge-mode is one of"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1369
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Three directory-merge (\"A\" is treated as older base of both)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1370
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Two directory-merge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1371
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Two directory-sync-mode (activate via option \"Synchronize Directories\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1373
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In three directory merge the operation proposal will be: If for an item ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1377
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... all three directories are equal: Copy from C"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1378
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... A and C are equal but B is not: Copy from B (or if B does not exist, delete the destination if exists)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1380
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... A and B are equal but C is not: Copy from C (or if C does not exist, delete the destination if exists)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1382
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... B and C are equal but A is not: Copy from C (or if C does not exist, delete the destination if exists)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1384
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... only A exists: Delete the destination (if exists)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1385
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... only B exists: Copy from B"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1386
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... only C exists: Copy from C"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1387
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... A, B and C are not equal: Merge"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1388
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... A, B and C don't have the same file type (e.g. A is a directory, B is a file): \"Error: Conflicting File Types\". While such items exist the directory merge cannot start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1392
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In two directory merge the operation proposal will be: If for an item ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1396
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... both directories are equal: Copy from B"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1397
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... A exists, but not B: Copy from A"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1398
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... B exists, but not A: Copy from B"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1399
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... A and B exist but are not equal: Merge"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1400 index.docbook:1417
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... A and B don't have the same file type (e.g. A is a directory, B is a file): \"Error: Conflicting File Types\". While such items exist the directory merge cannot start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1404
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sync-mode is active if only two directories and no explicit destination were specified and if the option \"Synchronize directories\" is active. &kdiff3; then selects a default operation so that both directories are the same afterwards. If for an item ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1411
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... both directories are equal: Nothing will be done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1412
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... A exists, but not B: Copy A to B"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1413
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... B exists, but not A: Copy B to A"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1414
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "... A and B exist, but are not equal: Merge and store the result in both directories. (For the user the visible save-filename is B, but then &kdiff3; copies B also to A.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1421
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When two directories are merged and the option \"Copy newer instead of merging\" is selected, then &kdiff3; looks at the dates and proposes to choose the newer file. If the files are not equal but have equal dates, then the operation will contain \"Error: Dates are equal but files are not.\" While such items exist the directory merge cannot start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1430
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Status Column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1431
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "During the merge one file after the other will be processed. The status column will show \"Done\" for items where the merge operation has succeeded, and other texts if something unexpected happened. When a merge is complete, then you should make a last check to see if the status for all items is agreeable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1440
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Statistics Columns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1441
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When the file comparison mode \"Full Analysis\" is enabled in the options, then &kdiff3; will show extra columns containing the numbers of unsolved, solved, nonwhite and whitespace conflicts. (The solved-column will only show when comparing or merging three directories.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1448
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Selecting Listed Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1449
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Several options influence which files are listed here. Some are accessible in the <link linkend=\"dirmergeoptions\">settings dialog</link>. The Directory-menu contains the entries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1453
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "\"Show Identical Files\": Files that have been detected equal in all input directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1454
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "\"Show Different Files\": Files that exist in two or more directories but are not equal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1455
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "\"Show Files only in A\": Files that exist only in A, but not in B or C."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1456
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "\"Show Files only in B\": Files that exist only in B, but not in A or B."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1457
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "\"Show Files only in C\": Files that exist only in C, but not in A or B."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1459
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Activate only the \"Show\"-options for the items you want listed. If for example you only want to list all items that exist either in A or in B but not in both, you'll have to activate \"Show Files only in A\" and \"Show Files only in B\" and deactivate all others (\"Show Identical Files\", \"Show Different Files\", \"Show Files only in C\"). The list will be updated immediately to reflect the change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1464
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "These options also apply for directories with one exception: Disabling \"Show Different Files\" will not hide any complete directories. This will work only for files within."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1467
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Note that of these only the \"Show Identical Files\"-option is persistant. The others are enabled when starting &kdiff3;."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1475
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Doing A Directory Merge"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1476
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "You can either merge the currently selected item (file or directory), or all items. When you have made all your operation choices (in all subdirectories too) then you can start the merge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1480
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Be aware that if you didn't specify a destination directory explicitly, then the destination will be \"C\" in three directory mode, \"B\" in two directory merge mode, and in sync-mode it will be \"A\" or/and \"B\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1484
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If you have specified a destination directory also check that all items that should be in the output, are in the tree. There are some options that cause certain items to be omitted from the directory comparison and merge. Check these options to avoid unpleasant surprises:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "\"Recursive Directories\": If this is off, then items in subdirectories will not be found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1493
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "\"Pattern\"/\"Anti-Pattern\": Include/exclude items that match"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1494
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "\"Exclude Hidden Files\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1495
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<link linkend=\"selectingvisiblefiles\">\"Show\"-options</link> (Show Identical/Different Files, Files only in A/B/C)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1497
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If you change the settings in order to list more files, you must do a rescan via menu \"Directory\"->\"Rescan\" yourself. (The reason for this is that for faster comparison-speed &kdiff3; omits the comparison for files suppressed by these criteria.) If you changed your file and dir patterns to exclude files, then the file-list will immediately be updated on closing the options-dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1502
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Note that when you write to a completely new directory then you usually also want to copy the identical files. In that case enable the \"Show Identical Files\"-option. If your destination-directory is one of the inputs, then this isn't necessary because the file is already there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1506
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If you are satisfied so far, the rest is easy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1508
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "To merge all items: Select \"Start/Continue directory merge\" in the \"Directory\"-menu or press F7 (which is the default shortcut). To merge only the current item: Select \"Run Operation For Current Item\" or press F6."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1513
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If due to conflicting filetypes still some items with invalid operations exist, then a messagebox will appear and these items will be pointed out, so you can select a valid operation for the item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1517
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If you merge all items a dialog will appear giving you the options \"Do it\", \"Simulate it\" and \"Cancel\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1522
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Select \"Simulate it\" if you want to see what would be done without actually doing it. A verbose list of all operations will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1524
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Otherwise select \"Do it\" to really start merging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1526
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Then &kdiff3; will run the specified operation for all items. If manual interaction is required (single file merge), then a merge window will open (<link linkend=\"dirmergebigscreenshot\">see the big screenshot</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1530
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When you have finished with manually merging a file, again select \"Start/Continue directory merge\" or the key F7. If you haven't saved it yet, a dialog will ask you to do so. Then &kdiff3; will continue with the next item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1534
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When &kdiff3; encounters an error, it will tell you so and will show the verbose-status-information. At the bottom of this list, there will be some error messages which should help you to understand the cause of the problem. When you continue merging (F7 key) &kdiff3; will give you the choice to retry or skip the item that caused the problem. This means that before continuing you can choose another operation or solve the problem by other means."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1541
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When the merge is complete, then &kdiff3; will inform you via a message box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1544
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If some items were merged individually before running the directorymerge then &kdiff3; remembers this (while this merge-session goes on), and doesn't merge them again when later the merge for all items is run. Even when the merge was skipped or nothing was saved these items count as completed. Only when you change the merge operation the \"Done\"-status of the item will be removed and it can be merged again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1554
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Options for Comparing and Merging Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1555
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The &kdiff3;-preferences (menu \"Settings\"->\"Configure &kdiff3;\") has a section called \"Directory Merge\" with these options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1561
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Recursive Directories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1561
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Select whether to search directories recursively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1563
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Pattern(s):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1563
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Only files that match any pattern here will be put in the tree. More than one pattern may be specified here by using the semicolon \";\" as separator. Valid wildcards: '*' and '?'. (e.g. \"*.cpp;*.h\"). Default is \"*\". This pattern is not used on directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1567
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Anti-Pattern(s):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1567
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Files that match this pattern will be excluded from the tree. More than one pattern may be specified here via using the semicolon \";\" as separator. Valid wildcards: '*' and '?'. Default is \"*.orig;*.o;*.obj\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1571
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Directory Anti-Pattern(s):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1571
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Directories that match this pattern will be excluded from the tree. More than one pattern may be specified here via using the semicolon \";\" as separator. Valid wildcards: '*' and '?'. Default is \"CVS;deps;.svn\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1575
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use CVS-Ignore:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1575
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignore files and directories that would also be ignored by CVS. Many automatically generated files are ignored by CVS. The big advantage is that this can be directory specific via a local \".cvsignore\"-file. (See <ulink url=\"info:/cvs/cvsignore\">info:/cvs/cvsignore</ulink>.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1580
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Find Hidden Files and Directories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1580
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "On some file systems files have an \"Hidden\"-attribute. On other systems a filename starting with a dot \".\" causes it to be hidden. This option allows you to decide whether to include these files in the tree or not. Default is on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1584
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Follow File Links:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1584
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "For links to files: When disabled, then the symbolic links are compared. When enabled, then the files behind the links are compared. Default is off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1587
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Follow Directory Links:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1587
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "For links to directories: When disabled, then the symbolic links will be compared. When enabled then the link will be treated like a directory and it will be scanned recursively. (Note that the program doesn't check if the link is \"recursive\". So for example a directory that contains a link to the directory would cause an infinite loop, and after some time when the stack overflows or all memory is used up, crash the program.) Default is off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1594
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Case Sensitive Filename Comparison:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1594
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default is false on Windows, true for other operating systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1596
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Comparison Mode:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1598
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Binary Comparison:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1598
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "This is the default file comparison mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1601
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Full Analysis:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1601
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do a full analysis of each file and show the statistics information columns. (Number of solved, unsolved, nonwhite and white conflicts.) The full analysis is slower than a simple binary analysis, and much slower when used on files that don't contain text. (Specify the appropriate file-antipatterns.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1608
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Trust the modification date:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1608
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If you compare big directories over a slow network, it might be faster to compare the modification dates and file length alone. But this speed improvement comes with the price of a little uncertainty. Use this option with care. Default is off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1612
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Trust the size:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1612
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Similar to trusting the modification date. No real comparison happens. Two files are considered equal if their file-sizes are equal. This is useful when the file-copy operation didn't preserve the modification date. Use this option with care. Default is off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1619
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Synchronize Directories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1619
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Activates \"Sync-Mode\" when two directories are compared and no explicit destination directory was specified. In this mode the proposed operations will be chosen so that both source directories are equal afterwards. Also the merge result will be written to both directories. Default is off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1624
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Copy newer instead of merging:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1624
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Instead of merging the proposed operation will copy the newer source if changes happened. (Considered unsafe, because it implies that you know, that the other file hasn't been edited too. Check to make sure in every case.) Default is off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1628
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If a file or complete directory is replaced by another or is deleted then the original version will be renamed with an \".orig\" extension. If an old backup file with \".orig\" extension already exists then this will be deleted without backup. This also affects the normal merging of single files, not only in directory-merge mode. Default is on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1636
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Other Functions in Directory Merge Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1637
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Split/Full Screen Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1638
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Usually the directory merge list view remains visible while a single file is compared or merged. With the mouse you can move the the splitter bar that separates the file list from the text-diff windows. If you don't want this, you can disable \"Split Screen View\" in the \"Directory\"-menu. Then you can use \"Toggle View\" in the \"Directory\"-menu to switch between the file list and the text-diff view that then occupy the full screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1647
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Comparing or Merging a Single File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Probably you will prefer a simple double mouse click on a file in order to compare it. Nevertheless there also exists an entry in the \"Directory\"-menu. You can also directly merge a single file by selecting it and choosing \"Merge current file\" in the \"Merge\"-Menu. On saving the result, the status will be set to done, and the file will not be merged again if a directory merge is started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1655
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "But note that this status information will be lost when you rerun a directory scan: \"Directory\"-menu: \"Rescan\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1660
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Comparing or Merging Files with Different Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1661
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sometimes you need to compare or merge files with different names (e.g. the current file and the backup in the same folder)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1664
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Select the exact file by clicking onto the icon in the column A, B or C. The first file selected thus will be marked with an \"A\", the second and third with \"B\" and \"C\" regardless on what column they are in. Only up to three files can be chosen like this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1668
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Proceed by choosing \"Compare Explicitely Selected Files\" or \"Merge Explicitely Selected Files\" from the \"Directory\"-menu. For your convenience these menu entries also appear as context menu when you right-click the last selected file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1672
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The comparison or merge of a file will happen in the same window. If this method is used for directories a new window will be opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1680
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Miscellaneous Topics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1682
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Networktransparency via KIO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1683
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "KIO-Slaves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1684
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "KDE supports networktransparency via KIO-slaves. &kdiff3; uses this for reading input files and for scanning directories. This means that you can specify files and directories on local and remote resources via URLs."
+msgid "The first line compares a local file with a file on an FTP-server. The second line compares a directory within an compressed archive with a local directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1696
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Other KIO-slaves that are interesting are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1700
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Files from the WWW (http:),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1701
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Files from the FTP (ftp:),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1702
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Encrypted file transfer (fish:, sftp:),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1703
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Windows-ressources (smb:),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1704
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local files (file:),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1706
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Other things that are possible, but probably less useful are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1710
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Man-pages (man:),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1711
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Info-pages (info:),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1715
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "How To Write URLs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1716
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "An URL has a different syntax compared with paths for local files and directories. Some things should be considered:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1721
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "A path can be relative and can contain \".\" or \"..\". This is not possible for URLs which are always absolute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1724
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Special characters must be written with \"escaping\". (\"#\"->\"%23\", space->\"%20\", etc.) E.g. A file with the name \"/#foo#\" would have the URL \"file:/%23foo%23\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1727
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When URLs don't work as expected, try to open them in Konqueror first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1734
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Capabilities of KIO-Slaves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1735
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Networktransparency has one drawback: Not all ressources have the same cababilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1737
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sometimes this is due to the file system of the server, sometimes due to the protocol. Here is a short list of restrictions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1742
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sometimes there is no support for links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1744
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Or there is no way to distinguish if a link points to a file or a directory; always assuming a file. (ftp:, sftp:)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1747
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Can't always determine the filesize."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1749
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Limited support for permissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1751
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "No possibility to modify permissions or modification time, so permissions or time of a copy will differ from the original. (See the option \"Trust the size\".) (To modify permissions or modification time is only possible for local files.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1761
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Using &kdiff3; as a KPart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1762
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&kdiff3; is a KPart. Currently it implements the KParts::ReadOnlyPart-interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1764
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "It's main use is as difference-viewer in KDevelop. KDevelop always starts the internal difference viewer first. To invoke &kdiff3; press the right mouse button on the difference viewer window and select \"Show in KDiff3Part\" from the contextmenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1768
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&kdiff3; normally requires two complete files as input. When used as part &kdiff3; will assume that the inputfile is a patch-file in the unified format. &kdiff3; then retrieves the original filenames from the patch-file. At least one of the two files must be available. &kdiff3; will then invoke <command>patch</command> to recreate the second file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1774
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In Konqueror you can select a patch-file and select \"Preview in\"-\"KDiff3Part\" from the contextmenu. Be aware that this won't work if none of the original files are available, and it is not reliable if the original file(s) have changed since the patch-file was generated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When run as a part &kdiff3; only provides the a two-file-diff, a very small toolbar and menu. Merging or directory-comparison are not supported then."
+msgid "Tools named \"KDiff\" and \"KDiff2\" (now called \"Kompare\") already exist. Also \"KDiff3\" should suggest that it can merge like the \"diff3\"-tool in the Diff-Tool collection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1801
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Why did I release it under GPL?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1803
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "I'm using GPL programs for a very long time now and learned very much by having a look at many of the sources. Hence this is my \"Thank You\" to all programmers that also did so or will do the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1809
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Some buttons and functions are missing. What's wrong?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "You compiled from source but you probably didn't specify the correct KDE-prefix with configure. By default configure wants to install in /usr/local but then KDE can't find the user-interface ressource file (i.e. kdiff3ui.rc). The README-file contains more information about the correct prefix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1818
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Often lines that are similar but not identical appear next to each other but sometimes not. Why?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1821
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Lines where only the amount of white space characters is different are treated as \"equal\" at first, while just one different non-white character causes the lines to be \"different\". If similar lines appear next to each other, this actually is coincidence but this fortunately is often the case. See also <link linkend=\"manualdiffhelp\">Manual Diff Help</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1829
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Why must all conflicts be solved before the merge result can be saved?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1831
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "For each equal or different section the editor in the merge result window remembers where it begins or ends. This is needed so that conflicts can be solved manually by simply selecting the source button (A, B or C). This information is lost while saving as text and it is too much effort to create a special file format that supports saving and restoring all necessary information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1840
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "How can I synchronise the diff and merge views, so that all views show the same text position?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1842
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Click into the summary column left of the text. (<link linkend=\"synchronise_views\">See also here.</link>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1846
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Why does the editor in the merge result window not have an \"undo\"-function?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1848
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "This was too much effort until now. You can always restore a version from one source (A, B or C) by clicking the respective button. For big editing the use of another editor is recommended anyway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1854
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When I removed some text, then suddenly \"<No src line>\" appeared and cannot be deleted. What does that mean and how can one remove this?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1857
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "For each equal or different section the editor in the merge result window remembers where it begins or ends. \"<No src line>\" means that there is nothing left in a section, not even a new line character. This can happen either while merging automatically or by editing. This is no problem, since this hint won't appear in the saved file. If you want the orignal source back just select the section (click on the left summary column) and then click the source button with the needed contents (A/B or C)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1868
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Why doesn't &kdiff3; support syntax-highlighting?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1870
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&kdiff3; already uses many colors for difference highlighting. More highlighting would be confusing. Use another editor for this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1875
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Can I use &kdiff3; to compare OpenOffice.Org, Word, Excel, PDF-, &etc; files?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1877
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Although &kdiff3; will analyse any kind of file the result will probably not be very satisfactory for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1880
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&kdiff3; was made to compare pure text files. OpenOffice, Word, Excel etc. store much more information in the files (about fonts, pictures, pages, colors etc.) which &kdiff3; doesn't know about. So &kdiff3; will show you the contents of the file interpreted as pure text, but this might be unreadable or at least it will look very odd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1886
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Since most programs nowadays store their contents in XML-format, you might be able to read it as pure text. So if the change was only small, &kdiff3; still might help you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1890
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The best solution if you only want to compare the text (without embedded objects like pictures) is to use \"Select All\" and \"Copy\" in your program to copy the interesting text to the clipoard and then in &kdiff3; paste the text into either diff input window. (See also <link linkend=\"selections\">Select, Copy And Paste</link>.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1898
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Where has the the directory option \"List only deltas\" gone?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1900
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "There are now several <link linkend=\"selectingvisiblefiles\">\"Show\"-options</link> in the directory menu. Disabling \"Show identical files\" will achieve what enabling \"List only deltas\" used to do."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1905
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "How can I make a big selection in the diff input window because scrolling takes so long?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1908
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Start the selection as usual (click and hold the left mouse button). Then use the navigation keys (e.g. page up, page down) while holding the left mouse button down. (See also <link linkend=\"selections\">Select, Copy And Paste</link>.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1914
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "There is so much information here, but your question is still not answered?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1916
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Please send me your question. I appreciate every comment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1925
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Credits and License"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1927
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&kdiff3; - File and Directory Comparison and Merge Tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1930
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Program copyright 2002-2007 Joachim Eibl <email>joachim.eibl at gmx.de</email>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1933
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Several cool ideas and bugreports came from colleagues and many people out in the Wild Wild Web. Thank you!"
+msgid "You can download the latest version of &kdiff3; from its homepage <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net\">http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1958
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&kdiff3; is also available for other platforms. See the homepage for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1966
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Requirements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1968
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In order to successfully use all features of &kdiff3;, you need &kde; >4.4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "For information about how to run &kdiff3; on other platforms without KDE please see the <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net\">homepage</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1973
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "You can find a list of changes at <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net/ChangeLog\">http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net/ChangeLog</ulink> or in the \"ChangeLog\"-file of the source package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1981
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Compilation and Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In order to compile and install &kdiff3; on a system with KDE, type the following in the base directory of the &kdiff3; distribution:"
+msgid "<replaceable>kde-dir</replaceable> specifies the directory containing KDE on your system. If you are not sure, read the README-file for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1991
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If you don't use KDE don't use <command>configure</command> but follow the instructions for Qt-only systems in the README file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:1992
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Since &kdiff3; uses <command>autoconf</command> and <command>automake</command> you should have no trouble compiling it. Should you run into problems please report them to the &kde; mailing lists."
"<p>Konsole does not have permission to save this profile to:<br />"
" \"%1\"</p>"
"<p>To be able to save settings you can either change the permissions of the profile configuration file or change the profile name to save the settings to a new profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: EditProfileDialog.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Each profile must have a name before it can be saved into disk.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: EditProfileDialog.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>A profile with this name already exists.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: EditProfileDialog.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "Editing profile: %2"
msgid_plural "Editing %1 profiles: %2"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: EditProfileDialog.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit Profile \"%1\""
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: EditProfileDialog.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid "Profile name is empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: EditProfileDialog.cpp:412
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit Environment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: EditProfileDialog.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgid "One environment variable per line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: EditProfileDialog.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Unit of time"
msgid " second"
msgid_plural " seconds"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: EditProfileDialog.cpp:521
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Initial Directory"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: EditProfileDialog.cpp:749
#, kde-format
msgid "%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: EditProfileDialog.cpp:988
#, kde-format
msgid "This color scheme uses a transparent background which does not appear to be supported on your desktop"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: EditProfileDialog.cpp:994
#, kde-format
msgid "Konsole was started before desktop effects were enabled. You need to restart Konsole to see transparent background."
msgid "Key bindings control how combinations of keystrokes in the terminal window are converted into the stream of characters which are sent to the current terminal program."
msgid "Any adjustments are only temporary to this session."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: HistorySizeWidget.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "When using this option, the scrollback data will be saved to RAM. If you choose a huge value, your system may run out of free RAM and cause serious issues with your system."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: HistorySizeWidget.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid ""
"When using this option, the scrollback data will be written unencrypted to temporary files. Those temporary files will be deleted automatically when Konsole is closed in a normal manner.\n"
"Use Settings->Configure Konsole->File Location to select the location of the temporary files."
msgid "Tab title format used when a remote command (e.g. connection to another computer via SSH) is being executed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:1
#, kde-format
msgid "Black on Light Yellow"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:2
#, kde-format
msgid "Black on Random Light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:3
#, kde-format
msgid "Black on White"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:4
#, kde-format
msgid "Blue on Black"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:5
#, kde-format
msgid "Breeze"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:6
#, kde-format
msgid "Dark Pastels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:7
#, kde-format
msgid "Green on Black"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:8
#, kde-format
msgid "Linux Colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Red on Black"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:10
#, kde-format
msgid "Solarized"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:11
#, kde-format
msgid "Solarized Light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:12
#, kde-format
msgid "White on Black"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:13
#, kde-format
msgid "Default (XFree 4)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:14
#, kde-format
msgid "Linux console"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: schemas.cpp:15
#, kde-format
msgid "Solaris console"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Session.cpp:350
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find binary: "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Session.cpp:359
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:shell Alert the user with red color text"
msgid "Warning: "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Session.cpp:417
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find '%1', starting '%2' instead. Please check your profile settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Session.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find an interactive shell to start."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Session.cpp:458
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not start program '%1' with arguments '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Session.cpp:590
#, kde-format
msgid "Silence in session '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Session.cpp:639
#, kde-format
msgid "Bell in session '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Session.cpp:652
#, kde-format
msgid "Activity in session '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Session.cpp:851
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The D-Bus methods sendText/runCommand were just used. There are security concerns about allowing these methods to be public. If desired, these methods can be changed to internal use only by re-compiling Konsole. "
"<p>This warning will only show once for this Konsole instance.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Session.cpp:878
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:shell This session is done"
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Session.cpp:892 Session.cpp:905
#, kde-format
msgid "Program '%1' crashed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Session.cpp:894
#, kde-format
msgid "Program '%1' exited with status %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Session.cpp:1301
#, kde-format
msgid "ZModem Progress"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Konsole"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid "Konsole does not know how to open the bookmark: "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgid "Search for '%1' with"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:415
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure Web Shortcuts..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:533
#, kde-format
msgid "&Close Session"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:535
#, kde-format
msgid "&Close Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:543
#, kde-format
msgid "Open File Manager"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:570
#, kde-format
msgid "Paste Selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgid "Web Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:584
#, kde-format
msgid "&Select All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:588
#, kde-format
msgid "Select &Line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:591
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Output &As..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:597
#, kde-format
msgid "&Print Screen..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:601
#, kde-format
msgid "Adjust Scrollback..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:605
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear Scrollback"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:609
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear Scrollback and Reset"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:615
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit Current Profile..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:618
#, kde-format
msgid "Switch Profile"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:635
#, kde-format
msgid "Set &Encoding"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:648
#, kde-format
msgid "&Rename Tab..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:654
#, kde-format
msgid "&All Tabs in Current Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:661
#, kde-format
msgid "&Select Tabs..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:667
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Do not select any tabs"
msgid "&None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:675
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy Input To"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:682
#, kde-format
msgid "&ZModem Upload..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:687
#, kde-format
msgid "Monitor for &Activity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:692
#, kde-format
msgid "Monitor for &Silence"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:699
#, kde-format
msgid "Enlarge Font"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:707
#, kde-format
msgid "Shrink Font"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:714
#, kde-format
msgid "Send Signal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:718
#, kde-format
msgid "&Suspend Task"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:723
#, kde-format
msgid "&Continue Task"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:728
#, kde-format
msgid "&Hangup"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:733
#, kde-format
msgid "&Interrupt Task"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:738
#, kde-format
msgid "&Terminate Task"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:743
#, kde-format
msgid "&Kill Task"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:748
#, kde-format
msgid "User Signal &1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:753
#, kde-format
msgid "User Signal &2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:867
#, kde-format
msgid "A program is currently running in this session. Are you sure you want to close it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: SessionController.cpp:870
#, kde-format
msgid "The program '%1' is currently running in this session. Are you sure you want to close it?"
"<p>Applications that use KonsolePart share profiles.</p>"
"<p>They do not share with Konsole or other applications:"
"<ul>"
"<li>default profile</li>"
"<li>show in menu</li>"
"<li>shortcuts</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p>Feel free to open a Konsole <a href=\"https://bugs.kde.org/enter_bug.cgi?format=guided&product=konsole&component=kpart\">bug report</a> if you desire a change to how these are handled.</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/ProfileSettings.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Click to toggle status"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/ProfileSettings.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Double click to change shortcut"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: settings/ProfileSettings.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Click to rename profile"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/ProfileSettings.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column Profile label"
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/ProfileSettings.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column Display profile in file menu"
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/ProfileSettings.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column Profile shortcut text"
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/ProfileSettings.cpp:310
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item This will be used as part of the file name"
msgid "Are you sure you want to paste %1 character?"
msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to paste %1 characters?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: TerminalDisplay.cpp:3081
+#: TerminalDisplay.cpp:3087
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm Paste"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: TerminalDisplay.cpp:3279
+#: TerminalDisplay.cpp:3294
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Output has been <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_flow_control\">suspended</a> by pressing Ctrl+S. Press <b>Ctrl+Q</b> to resume. Click <a href=\"#close\">here</a> to dismiss this message.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: TerminalDisplay.cpp:3586
+#: TerminalDisplay.cpp:3600
#, kde-format
msgid "&Paste Location"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: TerminalDisplay.cpp:3603
+#: TerminalDisplay.cpp:3617
#, kde-format
msgid "Change &Directory To"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewContainer.cpp:306
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "&Detach Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewContainer.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "&Rename Tab..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewContainer.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "&Close Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewContainer.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Create new tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewContainer.cpp:326
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Create a new tab. Press and hold to select profile from menu"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewContainer.cpp:340
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Close tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewContainer.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Close the active tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewContainerTabBar.cpp:60
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Tab Bar</title>"
"<para>The tab bar allows you to switch and move tabs. You can double-click a tab to change its name.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Shortcut entry"
msgid "Next Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Shortcut entry"
msgid "Previous Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Shortcut entry"
msgid "Switch to Last Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Shortcut entry"
msgid "Next View Container"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Shortcut entry"
msgid "Move Tab Left"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Shortcut entry"
msgid "Move Tab Right"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Split View Left/Right"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Split View Top/Bottom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Close Active View"
msgid "Close Active"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu Close Other Views"
msgid "Close Others"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Expand View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Shrink View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "D&etach Current Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ViewManager.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Shortcut entry"
msgid "Switch to Tab %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: Vt102Emulation.cpp:1135
#, kde-format
msgid "No keyboard translator available. The information needed to convert key presses into characters to send to the terminal is missing."
msgid "To import an existing data file, enter its filename here. You will then describe the contents of the file below. You can leave the filename blank to construct a catalog file with a valid header, but no data."
"This button will compute the field-of-view (FOV) angle for a specific eyepiece/telescope combination. You must first specify the focal lengths of the telescope and eyepiece, and the FOV angle of the eyepiece in the above entry fields.\n"
"\n"
"The computed FOV angle (in arcminutes) will be displayed in the \"Field of view\" edit box."
"Enter the telescope focal length, in millimeters.\n"
"\n"
"This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope."
"Enter the physical size of the CCD chip or film negative.\n"
"\n"
"This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope."
"This button will compute the field-of-view (FOV) angle for a specific camera/telescope combination. You must first specify the focal length of the telescope and the size of the CCD chip or film negative.\n"
"\n"
"The computed FOV angle (in arcminutes) will be displayed in the \"Field of view\" edit box."
"This button will compute the Half Power Beam Width (HPBW) angle for a specific radiotelescope and observing wavelength combination, assuming no multibeam receiver is available at the telescope. You must first specify the diameter of the radiotelescope and the observing wavelength.\n"
"\n"
"The computed HPBW angle (in arcminutes) will be displayed in the \"Field of view\" edit box."
"<p>Frame rotation with respect to Celestial Pole. Zero degrees indicates that <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">UP</span> is pointing directly at the pole. 90 degrees indicates that <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">UP</span> is rotated 90 degrees clockwise with respect to the pole.</p>"
"<p>KStars can make use of Astrometry.net to plate solve images to aid with telescope alignment. You can use the online solver without any changes. To use the offline solver, you need to verify that certain programs are installed and that astrometry is configured properly. KStars for Mac includes Astrometry.net</p>"
"<p>To plate solve, you also need to put index files in the following folder. You can install the files that you need inside Ekos. You can also download them from the internet. See the documentation at this link: <a href=\"http://astrometry.net/doc/readme.html\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;\">Astrometry Readme</span></a> for details on how to get files. Note that you do not need all of the index files, the ones you need depend on your field size.</p>"
"<p>Your data directory was not found. You can click the button below to copy a default KStars data directory to the correct location, or if you have a KStars directory already some place else, you can exit KStars and copy it to that location yourself.</p>"
msgid "Installing this in your data directory will enable the CCD Simulator in KStars to take realistic images. This is useful for testing sequences, plate solving, and learning to use KStars. Just click the button to install or unzip the zip file and place the gsc folder in the data directory."
"<p>You may now download optional data files to enhance KStars, such as Messier object images, or a more complete NGC/IC catalog. Press the <b>Download Extra Data</b> button to proceed. </p>"
"<p>You can also use this tool later, by selecting <b>Download New Data</b> from the <b>File</b> menu.</p>"
msgid "Are you sure you want to clear all of the solution points?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1448
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear Solution Points"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1464
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to clear all the alignment points?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1465
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear Align Points"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1614
#, kde-format
msgid "The Mount Model Tool is Reset."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1651
#, kde-format
msgid "Please Check the Alignment Points."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1658
#, kde-format
msgid "In the Align Module, \"Nothing\" is Selected for the Solver Action. This means that the mount model tool will not sync/align your mount but will only report the pointing model errors. Do you wish to Continue?"
msgid "Blind solver takes a very long time to solve but can reliably solve any image any where in the sky given enough time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2688
#, kde-format
msgid "Use existing settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2689
#, kde-format
msgid "Mount must be pointing close to the target location and current field of view must match the image's field of view."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2692
#, kde-format
msgid "No metadata is available in this image. Do you want to use the blind solver or the existing solver settings?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2694
#, kde-format
msgid "Astrometry solver"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2750
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver iteration #%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2788
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver RA (%1) DEC (%2) Orientation (%3) Pixel Scale (%4)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2796
#, kde-format
msgid "Current focal length is %1 mm while computed focal length from the solver is %2 mm. Please update the mount focal length to obtain accurate results."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2912
#, kde-format
msgid "WCS information updated. Images captured from this point forward shall have valid WCS."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2928
#, kde-format
msgid "Solution coordinates: RA (%1) DEC (%2) Telescope Coordinates: RA (%3) DEC (%4)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2934
#, kde-format
msgid "Target is within %1 degrees of solution coordinates."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2987
#, kde-format
msgid "Setting position angle to %1 degrees E of N..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3014
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum number of iterations reached. Solver failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3046
#, kde-format
msgid "Target is within acceptable range. Astrometric solver is successful."
msgid "Slewing to calibration position, please wait until telescope completes slewing."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4066
#, kde-format
msgid "Load Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4231
#, kde-format
msgid "World Coordinate System (WCS) is enabled. CCD rotation must be set either manually in the CCD driver or by solving an image before proceeding to capture any further images, otherwise the WCS information may be invalid."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4240
#, kde-format
msgid "World Coordinate System (WCS) is disabled."
msgid "Please wait while WCS data is processed..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4820
#, kde-format
msgid "Error creating WCS file: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4871
#, kde-format
msgid "WCS data processing is complete."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4880
#, kde-format
msgid "WCS info is now valid. Capturing next frame..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4909
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to process World Coordinate System: %1. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4919
#, kde-format
msgid "Celestial pole is located outside of the field of view. Would you like to sync and slew the telescope to the celestial pole? WARNING: Slewing near poles may cause your mount to end up in unsafe position. Proceed with caution."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4935
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: Celestial pole is located outside the field of view. Move the mount closer to the celestial pole."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4948
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: Failed to load WCS data in file: %1"
msgid "Accuracy threshold in arcseconds between solution and target coordinates. Plate solver shall be repeatedly executed until the solution coordinates are below the accuracy threshold"
"<p>Use astrometry solver on remote machine running INDI server. You must select <b>Astrometry</b> driver from Auxiliary drivers in your Ekos devices profile for this option to be enabled.</p>"
"<p>The results from Astrometric Solutions from the Capture and Solve Tool, the Load and Slew Tool, and the Mount Model Tool will be displayed below.</p>"
"<p>Remove the selected row from the solutions table. This can be useful for getting rid of results that did not actually solve from the table and/or results that you do not need any more. It can clean up clutter on both the graph and table.</p>"
"<p>Launch the mount model tool. This tool enables you to create pre-programmed list of points to go to and solve. It can aid in building a pointing model for better accuracy.</p>"
"<p>This tool provides a simple method to polar align a German equatorial mount. <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Unpark</span> your mount, <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Point</span> toward the celestial pole, and <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Engage</span> sidereal tracking.</p>"
"<p>Click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Start</span> to begin the process.</p>"
"<p>The assistant requires three images to find a solution. The first image shall now be captured and solved. Click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Capture</span> to start.</p>"
"<p>Select direction and range of <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">first</span> mount rotation, then click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Rotate</span> to continue. To automate the rest of the process, check <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Auto Mode</span>.</p>"
"<p>Correction vector is plotted above. Select a bright star to reposition the correction vector. Click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Next</span> when done.</p>"
"<p>Adjust mount's Altitude and Azimuth knobs until the selected star is centered within the crosshair. Click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Refresh</span> to begin continuous capture. Click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Done</span> when star is centered.</p>"
"<p>This tool can help your mount build a better pointing model by moving the mount to different points in the sky and solving captured images. This can increase the accuracy of your GOTOs. To qualify, your mount must be capable of improving its internal pointing model after each <b>Sync</b> commanded by Ekos. If this is not the case, then this tool is not suitable for your mount.</p>"
"<p>The Number of points the wizard should generate. If this number is less than 5, it will generate them at the same DEC. After that they will be evenly distributed over RA and DEC. Note, if Fixed DEC is selected, all of the points will be at the same DEC.</p>"
"<p>Automatically generate the specified number of alignment points in the table below. They will be generated based on the options selected in this wizard.</p>"
"<p>Select the type of objects/points added by the wizard.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Note:</span> all of the options except Fixed DEC start with a grid of RA/DEC points.</p>"
"\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li><b>Any Stars:</b> The wizard searches for the nearest star.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Any object:</b> The wizard searches for the nearest object of any type.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Named Stars</b> The wizard searches for the nearest star in the currently visible star list. Note that the first named star might be fairly far from the intended point and also sometimes the same star could be the closest one for multiple points.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Fixed DEC:</b> The wizard generates all points at the chosen DEC.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Fixed Grid:</b> The wizard just uses the original grid without trying to pair it with objects.</li>"
"<p>These are the common names for the named stars that are currently up at your location. If you select a star, it will be added to the table below.</p>"
"<p>These are the Greek names for the brighter stars that are currently up at your location. If you select a star, it will be added to the table below.</p>"
"<p>Clear the entire table of alignment points below. Note that this will not affect your mount in any way. It will not clear your pointing model. It just clears the list of points so that if you run the mount model routine again, these points will not be included.</p>"
"<p>Remove the selected row from the alignment point table below. Note that it does <b>not</b> command your mount to clear that point from the model, it just means that if you run the mount model routine, that point will not be included in the list.</p>"
"<p>Add an empty row to the alignment list so that you can manually add an RA and DE for a position you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine.</p>"
"<p>Open the Find Object dialog so that you can select an object to get an RA and DEC automatically that you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine.</p>"
"<p>Sort the alignment points, starting with the point closest to the current telescope position, to try to minimize the distance between each slew.</p>"
"<p>This is a table of alignment points that you would like the mount model routine to use in aligning your telescope. If you would like to add or remove points, you may use the buttons above. If you would like to run, pause, or stop the mount model routine, you may use the buttons below. You can directly edit an RA or DE for a particular point directly in the cells. Just be sure to follow the format hh:mm:ss. The object name is just provided for convenience and is not used. If you want to change the order of the alignment points, you can drag the row up or down using the vertical header for that row on the left. </p>"
"<p>Start or pause the mount model routine. It will slew to and astrometrically solve the list of points in the table above using the settings in the align module. If the routine was previously paused, it will pick up where it left off. If it was stopped or it had finished it will start the routine over again.</p>"
"<p>Stop the mount model routine. It will <b>not</b> clear any points from your telescope's pointing model. It will stop the routine and any points currently being solved. If you run the mount model again after hitting stop, it will start the routine over again with the first point.</p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to find astrometry.net binaries. Please ensure astrometry.net is installed and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Missing astrometry files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Detected Astrometry.net version %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Setting astrometry option --no-fits2fits"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Turning off option --no-fits2fits"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Index file %1 is missing. Astrometry.net would not be able to adequately solve plates until you install the missing index files. Download the index files from http://www.astrometry.net"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Index files %1 to %2 are missing. Astrometry.net would not be able to adequately solve plates until you install the missing index files. Download the index files from http://www.astrometry.net"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:212
#: ekos/align/opsastrometrycfg.cpp:48
#: ekos/align/opsastrometryindexfiles.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Astrometry configuration file corrupted or missing: %1\n"
"Please set the configuration file full path in INDI options."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:234
#: ekos/align/opsastrometryindexfiles.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to find data dir in astrometry configuration file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgid "Error starting solver: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Starting solver..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:335
#: ekos/align/remoteastrometryparser.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver failed. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:359
#, kde-format
msgid "WCS header missing or corrupted. Solver failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:392
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:476
#: ekos/align/remoteastrometryparser.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver completed in %1 second."
msgid_plural "Solver completed in %1 seconds."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: No connection to the internet."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to open file %1. %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgid "Uploading file..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgid "JSon error during parsing (%1)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:343
#, kde-format
msgid "Astrometry.net authentication failed. Check the validity of the Astrometry.net API Key."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "Authentication to astrometry.net is successful. Session: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:360
#, kde-format
msgid "Upload failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:369
#, kde-format
msgid "Parsing submission ID failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:374
#, kde-format
msgid "Upload complete. Waiting for astrometry.net solver to complete..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:397
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to retrieve job ID."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver timed out."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:430
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver failed after %1 second."
msgid_plural "Solver failed after %1 seconds."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:440
#, kde-format
msgid "Error parsing parity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:447
#, kde-format
msgid "Error parsing orientation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:455
#, kde-format
msgid "Error parsing RA."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:462
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:470
#, kde-format
msgid "Error parsing DEC."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:35
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External Plate Solver?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:40
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External astrometry.cfg?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryWCSIsInternal), group (Align)
"<p>On Load & Slew, solve the image and slew the mount to the target location and then rotate the camera to match the orientation of the FITS image.</p>"
"<p>Rotator threshold in arc-minutes when using Load & Slew. If the difference between measured position angle and FITS position angle is below this value, the Load & Slew operation is considered successful.</p>"
"<p>This option should <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">ONLY</span> be checked if your astrometry.net version is 0.67 or earlier. Uncheck for any versions greater than 0.67</p>"
"<p>This will prevent the solver from looking at an already existing WCS Header before blindly trying to solve the image. It is recommended to keep it checked.</p>"
"<p>Do not use Sync when Slew to Target is selected. Use differential slewing to correct for discrepancies. This is useful on some mounts (e.g. Paramount).</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Offline</span> astrometry.net solver requires index files in order to solve an image. The following list provides a complete list of the index files, along with recommended index files to install given current CCD Field of View. Installed index files are checked. Next to each index file is an icon that represents the following:</p>"
"<p>This button will open the Astrometry Index File folder on your filesystem so that you can see where it is located and copy files into it if needed.</p>"
"<p>Enable Logs to diagnose issues with Ekos and INDI. Only enable the necessary logs to help in diagnosing specific problems. Logs consume resources and may slow the system down. Turn off logs when no longer used.</p>"
"<p>Accept ADU values that fall within this range around the desired ADU target. For example, if the ADU value was set to 10000 and the tolerance was set to 100, then frames with ADU values f 9900 and 10100 shall be accepted.</p>"
"<li><strong>Client</strong>: Captured images are only uploaded to Ekos.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><strong>Local</strong>: Captured images are only saved locally on the remote computer.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><strong>Both</strong>: Captured images are saved on remote device <b>and</b> uploaded to Ekos.</li>"
"\n"
"</ol>"
"\n"
"<p>When selecting <i>Local</i> or <i>Both</i>, you must specify the remote directory where the remote images are saved to. By default, all captured images are uploaded to Ekos."
"<p>Command a meridian flip if the hour angle exceeds the specified value. Capture and Guiding will be suspended and resumed after the flip is complete.</p>"
"<p>Select custom properties to be set when the sequence job is executed in batch mode. After the desired property value is set in INDI Control Panel, add it to the<span style=\" font-weight:600;\"> Job Properties</span> section. Click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Apply</span> to record the property values.</p>"
"<p>Please fill the required information below. This is a one-time setup. You can obtain these values from your camera manual or from online sources such as <a href=\"http://www.digicamdb.com/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">Digital Camera Database</span></a>.</p>"
"<p>Position Angle (PA) is defined as degrees E of N. Zero degrees indicate frame <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">UP</span> points directly toward the celestial pole. 90 degrees indicate frame <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">UP</span> points 90 degrees counter-clockwise with respect to the celestial pole.</p>"
"<p>PA is calculated from raw rotator angle plus modifiers to match the rotation angle as measured by astrometry. Enter the modifiers manually or solve an image in the Align Module to generate them automatically.</p>"
msgid "<b>Initial</b> step size in ticks to cause a noticeable change in HFR value. For timer based focuser, it is the initial time in milliseconds to move the focuser inward or outward"
"<li><b>Iterative</b>: Moves focuser by discreet steps initially decided by the step size. Once a curve slope is calculated, further step sizes are calculated to reach optimal solution. The algorithm stops when the measured HFR is within percentage tolerance of the minimum HFR recorded in the procedure.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Polynomial</b>: Starts with iterative method. Upon crossing to the other side of the V-Curve, polynomial fitting coefficients along with possible minimum solution are calculated. This algorithm can be faster than purely iterative approach given a good data set.</li>"
msgid "You must stop auto guiding before changing this setting."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:2545
#, kde-format
msgid "Rapid Guiding is enabled. Guide star will be determined automatically by the CCD driver. No frames are sent to Ekos unless explicitly enabled by the user in the CCD driver settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:2548
#, kde-format
msgid "Rapid Guiding is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:2784
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Drift graphics tooltip; %1 is local time; %2 is RA deviation; %3 is DE deviation in arcseconds;"
"<p>Subframe the image around the guide star. Before checking this option, you must <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">first</span> capture an image and select a guide star. Uncheck it to take a full frame again.</p>"
msgid "Mount guiding rate. Find out the guiding rate used by your mount and update the value here to get the <b>recommended</b> value of proportional gain suitable for your mount. Setting this value <b>does not</b> change your mount guiding rate!"
"<p>Proportional term accounts for present values of the error. For example, if the error is large and positive, the guider corrective pulse will also be large and positive.</p>"
"<p>Integral term accounts for past values of the error. For example, if the current pulse is not sufficiently strong, the integral of the error will accumulate over time, and the guider will respond by applying a stronger action.</p>"
msgid "Maximum deviation to correct for using Adaptive Optics unit. If the guiding deviation exceeds this value, Ekos will guide the mount mechanically"
"<p>Drag the slider to scroll through guide history while displaying the RA and DEC error points on both graphs. Dragging to the far right will set the guide plots to display the latest guide data and autoscroll the graph.</p>"
"<p>Autoscale both Guide Graphs to their default scale. If any points are located outside this range, the view is expanded to include them (with the exception of the time axis in the drift graphics).</p>"
"<p>Lead time is the minimum time in minutes between jobs. The scheduler starts execution of a job before its scheduled startup time by this lead time. Early execution is useful as focusing, alignment, and guiding procedures may take prolonged periods to time to complete.</p>"
"<p>In case no scheduler job is scheduled for this many hours, perform a complete shutdown procedure and restart observatory operations once the next job is ready.</p>"
msgid "Maximum acceptable difference between requested and measured temperature set point. When the temperature threshold is below this value, the temperature set point request is deemed successful."
"<p>Set HFR Threshold percentage gain. When an autofocus operation is completed, the autofocus HFR value is increased by this threshold percentage value and stored within the capture module. If In-Sequence-Focus is engaged, the autofocus module only performs autofocusing procedure if current HFR value exceeds the capture module HFR threshold. Increase value to permit more relaxed changes in HFR values without requiring a full autofocus run.</p>"
"<p>In-Sequence HFR threshold value controls when the autofocus process is started. If the measured HFR value exceeds the HFR threshold, autofocus process is initiated. If the HFR threshold value is zero initially (default), then the autofocus process best HFR value is used to set the new HFR threshold, after applying the HFR threshold modifier percentage. This new HFR threshold is then used for subsequent In-Sequence focus checks. If this option is enabled, the HFR threshold value is constant and gets saved to the sequence file.</p>"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxDarkTemperatureDiff), group (DarkLibrary)
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/opsekos.ui:508 kstars.kcfg:1456
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum acceptable difference between current and recorded dark frame temperature set point. When the difference exceeds this value, a new dark frame shall be captured for this set point."
"<p>Welcome to the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Ekos Profile Wizard!</span></p>"
"<p>Ekos is the premier observatory control and automation platform. With Ekos, you can capture images and gather scientific data with ease. This Wizard will help you create your equipment profile. You will be asked to verify some basic information. </p>"
"<p>Please click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">next</span> to continue. </p>"
"<p><a href=\"https://github.com/knro/indiwebmanager\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI Web Manager</span></a> running on the Remote Computer?</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">INDI Web Manager</span> is a service that runs on remote devices to help you start and stop INDI services remotely.</p>"
"<p>To use Ekos with your equipment locally on Windows, you need to download and install <a href=\"http://www.cloudmakers.eu/windi/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI Server for Windows</span></a>.</p>"
"<p>After installing <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">INDI Server for Windows (wINDI)</span>, establish connection with your equipment. wINDI requires <a href=\"http://www.ascom-standards.org/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">ASCOM</span></a> drivers for all your equipment, so make sure to install all necessary ASCOM drivers for your gear.</p>"
"<p>After successfully starting INDI Server in wINDI, click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Ready</span> to continue.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: INDI Server for Windows functionality is limited compared to the native INDI drivers on Linux. It is recommended to install native INDI on an embedded Linux device such as <a href=\"http://indilib.org/support/tutorials/169-ekos-on-raspberry-pi-complete-guide.html\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">Raspberry PI</span></a>.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: External INDI Server can be <a href=\"http://www.cloudmakers.eu/indiserver/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI Server for OSX</span></a> or an INDI Server launched manually locally. If unsure, select Internal INDI Server.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: Internal Guider is recommended. Using external guider applications requires additional setup instructions outside the scope of Ekos.</p>"
"<p>If the remote computer has astrometry.net installed, you can run the remote astrometry driver and use it to solve images in Ekos Align module.</p>"
"<p>Use the INDI WatchDog driver. It monitors connection between your remote equipment and Ekos. If the communication is lost between the two, the WatchDog driver goes into safe mode and executes a shutdown procedure to protect your equipment.</p>"
"<p>If you plan to use SkySafari to monitor and/or control your mount, check this box to start INDI SkySafari Server. You can connect SkySafari to this server and it shall enable you to connect and control your mount. For more details, please check the <a href=\"http://indilib.org/devices/telescopes/skysafari.html\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI SkySafari Documentation.</span></a></p>"
msgid "Camera's rotation angle (East of North) in degrees. To measure the angle, solve an image and use the astrometry solver solution's rotation angle"
msgid "Warning! Turning off astronomial twilight check may cause the observatory to run during daylight. This can cause irreversible damage to your equipment!"
msgid "Select optional FITS file to be used for alignment. When using FITS, specify the object or the estimated coordinates which are used to slew the mount."
msgid "Start the observation job when the object reaches culmination adjusted for the offset value in minutes. By default, the observation job runs 60 minutes prior to culmination."
"<p>One-time startup procedure to be executed before starting Ekos. The script is executed <span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline;\">before</span> the startup procedures (e.g. unpark scope), if selected, are executed.</p>"
"<p>One-time shutdown procedure to be executed after all scheduler jobs are completed. The script is executed <span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline;\">after</span> the shutdown procedures (e.g. parking), if selected, are completed.</p>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Auto Debayer</span>: Bayered images will not be debayered. Only grayscale images are shown.</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Auto WCS</span>: World Coordinate System data will not be processed. WCS maps sky coordinates to image coordinates. Equatorial grid lines, object identification, and telescope slew within an image are disabled.</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">3D Cube</span>: RGB images will not be processed. Only grayscale images are shown.</li>"
"<p>Automatically load World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when opening a FITS file.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Warning: Only enable this option on very fast machines as it can lead to unpredictable behavior resulting in crashes on slower machines.</span></p>"
"<p>GPS/Mount devices are the master source of time and location settings. KStars time and location settings are synchronized with GPS/Mount settings.</p>"
"<p>Set SER video <b>remote</b> directory name. If INDI server is running locally, then a local directory can be selected. However, if you are connected to a remote INDI server, then the directory must be a valid directory on the remote file system where it is saved.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>Record directories may contain some patterns to make them dynamic:</p>"
"Verify if the following time, date, and location settings are correct. If any of the settings are incorrect, you can correct them via the <tt>Set time</tt> and <tt>Set Location</tt> buttons.\n"
"Enter the port number your telescope is connected to. If you only have one serial port in your computer, the port is usually <tt>/dev/ttyUSB0</tt>\n"
"<br>"
"<br>"
"If you are unsure about the port number, you can leave the field empty and KStars will try to scan the ports for attached telescopes. Beware that the autoscan process might take a few minutes to complete. "
msgid "Switch to horizonal view (Horizontal &Coordinates)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PositionTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Position of the time InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PositionTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen coordinates of the Time InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PositionFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:14
#, kde-format
msgid "Position of the focus InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PositionFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:15
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen coordinates of the Focus InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PositionGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:19
#, kde-format
msgid "Position of the geographic InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PositionGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:20
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen coordinates of the Geographic Location InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShadeTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:24
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the time InfoBox in the \"shaded\" state?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShadeTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:25
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, the Time InfoBox will show only its top line of data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShadeFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:29
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the focus InfoBox in the \"shaded\" state?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShadeFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:30
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, the Focus InfoBox will show only its top line of data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShadeGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:34
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the geographic InfoBox in the \"shaded\" state?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShadeGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:35
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, the Geographic Location InfoBox will show only its top line of data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowInfoBoxes), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Meta-option to toggle display of all InfoBoxes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowInfoBoxes), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:40
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles display of all three InfoBoxes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the time InfoBox?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles display of the Time InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the focus InfoBox?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles display of the Focus InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the geographic InfoBox?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles display of the Geographic Location InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StickyTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StickyFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:59 kstars.kcfg:66
#, kde-format
msgid "Time InfoBox anchor flag"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StickyTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the Time InfoBox anchored to a window edge? 0 = not anchored; 1 = anchored to right edge; 2 = anchored to bottom edge; 3 = anchored to bottom and right edges."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StickyFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the Focus InfoBox anchored to a window edge? 0 = not anchored; 1 = anchored to right edge; 2 = anchored to bottom edge; 3 = anchored to bottom and right edges."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StickyGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Geographic InfoBox anchor flag"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StickyGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the Geographic Location InfoBox anchored to a window edge? 0 = not anchored; 1 = anchored to right edge; 2 = anchored to bottom edge; 3 = anchored to bottom and right edges."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStatusBar), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStatusBar), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the status bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowAltAzField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Display Alt/Az coordinates in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowAltAzField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the Horizontal coordinates of the mouse cursor in the status bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowRADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Display RA/Dec coordinates in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowRADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the Equatorial coordinates of the mouse cursor at the current epoch in the status bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowJ2000RADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Display J2000.0 RA/Dec coordinates in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowJ2000RADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the Equatorial coordinates of the mouse cursor at the standard epoch in the status bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSensorFOV), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Display CCD sensor angular size on the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WindowWidth), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Width of main window, in pixels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WindowHeight), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Height of main window, in pixels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RunStartupWizard), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Run Startup Wizard when KStars launches?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CurrentTheme), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Current application theme"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Filenames of defined custom object catalogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:124
#, kde-format
msgid "List of the filenames of custom object catalogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:127
#, kde-format
msgid "List of toggles for displaying custom object catalogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:128
#, kde-format
msgid "List of integers toggling display of each custom object catalog (any nonzero value indicates the objects in that catalog will be displayed)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:131
#, kde-format
msgid "List for displaying custom object catalogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:132
#, kde-format
msgid "List of names for which custom catalogs are to be displayed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResolveNamesOnline), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Resolve names using online services."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ResolveNamesOnline), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Names of objects entered into the find dialog are resolved using online services and stored in the database. This option also toggles the display of such resolved objects on the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIWindowWidth), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:143
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI window width"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIWindowHeight), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:147
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI window height"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useGeographicUpdate), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useTimeUpdate), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically updates time and date?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (independentWindowINDI), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Make INDI Control Panel window independent of KStars main window"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (showTargetCrosshair), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw crosshairs at telescope position in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (showTargetCrosshair), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:164
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of crosshairs centered at telescope's pointed position in the KStars sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (showINDIMessages), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Display INDI messages in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (showINDIMessages), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of INDI messages in the KStars statusbar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (messageNotificationINDI), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:173
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI message notifications"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (messageNotificationINDI), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:174
#, kde-format
msgid "Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useComputerSource), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Use computer time and location for synchronization?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useDeviceSource), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Use device time and location for synchronization?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (fitsDir), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:186
#, kde-format
msgid "FITS Default directory"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (fitsDir), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:187
#, kde-format
msgid "The default location of saved FITS files"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (serverPortStart), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:191
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI Server Start Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (serverPortStart), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:192
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI server will attempt to bind with ports starting from this port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (serverPortEnd), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:196
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI Server Final Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (serverPortEnd), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:197
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI server will attempt to bind with ports ending with this port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (filterAlias), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:201
#, kde-format
msgid "Aliases for filter wheel slots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (filterAlias), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:202
#, kde-format
msgid "List of the aliases for filter wheel slots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiServer), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (indiServer), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:205 kstars.kcfg:206
#, kde-format
msgid "PATH to indiserver binary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiDriversDir), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (indiDriversDir), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:214 kstars.kcfg:215
#, kde-format
msgid "PATH to indi drivers directory"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiDriversAreInternal), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverIsInternal), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:219 kstars.kcfg:1824
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External Astrometry Solver?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (streamWindowWidth), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Video streaming window width"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (streamWindowHeight), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Video streaming window height"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIMountLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Mount logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIFocuserLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:235
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Focuser logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDICCDLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:239
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI CCD logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIFilterWheelLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:243
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Filter Wheel logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIDomeLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Dome logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIDetectorLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Detector logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIWeatherLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Weather logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIAuxiliaryLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:259
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Auxiliary logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CityName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:266
#, kde-format
msgid "City name of geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CityName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:267
#, kde-format
msgid "The City name of the current geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ProvinceName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:271
#, kde-format
msgid "Province name of geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ProvinceName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:272
#, kde-format
msgid "The Province name of the current geographic location. This is the name of the state for locations in the U. S."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CountryName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:276
#, kde-format
msgid "Country name of geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CountryName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:277
#, kde-format
msgid "The Country name of the current geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Longitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:281
#, kde-format
msgid "Geographic Longitude, in degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Longitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:282
#, kde-format
msgid "The longitude of the current geographic location, in decimal degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Latitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:286
#, kde-format
msgid "Geographic Latitude, in degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Latitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:287
#, kde-format
msgid "The latitude of the current geographic location, in decimal degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Elevation), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:291
#, kde-format
msgid "Elevation above sea level of geographic location, in meters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TimeZone), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:295
#, kde-format
msgid "Time Zone offset of geographic location, in hours."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DST), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:299
#, kde-format
msgid "Two-letter code for daylight savings time rule used by geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DST), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:300
#, kde-format
msgid "Two-letter code that determines the dates on which daylight savings time begins and ends (you can view the rules by pressing the \"Explain DST Rules\" button in the Geographic Location window)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAnimatedSlewing), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:307
#, kde-format
msgid "Use animated slewing effects when changing focus position?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAnimatedSlewing), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:308
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, focus changes will cause the sky to visibly spin to the new position. Otherwise, the display will \"snap\" instantly to the new position."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FOVNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Name of selected FOV indicators"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FOVNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:313
#, kde-format
msgid "The names of the currently selected field-of-view indicators. The list of defined FOV indicator names is listed in the \"Settings|FOV Symbols\" menu."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:317
#, kde-format
msgid "Fade planet trails to background color?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:318
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, trails attached to solar system bodies will fade into the background sky color."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusRA), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Right Ascension of focus position"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusRA), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:323
#, kde-format
msgid "The right ascension of the initial focus position of the sky map, in decimal hours. This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusDec), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:327
#, kde-format
msgid "Declination of focus position"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusDec), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:328
#, kde-format
msgid "The declination of the initial focus position of the sky map, in decimal degrees. This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusObject), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:332
#, kde-format
msgid "Name of focused object"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusObject), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:333
#, kde-format
msgid "The name of the object that should be centered and tracked on startup. If no object should be centered, set to \"nothing\". This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IsTracking), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:337
#, kde-format
msgid "Is tracking engaged?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (IsTracking), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:338
#, kde-format
msgid "True if the skymap should track on its initial position on startup. This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideOnSlew), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:342
#, kde-format
msgid "Hide objects while moving?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HideOnSlew), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:343
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether KStars should hide some objects while the display is moving, for smoother motion."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideCBounds), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:347
#, kde-format
msgid "Hide constellation boundaries while moving?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HideCBounds), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:348
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether constellation boundaries are hidden while the display is in motion."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideCLines), group (View)
msgid "Draw grids according to active coordinate system?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutoSelectGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:503
#, kde-format
msgid "Coordinate grids will automatically change according to active coordinate system."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowEquatorialGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:507
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw equatorial coordinate grid in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowEquatorialGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:508
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the equatorial coordinate grid is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowHorizontalGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:512
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw horizontal coordinate grid in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowHorizontalGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:513
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the horizontal coordinate grid is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowLocalMeridian), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:517
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw local meridian line in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowLocalMeridian), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:518
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the local meridian line is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowGround), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:522
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw opaque ground in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowGround), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:523
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the region below the horizon is opaque."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowHorizon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:527
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw horizon line in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowHorizon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:528
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the horizon line is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowFlags), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:532
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw flags in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowFlags), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:533
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether flags are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowIC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:537
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw IC objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowIC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:538
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether IC objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowNGC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:542
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw NGC objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowNGC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:543
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether NGC objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMessier), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:547
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Messier objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMessier), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:548
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Messier objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMessierImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:552
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Messier object images in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMessierImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:553
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Messier objects are rendered as images in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowOther), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:557
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw extra deep-sky objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowOther), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:558
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether extra objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:562
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Milky Way contour in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:563
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Milky Way contour is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FillMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:567
#, kde-format
msgid "Fill Milky Way contour? (false means use outline only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FillMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:568
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Milky Way contour is filled. When this option is false, the Milky Way is shown as an outline."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSolarSystem), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:572
#, kde-format
msgid "Meta-option for all planets in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowSolarSystem), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:573
#, kde-format
msgid "Meta-option to control whether all major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowPlanetImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:577
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw planets as images in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPlanetImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:578
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are rendered as images in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowPlanetNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:582
#, kde-format
msgid "Label planet names in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPlanetNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:583
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are labeled in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSun), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:587
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Sun in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowSun), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:588
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Sun is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMoon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:592
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Moon in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMoon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:593
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Moon is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMercury), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:597
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Mercury in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMercury), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:598
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Mercury is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowVenus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:602
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Venus in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowVenus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:603
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Venus is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:607
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Mars in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:608
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Mars is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowJupiter), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:612
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Jupiter in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowJupiter), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:613
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Jupiter is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSaturn), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:617
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Saturn in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowSaturn), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:618
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Saturn is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowUranus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:622
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Uranus in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowUranus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:623
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Uranus is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowNeptune), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:627
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Neptune in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowNeptune), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:628
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Neptune is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowPluto), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:632
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Pluto in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPluto), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:633
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Pluto is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:637
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw stars in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:638
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether stars are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStarMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:642
#, kde-format
msgid "Label star magnitudes in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStarMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:643
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether star magnitude (brightness) labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStarNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:647
#, kde-format
msgid "Label star names in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStarNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:648
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether star name labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowDeepSkyMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:652
#, kde-format
msgid "Label deep-sky object magnitudes in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowDeepSkyMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:653
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether deep-sky object magnitude (brightness) labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowDeepSkyNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:657
#, kde-format
msgid "Label deep-sky objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowDeepSkyNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:658
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether deep-sky object name labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SlewTimeScale), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:662
#, kde-format
msgid "Minimum timescale for forced-slewing mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SlewTimeScale), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:663
#, kde-format
msgid "The timescale above which slewing mode is forced on at all times."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxBGMode), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:667
#, kde-format
msgid "InfoBoxes Background fill mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxBGMode), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:668
#, kde-format
msgid "The background fill mode for the on-screen information boxes: 0=\"no BG\"; 1=\"semi-transparent BG\"; 2=\"opaque BG\""
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Projection), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:672
#, kde-format
msgid "Mapping projection algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Projection), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:673
#, kde-format
msgid "Algorithm for the mapping projection."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAbbrevConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:677
#, kde-format
msgid "Use abbreviated constellation names?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAbbrevConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:678
#, kde-format
msgid "Use official IAU abbreviations for constellation names."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseLatinConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:682
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Latin constellation names?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseLatinConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:683
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Latin constellation names."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:687
#, kde-format
msgid "Use localized constellation names?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:688
#, kde-format
msgid "Use localized constellation names (if localized names are not available, default to Latin names)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAltAz), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:692
#, kde-format
msgid "Use horizontal coordinate system?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAltAz), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:693
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the sky with horizontal coordinates (when false, equatorial coordinates will be used)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAutoLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:697
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically label focused object?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:698
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether a centered object automatically gets a name label attached."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:702 tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:703
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically add trail to centered solar system body?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:703
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether a centered solar system object automatically gets a trail attached, as long as it remains centered."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseHoverLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:707
#, kde-format
msgid "Add temporary label on mouse hover?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseHoverLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:708
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the object under the mouse cursor gets a transient name label."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseRefraction), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:712
#, kde-format
msgid "Correct positions for atmospheric refraction?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseRefraction), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:713
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether object positions are corrected for the effects of atmospheric refraction (only applies when horizontal coordinates are used)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseRelativistic), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:717
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply relativistic corrections due to the bending of light in sun's gravitational field"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseRelativistic), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:718
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether corrections due to bending of light around the sun are taken into account"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAntialias), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:722
#, kde-format
msgid "Use antialiasing when drawing the screen?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAntialias), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:723
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the sky is rendered using antialiasing. Lines and shapes are smoother with antialiasing, but rendering the screen will take more time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ZoomFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:727
#, kde-format
msgid "Zoom Factor, in pixels per radian"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ZoomFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:728
#, kde-format
msgid "The zoom level, measured in pixels per radian."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ZoomScrollFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:734
#, kde-format
msgid "Zoom scroll sensitivity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ZoomScrollFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:735
#, kde-format
msgid "When zooming in or out, change zoom speed factor by this multiplier."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitAsteroid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:741
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for asteroids"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitAsteroid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:742
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing asteroids."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitAsteroidDownload), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:746
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum magnitude for asteroids to be downloaded from JPL."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitAsteroidDownload), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:747
#, kde-format
msgid "The maximum magnitude (visibility) to filter the asteroid data download from JPL."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AsteroidLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:751
#, kde-format
msgid "Label density for asteroid names"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AsteroidLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:752
#, kde-format
msgid "Controls the relative number of asteroid name labels drawn in the map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSky), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:756
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for deep-sky objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSky), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:757
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing deep-sky objects, when fully zoomed in."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSkyZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:761
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for deep-sky objects when zoomed out"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSkyZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:762
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing deep-sky objects, when fully zoomed out."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowUnknownMagObjects), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:766
#, kde-format
msgid "Show deep-sky objects of unknown magnitude"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowUnknownMagObjects), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:767
#, kde-format
msgid "When enabled, objects whose magnitudes are unknown, or not available to KStars, are drawn irrespective of the faint limits set."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:772
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for stars"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:773
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing stars, when fully zoomed in."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:777
#, kde-format
msgid "Density of stars in the field of view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:778
#, kde-format
msgid "Sets the density of stars in the field of view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawStarZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:783
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for stars when zoomed out"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawStarZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:784
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing stars, when fully zoomed out."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitHideStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:789
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for stars when slewing"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitHideStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:790
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing stars, when the map is in motion (only applicable if faint stars are set to be hidden while the map is in motion)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:794
#, kde-format
msgid "Relative density for star name labels and/or magnitudes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:795
#, kde-format
msgid "The relative density for drawing star name and magnitude labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeepSkyLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:799
#, kde-format
msgid "Relative density for deep-sky object name labels and/or magnitudes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeepSkyLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:800
#, kde-format
msgid "The relative density for drawing deep-sky object name and magnitude labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeepSkyLongLabels), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:804
#, kde-format
msgid "Show long names in deep-sky object name labels?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeepSkyLongLabels), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:805
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, long names (common names) for deep-sky objects are shown in the labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxRadCometName), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:809
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum distance from Sun for labeling comets, in AU"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MaxRadCometName), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:810
#, kde-format
msgid "The maximum solar distance for drawing comets."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseGL), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:814
#, kde-format
msgid "Switch to OpenGL backend"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseGL), group (View)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RunClock), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:819
#, kde-format
msgid "Run clock"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RunClock), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:820
#, kde-format
msgid "The state of the clock (running or not)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListSymbol), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:826
#, kde-format
msgid "Use symbols to label observing list objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListSymbol), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:827
#, kde-format
msgid "Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a symbol in the map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListText), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:831
#, kde-format
msgid "Use text to label observing list objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListText), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:832
#, kde-format
msgid "Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a colored name label in the map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListPreferDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:836
#, kde-format
msgid "Prefer Digitized Sky Survey imagery in the observing list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListPreferDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:837
#, kde-format
msgid "The observing list will prefer DSS imagery while downloading imagery."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListPreferSDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:841
#, kde-format
msgid "Prefer Sloan Digital Sky Survey imagery in the observing list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListPreferSDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:842
#, kde-format
msgid "The observing list will prefer SDSS imagery while downloading imagery."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListDemoteHole), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:846
#, kde-format
msgid "While sorting by percentage altitude in the observing list, demote objects present in the Dobsonian hole"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListDemoteHole), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:847
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this if you use a large Dobsonian telescope. Sorting by percentage current altitude is an easy way of determining what objects are well-placed for observation. However, when using a large Dobsonian telescope, objects close to the zenith are hard to observe. Since tracking there corresponds to a rotation in azimuth, it is both counterintuitive and requires the observer to frequently move the ladder. The region around the zenith where this is particularly frustrating is called the Dobsonian hole. This checkbox makes the observing list consider objects present in the hole as unfit for observation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListHoleSize), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:851
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the angular distance from the zenith, in degrees, below which you can easily point your telescope."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListHoleSize), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:852
#, kde-format
msgid "This specifies the angular radius of the Dobsonian hole, i.e. the region where a large Dobsonian telescope cannot be pointed easily."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorSchemeFile), group (Colors)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ColorSchemeFile), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:858 kstars.kcfg:859
#, kde-format
msgid "The name of the color scheme"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarColorMode), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:863
#, kde-format
msgid "Mode for rendering stars"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarColorMode), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:864
#, kde-format
msgid "The method for rendering stars: 0=\"realistic colors\"; 1=\"solid red\"; 2=\"solid black\"; 3=\"solid white\"; 4=\"solid real colors\""
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarColorIntensity), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:869
#, kde-format
msgid "Saturation level of star colors"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarColorIntensity), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:870
#, kde-format
msgid "The color saturation level of stars (only applicable when using \"realistic colors\" mode)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AngularRulerColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:875
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of angular distance ruler"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AngularRulerColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:876
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the angular-distance measurement ruler."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxBGColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:880
#, kde-format
msgid "Background color of InfoBoxes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxBGColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:881
#, kde-format
msgid "The background color of the on-screen information boxes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxGrabColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:885
#, kde-format
msgid "Text color of InfoBoxes when grabbed with mouse"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxGrabColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:886
#, kde-format
msgid "The text color for the on-screen information boxes, when activated by a mouse click."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxTextColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:890
#, kde-format
msgid "Text color of InfoBoxes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxTextColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:891
#, kde-format
msgid "The normal text color of the on-screen information boxes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CBoundColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:895
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of constellation boundaries"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CBoundColor), group (Colors)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CBoundHighColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:896 kstars.kcfg:901
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the constellation boundary lines."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CBoundHighColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:900
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of highlighted constellation boundary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CLineColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:905
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of constellation lines"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CLineColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:906
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the constellation figure lines."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:910
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of constellation names"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:911
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the constellation names."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CompassColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:915
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of cardinal compass labels along horizon"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CompassColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:916
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the cardinal compass point labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EclipticColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:920
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of ecliptic line"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EclipticColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:921
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the ecliptic line."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EquatorColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:925
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of equator line"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EquatorColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:926
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the equator line."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EquatorialGridColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:930
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of equatorial coordinate grid lines"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EquatorialGridColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:931
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the equatorial coordinate grid lines."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HorizontalGridColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:935
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of horizontal coordinate grid lines"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HorizontalGridColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:936
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the horizontal coordinate grid lines."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SpecialObjectColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:940
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of objects with extra links available"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SpecialObjectColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:941
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for objects which have extra URL links available."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HorizonColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:945
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of horizon line"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HorizonColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:946
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the horizon line and opaque ground."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LocalMeridianColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:950
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of local meridian line"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LocalMeridianColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:951
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the local meridian line."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MessierColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:955
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of Messier objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MessierColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:956
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for Messier object symbols."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (NGCColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:960
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of NGC objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (NGCColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:961
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for NGC object symbols."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ICColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:965
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of IC objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ICColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:966
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for IC object symbols."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MilkyWayWColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:970
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of Milky Way contour"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MilkyWayWColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:971
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the Milky Way contour."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:975
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of star name labels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:976
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for star name labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeepSkyNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:980
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of deep-sky object name labels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeepSkyNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:981
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for deep-sky object name labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PlanetNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:985
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of planet name labels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PlanetNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:986
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for solar system object labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PlanetTrailColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:990
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of planet trails"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PlanetTrailColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:991
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for solar system object trails."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SkyColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:995
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of sky"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SkyColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:996
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the sky background."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ArtificialHorizonColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1000
#, kde-format
msgid "Color Artificial Horizon"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ArtificialHorizonColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1001
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the artificial horizon region."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TelescopeTargetColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1005
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of telescope symbols"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TelescopeTargetColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1006
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for telescope target symbols."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (VisibleSatColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1010
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of visible satellites"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (VisibleSatColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1011
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of visible satellites."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SatColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1015
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of invisible satellites"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SatColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1016
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of invisible satellites."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SatLabelColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1020
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of satellites labels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SatLabelColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1021
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of satellites labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SupernovaColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1025
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of supernovae"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SupernovaColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1026
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of supernova"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UserLabelColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1030
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of user-added labels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UserLabelColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1031
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for user-added object labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RAGuideColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1035
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of RA Guide Error"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RAGuideColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1036
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for RA Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DEGuideColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1040
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of DEC Guide Error"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DEGuideColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1041
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for DEC Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverFOVColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1045
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of solver FOV box"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SolverFOVColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1046
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for solver FOV box in Ekos alignment module."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (xplanetIsInternal), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1052 xplanet/opsxplanet.cpp:29
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External XPlanet?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetPath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1056
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to xplanet binary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetPath), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabel), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1077
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, display a label in the upper right corner."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelLocalTime), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelGMT), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1081 kstars.kcfg:1086
#, kde-format
msgid "Show GMT label"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabelLocalTime), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1082
#, kde-format
msgid "Show local time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabelGMT), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1087
#, kde-format
msgid "Show GMT instead of local time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelString), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1091
#, kde-format
msgid "Planet string"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabelString), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1092
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "Specify the text of the first line of the label. By default, it says something like \"Looking at Earth\". Any instances of %t will be replaced by the target name, and any instances of %o will be replaced by the origin name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetFontSize), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1096
#, kde-format
msgid "Font Size"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetFontSize), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetDateFormat), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1106
#, kde-format
msgid "Date format"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetDateFormat), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1107
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "Specify the format for the date/time label. This format string is passed to strftime(3). The default is \"%c %Z\", which shows the date, time, and time zone in the locale’s appropriate date and time representation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelTL), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLongitude), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1148
#, kde-format
msgid "Place the observer above the specified longitude (in degrees). Longitude is positive going east, negative going west (for the earth and moon), so for example Los Angeles is at -118 or 242. The default value is 0."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetProjection), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackground), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1168
#, kde-format
msgid "Use a file as the background image, with the planet to be superimposed upon it. This option is only meaningful with the -projection option. A color may also be supplied."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundImage), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1172
#, kde-format
msgid "Use background image"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundImage), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1173
#, kde-format
msgid "Use a file as the background image."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundImagePath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1177
#, kde-format
msgid "Background image path"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundImagePath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1178
#, kde-format
msgid "The path of the background image."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundColor), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1182
#, kde-format
msgid "Use background color"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundColor), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1183
#, kde-format
msgid "Use a color as the background."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundColorValue), group (Xplanet)
msgid "A star of the specified magnitude will have a pixel brightness of 1. The default value is 10. Stars will be drawn more brightly if this number is larger."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetArcFile), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1197
#, kde-format
msgid "Arc file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetArcFile), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1198
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, use an arc file to be plotted against the background stars."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetArcFilePath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1202
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to arc file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetArcFilePath), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlwaysRecomputeCoordinates), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1286
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalog coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultDSSImageSize), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1290
#, kde-format
msgid "Default size for DSS images"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultDSSImageSize), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1291
#, kde-format
msgid "The default size for DSS images downloaded from the internet."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DSSPadding), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1295
#, kde-format
msgid "Additional padding around DSS Images of deep-sky objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DSSPadding), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1296
#, kde-format
msgid "To include parts of the star field, we add some extra padding around DSS images of deep-sky objects. This option configures the total (both sides) padding added to either dimension of the field."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (VerboseLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1300
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Verbose Logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (VerboseLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1301
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars to generate verbose debug information for diagnostic purposes. This may cause slowdown of KStars."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RegularLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1305
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Regular Logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RegularLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1306
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars to generate regular debug information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DisableLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1310
#, kde-format
msgid "Disable Verbose Logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DisableLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1311
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars to stop generating ANY debug information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LogToDefault), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1315
#, kde-format
msgid "Log debug message to default output"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LogToDefault), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1316
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars log debug messages to the default output used by the platform (e.g. Standard Error)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LogToFile), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1320
#, kde-format
msgid "Log debug message to a log file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LogToFile), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1321
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars log debug messages to a log file as specified."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FITSLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1325
#, kde-format
msgid "Log FITS Data activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (INDILogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1329
#, kde-format
msgid "Log INDI devices activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CaptureLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1333
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Capture Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1337
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Focus Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GuideLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1341
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Guide Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlignmentLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1345
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Alignment Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MountLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1349
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Mount Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useFITSViewer), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1355
#, kde-format
msgid "Display every image captured in a FITS Viewer window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (singlePreviewFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1359
#, kde-format
msgid "Preview FITS in a single tab?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (singleWindowCapturedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1364
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all captured FITS in one window?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (singleWindowCapturedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1365
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all captured FITS images in a single FITS Viewer window. By default each camera create its own FITS Viewer instance"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (singleWindowOpenedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1369
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all opened FITS in one window?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (singleWindowOpenedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1370
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all opened FITS images in a single FITS Viewer window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (independentWindowFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1374
#, kde-format
msgid "Make FITS Viewer window independent of KStars main window"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoDebayer), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1378
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically debayer a FITS image if it is contains a bayer pattern"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Auto3DCube), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1382
#, kde-format
msgid "Process 3D FITS Cube (RGB). If false, only first channel is processed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoWCS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1386
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically process World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when loading a FITS file."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LimitedResourcesMode), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1390
#, kde-format
msgid "Conserve CPU and memory by disabling all resource-intensive features in FITS Viewer"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BortleClass), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1396
#, kde-format
msgid "Bortle dark-sky rating"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TelescopeCheck), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1400
#, kde-format
msgid "Availability of telescope"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BinocularsCheck), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1404
#, kde-format
msgid "Availability of binoculars"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BinocularsAperture), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1408
#, kde-format
msgid "Aperture of available binocular"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ScopeListIndex), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1412
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of selected scope from list of scopes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosWindowWidth), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1418
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos window width"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosWindowHeight), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1422
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos window height"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosLeftIcons), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1430
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos modules icons are placed to the left of pages"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (independentWindowEkos), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1434
#, kde-format
msgid "Make Ekos window independent of KStars main window"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (profile), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1438
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos drivers profile"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (neverLoadConfig), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1442
#, kde-format
msgid "Never load device configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (loadConfigOnConnection), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1446
#, kde-format
msgid "Load device configuration upon successful connection?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (loadDefaultConfig), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1450
#, kde-format
msgid "Always load device default configuration upon successful connection?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (shutterfulCCDs), group (DarkLibrary)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1460
#, kde-format
msgid "List of CCDs with mechanical or electronic shutters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (shutterlessCCDs), group (DarkLibrary)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1463
#, kde-format
msgid "List of CCDs without mechanical or electronic shutters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MinimumAltLimit), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1468
#, kde-format
msgid "Default minimum mount altitude limit"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaximumAltLimit), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1473
#, kde-format
msgid "Default maximum mount altitude limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MaximumAltLimit), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1474
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum telescope altitude limit. If the telescope is above this limit, it will be commanded to stop."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnableAltitudeLimits), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1478
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable mount altitude limits."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultCaptureCCD), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1484
#, kde-format
msgid "Default capture module CCD."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultObserver), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1487
#, kde-format
msgid "Default observer full name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SyncFOVPA), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1490
#, kde-format
msgid "Sync FOV indicator Position Angle with Rotator Settings Position Angle"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PAMultiplier), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1494
#, kde-format
msgid "Position angle multiplier"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PAOffset), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1498
#, kde-format
msgid "Position angle offset"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1502
#, kde-format
msgid "Default maximum permittable guide deviation"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GuideDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1503
#, kde-format
msgid "If guide deviation exceeds this limit, the exposure will be automatically aborted and only resumed when the deviation is within this limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HFRDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1507
#, kde-format
msgid "Default maximum permittable HFR deviation"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HFRDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1508
#, kde-format
msgid "If HFR deviation exceeds this limit, the autofocus routine will be automatically started."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnforceGuideDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1512
#, kde-format
msgid "Enforce guiding deviation limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnforceAutofocus), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1516
#, kde-format
msgid "Enforce Autofocus HFR limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnforceRefocusEveryN), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1520
#, kde-format
msgid "Enforce Refocus Every N Minutes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RefocusEveryN), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1524
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of minute between forced refocus attempts"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RefocusEveryN), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1525
#, kde-format
msgid "Sets the time interval before forced autofocus attempts during a capture sequence."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoMeridianHours), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1529
#, kde-format
msgid "Default hour angle to perform meridian flip"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutoMeridianHours), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1530
#, kde-format
msgid "If the target hour angle exceeds this value, Ekos will command a meridian flip and if successful it will resume guiding and capture operations."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoMeridianFlip), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1533
#, kde-format
msgid "Flips the mount when reaching the meridian, if supported."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetMountModelAfterMeridian), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1537
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset mount model after meridian flip."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationADUValue), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1541
#, kde-format
msgid "Desired flat field ADU"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CalibrationADUValue), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1542
#, kde-format
msgid "If set, Ekos will capture a few flat images to determine the optimal exposure time to achieve the desired ADU value."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationADUValueTolerance), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1546
#, kde-format
msgid "ADU Value tolerance"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CalibrationADUValueTolerance), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1547
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum difference between measured and target ADU values to deem the value as acceptable."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationFlatSourceIndex), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1551
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of flat source option."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationFlatDurationIndex), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1555
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of flat duration option."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationWallAz), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1559
#, kde-format
msgid "Azimuth of calibration wall location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationWallAlt), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1563
#, kde-format
msgid "Altitude of calibration wall location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxTemperatureDiff), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1567
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum acceptable difference between requested and measured temperature set point."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RememberJobProgress), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1571
#, kde-format
msgid "When starting a new capture job, check if files were previously captured and resume capture afterwards."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HFRThresholdPercentage), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1575
#, kde-format
msgid "Increase autofocus HFR value by this percentage gain and store it in Capture Module."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SaveHFRToFile), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1579
#, kde-format
msgid "When saving a sequence file, save current HFR threshold value. By default, zero value is used."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoStretch), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1591
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform auto stretch on captured images in FITS Viewer."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useSummaryPreview), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1595
#, kde-format
msgid "Display every image captured sequence image in the Ekos summary screen preview window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultFocusCCD), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1601
#, kde-format
msgid "Default focus module CCD."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultFocusFocuser), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1604
#, kde-format
msgid "Default focus module focuser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusTicks), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1607
#, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser step ticks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusTicks), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1608
#, kde-format
msgid "Step size of the absolute focuser. The step size TICKS should be adjusted so that when the focuser moves TICKS steps, the difference in HFR is more than 0.1 pixels. Lower the value when you are close to optimal focus."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusTolerance), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1616
#, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser tolerance value"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusTolerance), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1617
#, kde-format
msgid "The tolerance specifies the percentage difference between the current focusing position and the minimum obtained during the focusing run. Adjustment of this value is necessary to prevent the focusing algorithm from oscillating back and forth."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusMaxTravel), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1621
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum Focus Travel Distance"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusMaxTravel), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1622
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the maximum travel distance of an absolute focuser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusExposure), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1626
#, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser exposure value"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusExposure), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1627
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies exposure value of CCD when performing focusing. Lower this value to avoid saturation of bright stars which adversely affects HFR measurement. Increase the value if no stars are detected."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusBoxSize), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1631
#, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser star selection box size"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusBoxSize), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1632
#, kde-format
msgid "Set box size to select a focus star."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusXBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1636
#, kde-format
msgid "Default CCD X binning in focus mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusXBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1637
#, kde-format
msgid "Set horizontal binning of CCD camera while in focus mode."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusYBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1641
#, kde-format
msgid "Default CCD Y binning in focus mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusYBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1642
#, kde-format
msgid "Set vertical binning of CCD camera while in focus mode."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusSubFrame), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1646
#, kde-format
msgid "Subframe the focus star during the autofocus procedure."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusUseFullField), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1650
#, kde-format
msgid "Use full frame field to measure HFR."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusAutoStarEnabled), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1654
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically select a star to focus."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SuspendGuiding), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1658
#, kde-format
msgid "Suspend guiding while autofocus in progress."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseFocusDarkFrame), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1662
#, kde-format
msgid "Take a dark frame and subtract it before running autofocus operation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusEffect), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1666
#, kde-format
msgid "Image filter to be applied to focus image upon loading."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusThreshold), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1670
#, kde-format
msgid "Relative percentage strength of centroid edge pixel strength to average pixel value."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusDetection), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1674
#, kde-format
msgid "Star detection algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusAlgorithm), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1678
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus process algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusFramesCount), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1682
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of focus frames to average for HFR calculations."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultAlignCCD), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1688
#, kde-format
msgid "Default align module CCD."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultAlignFW), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1691
#, kde-format
msgid "Default align module Filter Wheel."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AlignExposure), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1694
#, kde-format
msgid "Default alignment exposure value"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlignExposure), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1695
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies exposure value of CCD in seconds when performing plate solving."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverBinningIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1699
#, kde-format
msgid "Default CCD binning index while in alignment mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SolverBinningIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1700
#, kde-format
msgid "Set binning index of CCD camera while in alignment mode. Default values 0-3 corresponding to 1x1 to 4x4 binning"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometrySolverVerbose), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1704
#, kde-format
msgid "Display detailed verbose messages of the astrometry solver process while in progress."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryUseRotator), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1708
#, kde-format
msgid "Use rotator when performing load and slew."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryRotatorThreshold), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1712
#, kde-format
msgid "Threshold between measured and FITS position angles in arcminutes to consider the load and slew operation successful."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverType), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1716
#, kde-format
msgid "Set solver type (online, offline, remote)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverScopeType), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1720
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of telescope type to be used when solving an image. 0 for Primary, 1 for Guide"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverGotoOption), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1724
#, kde-format
msgid "Action to take if solver if successful (Sync, Slew to Target, or None)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverWCS), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1728
#, kde-format
msgid "World Coordinate System (WCS). WCS is used to encode RA/DEC coordinates in captured CCD images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverOverlay), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1732
#, kde-format
msgid "Display received FITS images unto solver FOV rectangle in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryDifferentialSlewing), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1736
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not use Sync when Slew to Target is selected. Use differential slewing to correct for discrepancies."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverAccuracyThreshold), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1740
#, kde-format
msgid "Accuracy threshold in arcseconds between solution and target coordinates."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LockAlignFilterIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1744
#, kde-format
msgid "Use specified filter index when performing astrometry regardless of current filter settings."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AlignDarkFrame), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1748
#, kde-format
msgid "Take a dark frame and subtract it before running astrometry operation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SettlingTime), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1752
#, kde-format
msgid "Time to wait in milliseconds after telescope slewing is complete before starting the next capture."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseNoFITS2FITS), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1756
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not sanitize FITS. This option should only be checked if astrometry.net version is 0.67 or earlier. Uncheck for any versions greater than 0.67."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseResort), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1760
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this option if your image does not have much nebulosity. If it does have strong nebulosity, uncheck it."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseNoVerify), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1764
#, kde-format
msgid "This will prevent the solver from looking at an already existing WCS Header before blindly trying to solve the image. It is recommended to keep it checked."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseImageScale), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1768
#, kde-format
msgid "Set image scale to speed up solver as it does not have to search index files of different image scales."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryImageScaleLow), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1772
#, kde-format
msgid "Lower image scale."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryImageScaleHigh), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1775
#, kde-format
msgid "Upper image scale."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAutoUpdateImageScale), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1778
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically update image scale when CCD or Mount parameters are updated."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryImageScaleUnits), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1782
#, kde-format
msgid "Image scale units in arcminutes (aw), degrees (dw), or arcsec per pixel (app)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseDownsample), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1786
#, kde-format
msgid "Downsample the image to shrink its size and speed up the solver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryDownsample), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1790
#, kde-format
msgid "Downsample factor"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUsePosition), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1794
#, kde-format
msgid "Set estimated position to speed up astrometry solver as it does not have to search in other areas of the sky."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryPositionRA), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1798
#, kde-format
msgid "User supplied Right Ascension value in degrees to be passed to the solver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryPositionDE), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1801
#, kde-format
msgid "User supplied declination value in degrees to be passed to the solver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAutoUpdatePosition), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1804
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically update position coordinates when mounts completes slewing."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryRadius), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1808
#, kde-format
msgid "The Search Radius for the Estimated Telescope/Image Field Position in degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryDetectParity), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1812
#, kde-format
msgid "Detect parity and reuse it to speed up solver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryCustomOptions), group (Align)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverBinary), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1819
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net solve-field binary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometrySolverBinary), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1820
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to astrometry.net solver location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryWCSInfo), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1828
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net wcsinfo binary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryWCSInfo), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1829
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to astrometry.net wcsinfo location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryConfFile), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1837
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net configuration file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryConfFile), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1838
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to astrometry.net file location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryConfFileIsInternal), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1842
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External Astrometry.net Conf File?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAPIKey), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1846
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net API Key"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryAPIKey), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1847
#, kde-format
msgid "Key to access astrometry.net online web services. You must register with astrometry.net to obtain a key."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAPIURL), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1851
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net API URL"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseJPEG), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1855
#, kde-format
msgid "Use JPEG format, instead of FITS, to upload images to the astrometry.net online service."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryTimeout), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1859
#, kde-format
msgid "Timeout in seconds to wait for astrometry solver to complete."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultGuideCCD), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1865
#, kde-format
msgid "Default guide module CCD."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultST4Driver), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1868
#, kde-format
msgid "Default guide module ST4 Driver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideExposure), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1871
#, kde-format
msgid "Guider exposure duration in seconds."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuiderType), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1875
#, kde-format
msgid "Which guider process to utilize for guiding (0 Internal Guider, 1 PHD2, 2 lin_guider)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideAlgorithm), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1879
#, kde-format
msgid "Which Algorithm to use track guide square (0 smart, 1 fast, 2 threshold, 3 no threshold)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PHD2Host), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1883
#, kde-format
msgid "Host name of external PHD2 service"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PHD2Port), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1887
#, kde-format
msgid "PHD2 Event Monitoring Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LinGuiderHost), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1891
#, kde-format
msgid "Host name of external lin_guider service"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LinGuiderPort), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1895
#, kde-format
msgid "Lin_guider Event Monitoring Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideScopeType), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1899
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of telescope type to be used when guiding. 0 for Primary, 1 for Guide"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationPulseDuration), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1903
#, kde-format
msgid "Pulse duration in milliseconds used for guiding pulses during calibration stage."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideSquareSizeIndex), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1907
#, kde-format
msgid "Guide square size index (0 to 4) corresponding to pixel sizes (8 to 128)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImageGuidingEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1911
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Image Guiding algorithms instead of classical centroid guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideRegionAxis), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1915
#, kde-format
msgid "Region Axis Index (0 to 4) corresponding to NxN partition size used Image Guiding (64 to 1024)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideAutoStarEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1919
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically select calibration star and perform calibration."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideRemoteImagesEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1927
#, kde-format
msgid "When using external guiders, enable reception of remote images in Ekos guide module. By default, remote images are disabled."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoModeIterations), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1931
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of automode iterations for calibration process."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TwoAxisEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1935
#, kde-format
msgid "Use both axes to perform calibration."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RapidGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1939
#, kde-format
msgid "Use driver side Rapid Guide to perform guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideDarkFrameEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1943
#, kde-format
msgid "Take dark frame for autoguider images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideSubframeEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1947
#, kde-format
msgid "Subframe guide image around selected region"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherPixels), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1951
#, kde-format
msgid "How many pixels to move between subsequent exposures under auto dithering mode."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherFrames), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1955
#, kde-format
msgid "Dither after this many frames."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherThreshold), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1963
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum distance (pixels) for guiding to be considered settled."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherTimeout), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1967
#, kde-format
msgid "Time limit (seconds) on dithering to settle down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherMaxIterations), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1971
#, kde-format
msgid "How many dithering attempts to undertake before giving up."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherNoGuidingPulse), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1975
#, kde-format
msgid "Pulse length in milliseconds used for non-guiding dither."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherFailAbortsAutoGuide), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1979
#, kde-format
msgid "If dithering fails then abort autoguide."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1983
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Auto Dithering when guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherNoGuiding), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1987
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform dithering even when not guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AOLimit), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1991
#, kde-format
msgid "The Adaptive Optics unit is utilized if the guiding deviation is less than this limit in arcseconds. Once exceeded, mechanical guiding is utilized."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RAGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1995
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable autoguiding in the RA axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DECGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1999
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable autoguiding in the DEC axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (NorthDECGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2003
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable North autoguiding in the DEC axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SouthDECGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2007
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable South autoguiding in the DEC axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EastRAGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2011
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable East autoguiding in the RA axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WestRAGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2015
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable West autoguiding in the RA axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuiderAccuracyThreshold), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2052
#, kde-format
msgid "Accuracy threshold for the Guide Graphs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RADisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2056
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the RA Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DEDisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2060
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the DEC Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RACorrDisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2064
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the RA Corrections Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DECorrDisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2068
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the DEC Corrections Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SchedulerLogging), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2074
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Scheduler Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SortSchedulerJobs), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2078
#, kde-format
msgid "Sort scheduler jobs by priority and altitude."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StopEkosAfterShutdown), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2082
#, kde-format
msgid "After shutdown procedure is successfully executed, shutdown INDI and Ekos."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShutdownScriptTerminatesINDI), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2086
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether shutdown script, if exists, terminates INDI server in the process."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreemptiveShutdown), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2090
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform pre-emptive shutdown if no jobs are due for a number of hours."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetMountModelOnAlignFail), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2094
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset mount model in case of alignment failure."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreemptiveShutdownTime), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2098
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum number of hours before the next job is due to trigger a pre-emptive shutdown."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LeadTime), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2102
#, kde-format
msgid "Minimum time between jobs in minutes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreDawnTime), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2106
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not permit jobs to be scheduled or executed past this many minutes before dawn."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TelescopeFocalLength), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2110
#, kde-format
msgid "Telescope focal length in millimeters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraPixelWidth), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2114
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera pixel size width in micrometers."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraPixelHeight), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2118
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera pixel size height in micrometers."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraWidth), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2122
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera Width in pixels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraHeight), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2126
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera Height in pixels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraRotation), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2130
#, kde-format
msgid "Position angle of the camera with respect to north."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LastServer), group (INDI Lite)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2136
#, kde-format
msgid "The address of last used server"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LastServerPort), group (INDI Lite)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2139
#, kde-format
msgid "The port of last used server"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LastWebManagerPort), group (INDI Lite)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2143
#, kde-format
msgid "The port of last used Web Manager"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSMemoryCache), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2149
#, kde-format
msgid "RAM cache size in MB used to store cached HIPS images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSNetCache), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2153
#, kde-format
msgid "Hard disk cache size in MB used to store cached HIPS images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSSource), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2157
#, kde-format
msgid "HIPS source catalog title."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSBiLinearInterpolation), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2161
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Bilinear interpolation when rendering HiPS images?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSShowGrid), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2165
#, kde-format
msgid "Show HiPS grid on the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowHIPS), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2169
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw HiPS sources in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowHIPS), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2170
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the HIPS sources are drawn in the sky map."
#. i18n("xy-curve from a Fourier filter"), cartesianPlotAddNewActionGroup);
#. addFourierTransformCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-fourier_transform-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a Fourier transform"), cartesianPlotAddNewActionGroup);
#. i18n("xy-curve from an interpolation"), this);
#. addSmoothCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-smooth-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a smooth"), this);
#. addFourierFilterCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-fourier_filter-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a Fourier filter"), this);
#. addFourierTransformCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-fourier_transform-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a Fourier transform"), this);
"For 'C Format', a period is used for the decimal point character and comma is used for the thousands group separator. Valid number representations are:"
"<ul>"
"<li>1234.56</li>"
"<li>1,234.56</li>"
"<li>etc.</li>"
"</ul>"
"When using 'System locale', the system settings will be used. E.g., for the German local the valid number representations are:"
msgid "This option determines how the imported strings have to be converted to calendar date, i.e. year, month, and day numbers in the Gregorian calendar and to time."
"<p>The ICC profiles folder seems to be invalid.</p>"
"<p>If you want to try setting it again, choose \"Yes\" here, otherwise choose \"No\", and the \"Color Management\" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue.</p>"
msgid "Updates metadata of images in the current album with the contents of digiKam database (image metadata will be overwritten with data from the database)."
msgid "Updates the digiKam database from the metadata of the files in the current album (information in the database will be overwritten with data from the files' metadata)."
msgid "Open camera dialog for the device with Solid UDI <udi>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/main/main.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically detect and open a connected gphoto2 camera"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/main/main.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Start digikam with the SQLite database file found in the directory <dir>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/main/main.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Start digikam with the configuration file <config>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/main/main.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Run-time Qt SQLite or MySQL database plugin is not available. please install it.\n"
"There is no database plugin installed on your computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/main/main.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Run-time Qt SQLite or MySQL database plugin are not available. Please install it.\n"
"Database plugins installed on your computer are listed below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/main/main.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The given path for the config file is not valid. Either its parent directory does not exist, it is a directory itself or it cannot be read/written to.</p>"
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete those items permanently?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/trashview.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete ALL items permanently?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Port to Qt5 and KF5;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Replacing digiKam KIOSlaves by a multi-threaded interface to query the database;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Replacing Qt5::Multimedia dependency by QtAV framework to handle video files;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Add embedded trash support for each collection instead desktop trash;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Thumbs and preview video support is now delegate to QT5Multimedia framework;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Mysql internal server is now configurable as Sqlite to store database files at a customized place;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Mysql internal/remote server is now configurable with first run assistant;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new garbage collector tool to cleanup database;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new batch queue manager tool to convert RAW files to DNG;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new tool to export contents in html gallery;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new tool to export contents as a video slideshow;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new tool to export contents by email;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new batch queue manager tool to adjust time and date metadata;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new batch queue manager tool to detect and fix red-eyes automatically;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new option in editor and light table to import images from a digital scanner;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new option in editor and light table to edit metadata;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new option in editor and light table to edit geolocation;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new option in editor and light table to run presentation tool;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new editor tool to detect and fix red-eyes automatically;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new editor tool to perform color change based on Lut3D;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new tool in camera import interface to convert RAW files to DNG;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new tool to export items on local network through UPNP/DLNA;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Consolidation of Mysql database backend;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Improved startup time with differed scan for new items stage."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Presentation and Slideshow tools now support video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "...and much more."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<li>%1</li>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "New Features"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h3>%1</h3>"
"<ul>%2</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Some of the new features in this release of digiKam include (compared to digiKam 4.x):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "About"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h3>%1</h3>"
"<h3>%2</h3>"
"<ul>%3</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam is an open source photo management program designed to import, organize, enhance, search and export your digital images to and from your computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Currently, you are in the Album view mode of digiKam. Albums are the places where your files are stored, and are identical to the folders on your hard disk."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<li>%1</li>"
"<li>%2</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam has many powerful features which are described in the <a href=\"https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/extragear-graphics/digikam/index.html\">documentation</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid "The <a href=\"http://www.digikam.org\">digiKam homepage</a> provides information about new versions of digiKam."
msgid "Failed to backup the existing database file (\"%1\"). Refusing to replace file without backup, using the existing file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:426
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to copy the old database file (\"%1\") to its new location (\"%2\"). Starting with an empty database."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:460
#, kde-format
msgid "Database Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:461
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file - confirming that this database file was indeed created for the pictures located in the folder \"%2\" - or ignore the old file and start with a new database?</p>"
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file, start with a new database, or copy the current database to this location and continue using it?</p>"
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file or start with a new database?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:578
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to copy the old database file (\"%1\") to its new location (\"%2\"). Trying to upgrade old databases."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:593
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database.</p>"
"<p>Would you like to copy the current database to this location and continue using it, or start with a new database?</p>"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:624
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database. There is already a database file in this location.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to use this existing file as the new database, or remove it and copy the current database to this place?</p>"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:634
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Existing File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:735
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>An error occurred during the internal server start.</b></p>"
"<p>You cannot use digiKam without a working database. digiKam will attempt to start now, but it will <b>not</b> be functional. Please check the database settings in the <b>configuration menu</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:792
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Failed to open the database. Error message from database:</p>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
"</p>"
"<p>You cannot use digiKam without a working database. digiKam will attempt to start now, but it will <b>not</b> be functional. Please check the database settings in the <b>configuration menu</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:865
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Your locale has changed since this album was last opened.\n"
"Old locale: %1, new locale: %2\n"
"If you have recently changed your locale, you need not be concerned.\n"
"Please note that if you switched to a locale that does not support some of the filenames in your collection, these files may no longer be found in the collection. If you are sure that you want to continue, click 'Yes'. Otherwise, click 'No' and correct your locale setting before restarting digiKam."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:907
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The collection </p>"
"<p><b>%1</b><br/>"
"(%2)</p>"
"<p> is currently not found on your system.<br/>"
" Please choose the most appropriate option to handle this situation:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:925
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The collection is still available, but the identifier changed.<br/>"
"This can be caused by restoring a backup, changing the partition layout or the file system settings.<br/>"
"The collection is now located at this place:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:944
#, kde-format
msgid "The collection is located on a storage device which is not always attached. Mark the collection as a removable collection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:951
#, kde-format
msgid "Take no action now. I would like to solve the problem later using the setup dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:965
#, kde-format
msgid "Collection not found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:2155
#, kde-format
msgid "The collection location supplied is invalid or currently not available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:2163
#, kde-format
msgid "No album for collection location: Internal error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:2179
#, kde-format
msgid "No parent found for album."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:2186
#, kde-format
msgid "Album name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:2192
#, kde-format
msgid "Album name cannot contain '/'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/album/albummanager.cpp:2198
#, kde-format
msgid "createPAlbum does not accept the root album as parent."
msgid "This is a CD/DVD, which is identified by the label that you can set in your CD burning application. There is already another entry with the same label. The two will be distinguished by the files in the top directory, so please do not append files to the CD, or it will not be recognized. In the future, please set a unique label on your CDs and DVDs if you intend to use them with digiKam."
msgid "This is a CD/DVD. It will be identified by the label (\"%1\")that you have set in your CD burning application. If you create further CDs for use with digikam in the future, please remember to give them a unique label as well."
msgid "This entry will only be identified by the path where it is found on your system (\"%1\"). No more specific means of identification (UUID, label) is available."
msgid "It is not possible on your system to identify the storage medium of this path. It will be added using the file path as the only identifier. This will work well for your local hard disk."
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is too recent.) Please use the more recent version of digiKam that you used before. "
msgid "Failed to open a database transaction on your database file \"%1\". This is unusual. Please check that you can access the file and no other process has currently locked the file. If the problem persists you can get help from the digikam-devel@kde.org mailing list. As well, please have a look at what digiKam prints on the console. "
msgid "The schema updating process from version 4 to 6 failed, caused by an error that we did not expect. You can try to discard your old database and start with an empty one. (In this case, please move the database files \"%1\" and \"%2\" from the directory \"%3\"). More probably you will want to report this error to the digikam-devel@kde.org mailing list. As well, please have a look at what digiKam prints on the console. "
msgid "Failed to update the database schema from version %1 to version %2. Please read the error messages printed on the console and report this error as a bug at bugs.kde.org. "
msgid "The database update action cannot be found. Please ensure that the dbconfig.xml file of the current version of digiKam is installed at the correct place. "
msgid "Failed to copy the old database file (\"%1\") to its new location (\"%2\"). Error message: \"%3\". Please make sure that the file can be copied, or delete it."
msgid "The old database file (\"%1\") has been copied to the new location (\"%2\") but it cannot be opened. Please delete both files and try again, starting with an empty database. "
msgid "No album library path has been found in the configuration file. Giving up the schema updating process. Please try with an empty database, or repair your configuration."
msgid "There was an error associating your albumLibraryPath (\"%1\") with a storage volume of your system. This problem may indicate that there is a problem with your installation. If you are working on Linux, check that HAL is installed and running. In any case, you can seek advice from the digikam-devel@kde.org mailing list. The database updating process will now be aborted because we do not want to create a new database based on false assumptions from a broken installation."
msgid "Could not open the configuration file <b>%1</b>. This file is installed with the digikam application and is absolutely required to run digikam. Please check your installation."
msgid "An old version of the configuration file <b>%1</b> is found. Please ensure that the version released with the running version of digiKam is installed. "
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBThumbnailsVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is to recent) Please use the more recent version of digikam that you used before. "
msgid "Database type or location must be different!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbmigrationdlg.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal server can only be used once!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbmigrationdlg.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal server is not used and is not active!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbmigrationdlg.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgid "Database copied successfully."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbmigrationdlg.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "Database conversion canceled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbmigrationdlg.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "Step Progress (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:160
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:837
#, kde-format
msgid "Database Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "SQLite"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgid "Mysql Internal (experimental)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL Server (experimental)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Select here the type of database backend.</p>"
"<p><b>SQlite</b> backend is for local database storage with a small or medium collection sizes. It is the default and recommended backend for collections with less than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><b>MySQL Internal</b> backend is for local database storage with huge collection sizes. This backend is recommend for local collections with more than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><i>Be careful: this one still in experimental stage.</i></p>"
"<p><b>MySQL Server</b> backend is a more robust solution especially for remote and shared database storage. It is also more efficient to manage huge collection sizes with more than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><i>Be careful: this one still in experimental stage.</i></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Set here the location where the database files will be stored on your system. There are three databases: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.<br/>"
"Write access is required to be able to edit image properties.</p>"
"<p>Databases are digiKam core engines. Take care to use a place hosted by fast hardware (as SSD) with enough free space especially for thumbnails database.</p>"
"<p>Note: a remote file system such as NFS, cannot be used here. For performance reasons, it's also recommended not to use removable media.</p>"
"<p></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Here you can configure locations where MySQL binary tools are located. digiKam will try to find these binaries automatically if they are already installed on your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "MySQL Binaries"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid "Host Name:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the host computer name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"This is the computer name running MySQL server.\n"
"This can be \"localhost\" for a local server, or the network computer\n"
" name (or IP address) in case of remote computer."
"This account must be available on the remote MySQL server when database have been created."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:289
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Set the MySQL server account password used\n"
"by digiKam to be connected to the server.\n"
"You can left this field empty to use an account set without password."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgid "Host Port:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Set the host computer port.\n"
"Usually, MySQL server use port number 3306 by default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:301
#, kde-format
msgid "Check Connection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Run a basic database connection to see if current MySQL server settings is suitable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:308
#, kde-format
msgid "Core Db Name:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:310
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the core database name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The core database is lead digiKam container used to store\n"
"albums, items, and searches metadata."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "Thumbs Db Name:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the thumbnails database name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The thumbnails database is used by digiKam to host\n"
"image thumbs with wavelets compression images.\n"
"This one can use quickly a lots of space,\n"
"especially if you have huge collections."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgid "Face Db Name:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:323
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the face database name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The face database is used by digiKam to host image histograms\n"
"dedicated to faces recognition process.\n"
"This one can use quickly a lots of space, especially\n"
"if you a lots of image with people faces detected and tagged."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:329
#, kde-format
msgid "Default Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset database names settings to common default values."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:348
#, kde-format
msgid "Remote Server Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:352
#, kde-format
msgid "Database Server Instructions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:354
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>digiKam expects that database is already created with a dedicated user account. This user name <i>digikam</i> will require full access to the database.<br>"
"If your database is not already set up, you can use the following SQL commands (after replacing the <b><i>password</i></b> with the correct one).<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:366
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Note: with a Linux server, a database can be initialized following the commands below:</p>"
"<p># su</p>"
"<p># systemctl restart mysqld</p>"
"<p># mysql -u root</p>"
"<p>...</p>"
"<p>Enter SQL code to Mysql prompt in order to init digiKam databases with grant privileges (see behind)</p>"
"<p>...</p>"
"<p>quit</p>"
"<p>NOTE: If you've an enormous collection, you should start MySQL server with mysql --max_allowed_packet=128M OR in my.ini or ~/.my.cnf, change the settings</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:385
#, kde-format
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:389
#, kde-format
msgid "Database Server Technical Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:391
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Use this configuration view to set all information to be connected to a remote <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MySQL\">Mysql database server</a> (or <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MariaDB\">MariaDB</a>) through a network. As with Sqlite or MySQL internal server, 3 databases will be stored on the remote server: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.</p>"
"<p>Unlike Sqlite or MySQL internal server, you can customize the database names to simplify your backups.</p>"
"<p>Databases are digiKam core engines. To prevent performance issues, take a care to use a fast network link between the client and the server computers. It's also recommended to host database files on fast hardware (as <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solid-state_drive\">SSD</a>) with enough free space, especially for thumbnails database, even if data are compressed using wavelets image format <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progressive_Graphics_File\">PGF</a>.</p>"
"<p>The databases must be created previously on the remote server by the administrator. Look in <b>Requirements</b> tab for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:417
#, kde-format
msgid "Documentation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:613
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:618
#, kde-format
msgid "Database connection test"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:614
#, kde-format
msgid "Database connection test successful."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:619
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Database connection test was not successful. "
"<p>Error was: %1</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:628
#, kde-format
msgid "The server hostname is empty"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:634
#, kde-format
msgid "The server user name is empty"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:645
#, kde-format
msgid "The core database name is empty"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:651
#, kde-format
msgid "The thumbnails database name is empty"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:657
#, kde-format
msgid "The face database name is empty"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:719
#, kde-format
msgid "This path was set as a command lineoption (--database-directory)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:838
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The database names configuration is not valid. Error is <br/>"
"<p>%1</p>"
"<br/>"
"Please check your configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:846
#, kde-format
msgid "Database Connection Test"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:847
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Testing database connection has failed with error<br/>"
"<p>%1</p>"
"<br/>"
"Please check your configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:868
#, kde-format
msgid "You must select a folder for digiKam to store information and metadata in a database file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:877
#, kde-format
msgid "Create Database Folder?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:878
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The folder to put your database in does not seem to exist:</p>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
"Would you like digiKam to create it for you?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:889
#, kde-format
msgid "Create Database Folder Failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:890
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>digiKam could not create the folder to host your database file.\n"
"Please select a different location.</p>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:909
#, kde-format
msgid "No Database Write Access"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/database/utils/dbsettingswidget.cpp:910
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You do not seem to have write access for the folder to host the database file.<br/>"
msgid "Set here the gamma adjustment of the image."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiafilter.h:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Black & White / Sepia Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgctxt "generic black and white film"
msgid "Generic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Generic</b>:"
"<p>Simulate a generic black and white film.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Agfa 200X"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Agfa 200X</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Agfa 200X black and white film at 200 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Agfa Pan 25"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Agfa Pan 25</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Agfa Pan black and white film at 25 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid "Agfa Pan 100"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Agfa Pan 100</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Agfa Pan black and white film at 100 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "Agfa Pan 400"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Agfa Pan 400</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Agfa Pan black and white film at 400 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "Ilford Delta 100"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Ilford Delta 100</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Ilford Delta black and white film at 100 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Ilford Delta 400"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Ilford Delta 400</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Ilford Delta black and white film at 400 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Ilford Delta 400 Pro 3200"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Ilford Delta 400 Pro 3200</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Ilford Delta 400 Pro black and white film at 3200 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Ilford FP4 Plus"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Ilford FP4 Plus</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Ilford FP4 Plus black and white film at 125 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "Ilford HP5 Plus"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Ilford HP5 Plus</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Ilford HP5 Plus black and white film at 400 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Ilford PanF Plus"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Ilford PanF Plus</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Ilford PanF Plus black and white film at 50 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Ilford XP2 Super"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Ilford XP2 Super</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Ilford XP2 Super black and white film at 400 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid "Kodak Tmax 100"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Kodak Tmax 100</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Kodak Tmax black and white film at 100 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid "Kodak Tmax 400"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Kodak Tmax 400</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Kodak Tmax black and white film at 400 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "Kodak TriX"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Kodak TriX</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Kodak TriX black and white film at 400 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "Ilford SPX 200 (Infrared)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Ilford SPX 200</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Ilford SPX infrared film at 200 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "Ilford SPX 400 (Infrared)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Ilford SPX 400</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Ilford SPX infrared film at 400 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "Ilford SPX 800 (Infrared)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:225
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Ilford SPX 800</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Ilford SPX infrared film at 800 ISO.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "Kodak HIE (Infrared)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:229
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Kodak HIE</b>:"
"<p>Simulate the Kodak HIE infrared film.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgid "No Lens Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>No Lens Filter</b>:"
"<p>Do not apply a lens filter when rendering the image.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:242
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgid "Green Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:243
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Black & White with Green Filter</b>:"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a green filter. This is useful for all scenic shoots, especially portraits photographed against the sky.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "Orange Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Black & White with Orange Filter</b>:"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using an orange filter. This will enhance landscapes, marine scenes and aerial photography.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgid "Red Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Black & White with Red Filter</b>:"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a red filter. This creates dramatic sky effects, and simulates moonlight scenes in the daytime.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:260
#, kde-format
msgid "Yellow Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Black & White with Yellow Filter</b>:"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow filter. This has the most natural tonal correction, and improves contrast. Ideal for landscapes.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:266
#, kde-format
msgid "Yellow-Green Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Black & White with Yellow-Green Filter</b>:"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow-green filter. A yellow-green filter is highly effective for outdoor portraits because red is rendered dark while green appears lighter. Great for correcting skin tones, bringing out facial expressions in close-ups and emphasizing the feeling of liveliness. This filter is highly effective for indoor portraits under tungsten lighting.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgid "Blue Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Black & White with Blue Filter</b>:"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a blue filter. This accentuates haze and fog. Used for dye transfer and contrast effects.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "Strength:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:286
#, kde-format
msgid "Here, set the strength adjustment of the lens filter."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgid "No Tone Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:298
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>No Tone Filter</b>:"
"<p>Do not apply a tone filter to the image.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:301
#, kde-format
msgid "Sepia Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Black & White with Sepia Tone</b>:"
"<p>Gives a warm highlight and mid-tone while adding a bit of coolness to the shadows - very similar to the process of bleaching a print and re-developing in a sepia toner.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:307
#, kde-format
msgid "Brown Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:308
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Black & White with Brown Tone</b>:"
"<p>This filter is more neutral than the Sepia Tone filter.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Cold Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Black & White with Cold Tone</b>:"
"<p>Start subtly and replicate printing on a cold tone black and white paper such as a bromide enlarging paper.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgid "Selenium Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:319
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Black & White with Selenium Tone</b>:"
"<p>This effect replicates traditional selenium chemical toning done in the darkroom.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:323
#, kde-format
msgid "Platinum Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/bw/bwsepiasettings.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Black & White with Platinum Tone</b>:"
"<p>This effect replicates traditional platinum chemical toning done in the darkroom.</p>"
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/curves/curvesbox.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset current channel curves' values."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/curves/curvesbox.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "If you press this button, all curves' values from the currently selected channel will be reset to the default values."
msgid "Enable this option if you want to preserve the aspect ratio of image. If enabled, the border width will be a percentage of the image size, else the border width will be in pixels."
msgid "Total smoothing power: if the Detail Factor sets the relative smoothing and the Anisotropy Factor the direction, the Smoothing Factor sets the overall effect."
msgid "<b>Function</b>: This function combines the original RGB channels with the desaturated blurred image. This function is used in each of the tonemapping stages. It can be linear or power. Basically, this function increases the values where both the original and blurred image's value are low and do the opposite on high values."
msgid "<b>Highlights saturation</b>: Usually the (perceived) saturation is increased. The user can choose to lower the saturation on original highlight and shadows from the image with these parameters."
msgid "<b>Shadow saturation</b>: Usually the (perceived) saturation is increased. The user can choose to lower the saturation on original highlight and shadows from the image with these parameters."
msgid "This value is the radius of the inner circle of the filter. In the inner circle the image is preserved. It is expressed as a multiple of the outer radius of the filter."
msgid "This value is the radius of the outer circle of the filter. Outside the outer circle the effect of the filter is at its maximum. It is expressed as a multiple of the diagonal of the image."
msgid "This is the camera maker description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and find relevant camera device information from Lensfun database."
msgid "This is the camera model description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and found relevant camera device information from Lensfun database."
msgid "This is the lens description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and found relevant lens information from Lensfun database."
msgid "Chromatic aberration is easily recognized as color fringes towards the image corners. CA is due to a varying lens focus for different colors."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/lens/lensfunsettings.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Vignetting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/lens/lensfunsettings.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Vignetting refers to an image darkening, mostly in the corners. Optical and natural vignetting can be canceled out with this option, whereas mechanical vignetting will not be cured."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/lens/lensfunsettings.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Distortion"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/lens/lensfunsettings.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Distortion refers to an image deformation, which is most pronounced towards the corners. These Seidel aberrations are known as pincushion and barrel distortions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/lens/lensfunsettings.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Geometry"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/lens/lensfunsettings.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid "Four geometries are handled here: Rectilinear (99 percent of all lenses), Fisheye, Cylindrical, Equirectangular."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/lens/lensfunsettings.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Note: lens correction options depend of filters available in LensFun library. See <a href='http://lensfun.sourceforge.net'>LensFun project web site</a> for more information.</b>"
"<p>If the image's maximal counts are small, you can use the <b>linear</b> scale.</p>"
"<p><b>Logarithmic</b> scale can be used when the maximal counts are big; if it is used, all values (small and large) will be visible on the graph.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgctxt "linear histogram scaling mode"
msgid "Linear"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgctxt "logarithmic histogram scaling mode"
msgid "Logarithmic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can see the target preview image histogram drawing of the selected image channel. This one is re-computed at any settings changes."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:269
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Select the histogram channel to display:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The luminosity channel"
msgid "Luminosity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Luminosity</b>: display the image's luminosity values."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The red channel"
msgid "Red"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Red</b>: display the red image-channel values."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The green channel"
msgid "Green"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Green</b>: display the green image-channel values."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The blue channel"
msgid "Blue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Blue</b>: display the blue image-channel values."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:286
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The colors channel"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Colors</b>: Display all color channel values at the same time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:289
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The alpha channel"
msgid "Alpha"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/levels/histogrambox.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Alpha</b>: display the alpha image-channel values. This channel corresponds to the transparency value and is supported by some image formats, such as PNG or TIF."
msgid "<b>Threshold</b>: Adjusts the threshold for denoising of the image in a range from 0.0 (none) to 10.0. The threshold is the value below which everything is considered noise."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Softness</b>: This adjusts the softness of the thresholding (soft as opposed to hard thresholding). The higher the softness the more noise remains in the image."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Estimate Noise"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Compute automatically all noise reduction settings by a parse of noise contained in image."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:137
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:164
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:191
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgid "Threshold:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:144
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:171
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Softness:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "Luminance"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid "Chrominance Blue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Chrominance Red"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:374
#, kde-format
msgid "Photograph Noise Reduction Settings File to Load"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgid "\"%1\" is not a Photograph Noise Reduction settings text file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:412
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot load settings from the Photograph Noise Reduction text file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgid "Photograph Noise Reduction Settings File to Save"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:445
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot save settings to the Photograph Noise Reduction text file."
msgid "Select the sharpening method to apply to the image."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:166
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifadjust.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Sharpness:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "A sharpness of 0 has no effect, 1 and above determine the sharpen matrix radius that determines how much to sharpen the image."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Radius:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Radius value is the Gaussian blur matrix radius value used to determines how much to blur the image."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "The value of the difference between the original and the blur image that is added back into the original."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgid "The threshold, as a fraction of the maximum luminosity value, needed to apply the difference amount."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "Suppress color noise."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "An option to apply filter on luminosity channel only used to suppress chroma noise amplification."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:237
#, kde-format
msgid "Circular sharpness:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the radius of the circular convolution. It is the most important parameter for using this plugin. For most images the default value of 1.0 should give good results. Select a higher value when your image is very blurred."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "Correlation:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Increasing the correlation may help to reduce artifacts. The correlation can range from 0-1. Useful values are 0.5 and values close to 1, e.g. 0.95 and 0.99. Using a high value for the correlation will reduce the sharpening effect of the plugin."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "Noise filter:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid "Increasing the noise filter parameter may help to reduce artifacts. The noise filter can range from 0-1 but values higher than 0.1 are rarely helpful. When the noise filter value is too low, e.g. 0.0 the image quality will be very poor. A useful value is 0.01. Using a high value for the noise filter will reduce the sharpening effect of the plugin."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgid "Gaussian sharpness:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:272
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the sharpness for the Gaussian convolution. Use this parameter when your blurring is of a Gaussian type. In most cases you should set this parameter to 0, because it causes nasty artifacts. When you use non-zero values, you will probably also have to increase the correlation and/or noise filter parameters."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgid "Matrix size:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "This parameter determines the size of the transformation matrix. Increasing the matrix width may give better results, especially when you have chosen large values for circular or Gaussian sharpness."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:501
#, kde-format
msgid "Photograph Refocus Settings File to Load"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:519
#, kde-format
msgid "\"%1\" is not a Photograph Refocus settings text file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:540
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot load settings from the Photograph Refocus text file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:548
#, kde-format
msgid "Photograph Refocus Settings File to Save"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/filters/sharp/sharpsettings.cpp:576
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot save settings to the Photograph Refocus text file."
msgid "<font color='red'><i>Warning: <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG'>JPEG</a> is a lossy image compression format.</i></font>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Chroma subsampling:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "4:4:4 (best quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "4:2:2 (good quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "4:2:0 (low quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "4:1:1 (low quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Chroma subsampling reduces file size by taking advantage of the eye's lesser sensitivity to color resolution. How perceptible the difference is depends on the image - large photos will generally show no difference, while sharp, down-scaled pixel graphics may lose fine color detail.</p>"
"<p><b>4:4:4</b> - No chroma subsampling, highest quality but lowest compression.</p>"
"<p><b>4:2:2</b> - Chroma halved horizontally, average compression, average quality.</p>"
"<p><b>4:2:0</b> - Chroma quartered in 2x2 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p>"
"<p><b>4:1:1</b> - Chroma quartered in 4x1 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p>"
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBFaceVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is to recent.) Please use the more recent version of digiKam that you used before."
msgid "Select the file types (MIME types) that you want shown. Note: \"Raster Files\" are formats from raster graphics editors, such as Photoshop, The Gimp, Krita, etc."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the rating value used to filter albums' contents. Use the context pop-up menu to set rating filter conditions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating greater than or equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating less than or equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating Filter Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Greater Than or Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgid "Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgid "Less Than or Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgid "Exclude Items Without Rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Text quick filter (search)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter search patterns to quickly filter this view on item names, captions (comments), and tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Text Search Fields"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Defines which fields to search for the text in."
msgid "Enter the text used to create tags here. '/' can be used to create a hierarchy of tags. ',' can be used to create more than one hierarchy at the same time."
msgid "Enter the Informative Provider Reference here. I.P.R is a name registered with the XMP/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"XMP\" if a standard Reference Code is used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Reference Number here. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by XMP/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 digit code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Matter Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Detail Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/templatelist.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can see the metadata template list managed by digiKam."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/templatelist.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Authors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Author Names:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the names of the photograph's creators. Use semi-colons as separator here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This field should contain the names of the persons who created the photograph. If it is not appropriate to add the name of the photographer (for example, if the identity of the photographer needs to be protected) the name of a company or organization can also be used. Once saved, this field should not be changed by anyone. "
"<p>To enter more than one name, use <b>semi-colons as separators</b>.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Authors' Positions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the job titles of the authors here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This field should contain the job titles of the authors. Examples might include titles such as: Staff Photographer, Freelance Photographer, or Independent Commercial Photographer. Since this is a qualifier for the Author field, the Author field must also be filled out.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
"<p>(synonymous to Provider): Use the Provider field to identify who is providing the photograph. This does not necessarily have to be the author. If a photographer is working for a news agency such as Reuters or the Associated Press, these organizations could be listed here as they are \"providing\" the image for use by others. If the image is a stock photograph, then the group (agency) involved in supplying the image should be listed here.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
"In Europe you would use: Copyright {Year} {Copyright owner}, all rights reserved. \n"
"In Japan, for maximum protection, the following three items should appear in the copyright field of the IPTC Core: (a) the word, Copyright; (b) year of the first publication; and (c) name of the author. You may also wish to include the phrase \"all rights reserved\".</p>"
"<p>With XMP, you can include more than one copyright string using different languages.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 128 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Right Usage Terms:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the list of instructions on how a resource can be legally used here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Right Usage Terms field should be used to list instructions on how a resource can be legally used."
"<p>With XMP, you can include more than one right usage terms string using different languages.</p>"
msgid "Enter the original owner of the photograph here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Source field should be used to identify the original owner or copyright holder of the photograph. The value of this field should never be changed after the information is entered following the image's creation. While not yet enforced by the custom panels, you should consider this to be a \"write-once\" field. The source could be an individual, an agency, or a member of an agency. To aid in later searches, it is suggested to separate any slashes \"/\" with a blank space. Use the form \"photographer / agency\" rather than \"photographer/agency.\" Source may also be different from Creator and from the names listed in the Copyright Notice.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgid "Minimal version number required for this binary is %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Find"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid " or <a href=\"%1\">download</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><font color=\"red\"><b>Warning:</b> Some necessary binaries have not been found on your system. If you have these binaries installed, please click the 'Find' button to locate them on your system, otherwise please download and install them to proceed.</font></p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "A development version has been detect. There is no guarantee on the behavior of this binary."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Change"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/dfileselector.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Browse..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "16 bits color depth"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:257
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</para>"
"<para>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Interpolate RGB as four colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:277
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Interpolate RGB as four colors</title>"
"<para>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</para>"
"<para>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Visit LibRaw project website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:301
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Do not stretch or rotate pixels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:303
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Do not stretch or rotate pixels</title>"
"<para>For Fuji Super CCD cameras, show the image tilted 45 degrees. For cameras with non-square pixels, do not stretch the image to its correct aspect ratio. In any case, this option guarantees that each output pixel corresponds to one RAW pixel.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Quality:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "Bilinear"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "VNG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "PPG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "AHD"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "DCB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "AHD v2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:323
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "AFD"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "VCD"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "VCD & AHD"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:326
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "LMMSE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "AMaZE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:332
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Quality (interpolation)</title>"
"<para>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AHD v2</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation using Variance of Color Differences method.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AFD</emphasis>: Adaptive Filtered Demosaicing interpolation through 5 pass median filter from PerfectRaw project.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VCD</emphasis>: Variance of Color Differences interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: Mixed demosaicing between VCD and AHD.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>LMMSE</emphasis>: color demosaicing via directional linear minimum mean-square error estimation interpolation from PerfectRaw.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AMaZE</emphasis>: Aliasing Minimization interpolation and Zipper Elimination to apply color aberration removal from RawTherapee project.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
"<para>Note: some methods can be unavailable if RAW decoder have been built without extension packs.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Pass:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:402
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Pass</title>"
"<para>Set here the passes used by the median filter applied after interpolation to Red-Green and Blue-Green channels.</para>"
"<para>This setting is only available for specific Quality options: <emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>, and <emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Refine interpolation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:415
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Refine interpolation</title>"
"<para>This setting is available only for few Quality options:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: turn on the enhance interpolated colors filter.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: turn on the enhanced effective color interpolation (EECI) refine to improve sharpness.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:428
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Demosaicing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:436
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Method:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:438
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Default D65"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:439
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Camera"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:440
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox set while balance automatically"
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox set white balance manually"
msgid "Manual"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:443
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>White Balance</title>"
"<para>Configure the raw white balance:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Default D65</emphasis>: Use a standard daylight D65 white balance.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Camera</emphasis>: Use the white balance specified by the camera. If not available, reverts to default neutral white balance.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Automatic</emphasis>: Calculates an automatic white balance averaging the entire image.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Manual</emphasis>: Set a custom temperature and green level values.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:458
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "T(K):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:459
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Temperature</title>"
"<para>Set here the color temperature in Kelvin.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:466
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider Green component"
msgid "Green:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:467
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>Set here the green component to set magenta color cast removal level.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:470
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Highlights:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:472
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Solid white"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:473
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Unclip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:474
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Blend"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:475
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Rebuild"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:477
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Highlights</title>"
"<para>Select here the highlight clipping method:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Solid white</emphasis>: clip all highlights to solid white</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Unclip</emphasis>: leave highlights unclipped in various shades of pink</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Blend</emphasis>:Blend clipped and unclipped values together for a gradual fade to white</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Rebuild</emphasis>: reconstruct highlights using a level value</item>"
"<para>Specify the reconstruct highlight level. Low values favor whites and high values favor colors.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:496
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Exposure Correction (E.V)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:497
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>Turn on the exposure correction before interpolation.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Linear Shift:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:505
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Shift</title>"
"<para>Linear Shift of exposure correction before interpolation in E.V</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:508
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Highlight:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:513
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Highlight</title>"
"<para>Amount of highlight preservation for exposure correction before interpolation in E.V. Only take effect if Shift Correction is > 1.0 E.V</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:517
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Correct false colors in highlights"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:518
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>If enabled, images with overblown channels are processed much more accurately, without 'pink clouds' (and blue highlights under tungsten lamps).</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:522
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Auto Brightness"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:523
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>If disable, use a fixed white level and ignore the image histogram to adjust brightness.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:526
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Brightness:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:531
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Brightness</title>"
"<para>Specify the brightness level of output image. The default value is 1.0 (works in 8-bit mode only).</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check Black point"
msgid "Black:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:542
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Black point</title>"
"<para>Use a specific black point value to decode RAW pictures. If you set this option to off, the Black Point value will be automatically computed.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:549
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Black point value</title>"
"<para>Specify specific black point value of the output image.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:552
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check White point"
msgid "White:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:553
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>White point</title>"
"<para>Use a specific white point value to decode RAW pictures. If you set this option to off, the White Point value will be automatically computed.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:560
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>White point value</title>"
"<para>Specify specific white point value of the output image.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:599
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "White Balance"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:607
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Noise reduction:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:609
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Noise Reduction"
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:610
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Noise Reduction"
msgid "Wavelets"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:611
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Noise Reduction"
msgid "FBDD"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:612
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Noise Reduction"
msgid "CFA Line Denoise"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:613
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Noise Reduction"
msgid "Impulse Denoise"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:615
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Noise Reduction</title>"
"<para>Select here the noise reduction method to apply during RAW decoding.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no noise reduction.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Wavelets</emphasis>: wavelets correction to erase noise while preserving real detail. It's applied after interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>FBDD</emphasis>: Fake Before Demosaicing Denoising noise reduction. It's applied before interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>CFA Line Denoise</emphasis>: Banding noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Impulse Denoise</emphasis>: Impulse noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</item>"
"<para>If this option is turned on, it will try to shift image channels slightly and evaluate Chromatic Aberration change. Note that if you shot blue-red pattern, the method may fail. In this case, disable this option and tune manually color factors.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:655
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Red-Green:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:660
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Red-Green multiplier</title>"
"<para>Set here the amount of correction on red-green axis</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:663
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Blue-Yellow:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:668
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Blue-Yellow multiplier</title>"
"<para>Set here the amount of correction on blue-yellow axis</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:687
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Corrections"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:695
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Camera Profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:697
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Camera Profile"
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:698
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Camera Profile"
msgid "Embedded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:699
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Camera Profile"
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:701
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Camera Profile</title>"
"<para>Select here the input color space used to decode RAW data.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no input color profile is used during RAW decoding.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Embedded</emphasis>: use embedded color profile from RAW file, if it exists.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom input color space profile.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:712
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:746
#, kde-format
msgid "ICC Files (*.icc *.icm)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:714
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Workspace:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:716
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Raw (no profile)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:717
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "sRGB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:718
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Adobe RGB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:719
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Wide Gamut"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:720
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Pro-Photo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:721
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:723
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Workspace</title>"
"<para>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (linear)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:758
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Color Management"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:968
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Threshold:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:969
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Threshold</title>"
"<para>Set here the noise reduction threshold value to use.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:982
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Luminance:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:983
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Luminance</title>"
"<para>Amount of Luminance impulse noise reduction.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:985
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Chrominance:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/files/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:986
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Chrominance</title>"
"<para>Amount of Chrominance impulse noise reduction.</para>"
msgid "Enable this checkbox to change the font family settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "Change font family?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:286
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Font:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Font style"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable this checkbox to change the font style settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:303
#, kde-format
msgid "Change font style?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:309
#, kde-format
msgid "Font style:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:326
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable this checkbox to change the font size settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:327
#, kde-format
msgid "Change font size?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:333
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox Font size"
msgid "Size:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:348
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can choose the font family to be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:378
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can choose the font style to be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:391
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:719
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:757
#, kde-format
msgid "Normal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:392
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:763
#, kde-format
msgid "Italic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:393
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:764
#, kde-format
msgid "Oblique"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:394
#, kde-format
msgid "Bold"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "Bold Italic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgid "Relative"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:415
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Font size<br />"
"<i>fixed</i> or <i>relative</i><br />"
"to environment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:416
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can switch between fixed font size and font size to be calculated dynamically and adjusted to changing environment (e.g. widget dimensions, paper size)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can choose the font size to be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:479
#, kde-format
msgid "The Quick Brown Fox Jumps Over The Lazy Dog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/widgets/fonts/dfontproperties.cpp:481
#, kde-format
msgid "This sample text illustrates the current settings. You may edit it to test special characters."
"<p><b>Perceptual intent</b> causes the full gamut of the image to be compressed or expanded to fill the gamut of the destination device, so that gray balance is preserved but colorimetric accuracy may not be preserved.</p>"
"<p>In other words, if certain colors in an image fall outside of the range of colors that the output device can render, the image intent will cause all the colors in the image to be adjusted so that the every color in the image falls within the range that can be rendered and so that the relationship between colors is preserved as much as possible.</p>"
"<p>This intent is most suitable for display of photographs and images, and is the default intent.</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Absolute Colorimetric intent</b> causes any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render to be adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged.</p>"
"<p>This intent preserves the white point and is most suitable for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ....)</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Relative Colorimetric intent</b> is defined such that any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render are adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged. Proof intent does not preserve the white point.</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Saturation intent</b> preserves the saturation of colors in the image at the possible expense of hue and lightness.</p>"
"<p>Implementation of this intent remains somewhat problematic, and the ICC is still working on methods to achieve the desired effects.</p>"
"<p>This intent is most suitable for business graphics such as charts, where it is more important that the colors be vivid and contrast well with each other rather than a specific color.</p>"
"<p>This area contains a CIE or chromaticity diagram. A CIE diagram is a representation of all the colors that a person with normal vision can see. This is represented by the colored sail-shaped area. In addition you will see a triangle that is superimposed on the diagram outlined in white. This triangle represents the outer boundaries of the color space of the device that is characterized by the inspected profile. This is called the device gamut.</p>"
"<p>In addition there are black dots and yellow lines on the diagram. Each black dot represents one of the measurement points that were used to create this profile. The yellow line represents the amount that each point is corrected by the profile, and the direction of this correction.</p>"
"<p>The ICC profile path seems to be invalid.</p>"
"<p>If you want to set it now, select \"Yes\", otherwise select \"No\". In this case, \"Color Management\" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: showfoto/main/showfoto.cpp:417
#, kde-format
msgid "Open folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: showfoto/main/showfoto.cpp:488
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: showfoto/main/showfoto.cpp:592
#, kde-format
msgid "Error Loading File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: showfoto/main/showfoto.cpp:593
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Failed to load file: %1\n"
"Remote file handling is not supported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: showfoto/main/showfoto.cpp:632
#, kde-format
msgctxt "unknown image dimensions"
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: showfoto/main/showfoto.cpp:715
#: utilities/imageeditor/main/imagewindow.cpp:899
#, kde-format
msgctxt "<Image file name> (<Image number> of <Images in album>)"
"<i>Customize behavior of the other parts of Showfoto</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: showfoto/setup/showfotosetupmetadata.cpp:93
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Rotate actions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: showfoto/setup/showfotosetupmetadata.cpp:98
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:411
#, kde-format
msgid "Show images/thumbnails &rotated according to orientation tag."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: showfoto/setup/showfotosetupmetadata.cpp:100
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgid "Set orientation tag to normal after rotate/flip."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: showfoto/setup/showfotosetupmetadata.cpp:118
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "Visit Exiv2 project website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: showfoto/setup/showfotosetupmetadata.cpp:125
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exif'>EXIF</a> - a standard used by most digital cameras today to store technical information (like aperture and shutter speed) about an image.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: showfoto/setup/showfotosetupmetadata.cpp:129
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:301
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC_Information_Interchange_Model'>IPTC</a> - an older standard used in digital photography to store photographer information in images.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: showfoto/setup/showfotosetupmetadata.cpp:135
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:306
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extensible_Metadata_Platform'>XMP</a> - a new standard used in digital photography, designed to replace IPTC.</p>"
msgid "This list shows the results for your renaming pattern. Red items indicate a name collision, either because the new name is equal to the current name, or because the name has already been assigned to another item."
msgid "<p>Enter your renaming pattern here. Use the access buttons to quickly add renaming options and modifiers. For further explanation, use the information button.</p>"
msgid "<p>Add a modifier to a renaming option. To activate this button, place the cursor behind a renaming option or an already assigned modifier.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">You can download a calendar for your country from <a href=\"http://www.icalshare.com\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#0057ae;\">http://www.icalshare.com</span></a> or other sites.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">This is fully optional. All the events from this calendar will be printed in red.</p>"
"<p>This assistant will guide you to create and print a calendar with a selection of images taken from your collection.</p>"
"<p>This tool will also permit to set specific dates on your calendar using external data event files as <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/VCalendar'>vCalendar</a>, and <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Icalendar'>iCalendar</a> formats.</p>"
msgid "Set automatic level selection (maximized) for pyramid blending, i.e. optimise image features (contrast, saturation, . . .) to be as global as possible."
msgid "Set the number of levels for pyramid blending. Balances towards local features (small number) or global features (high number). Additionally, a low number trades off quality of results for faster execution time and lower memory usage."
msgid "Force hard blend masks without averaging on finest scale. This is only useful for focus stacks with thin and high contrast features. It improves sharpness at the expense of increased noise."
msgid "Sets the relative weight of high-contrast pixels. Increasing this weight makes pixels with neighboring differently colored pixels contribute more to the final output. Particularly useful for focus stacks."
msgid "Use Color Appearance Modelling (CIECAM02) to render detailed colors. Your input files should have embedded ICC profiles. If no ICC profile is present, sRGB color space will be assumed. The difference between using this option and default color blending algorithm is very slight, and will be most noticeable when you need to blend areas of different primary colors together."
"<p>This tool fuses bracketed images with different exposure to make pseudo <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_dynamic_range_imaging'>HDR image</a>.</p>"
"<p>It can also be used to <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Focus_stacking'>merge focus bracketed stack</a> to get a single image with increased depth of field.</p>"
"<p>This assistant will help you to configure how to import images before merging them to a single one.</p>"
"<p>Bracketed images must be taken with the same camera, in the same conditions, and if possible using a tripod.</p>"
"<p>For more information, please take a look at <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bracketing'>this page</a></p>"
"<p>Now, we will pre-process bracketed images before fusing them.</p>"
"<p>To perform auto-alignment, the <b>%1</b> program from the <a href='%2'>%3</a> project will be used. Alignment must be performed if you have not used a tripod to take bracketed images. Alignment operations can take a while.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing operations include Raw demosaicing. Raw images will be converted to 16-bit sRGB images with auto-gamma.</p>"
msgid "<p><i>Note:</i> removable media (such as USB drives or DVDs) and remote file systems (such as NFS, or Samba mounted with cifs/smbfs) are supported.</p>"
"<p>Set here if you want to store the information assigned to items in digiKam in the files' metadata, to improve interoperability with other photo management programs:</p>"
"<h1><b>Migrate configuration and metadata from digiKam 4</b></h1>"
"</p>"
"<p>You can choose here if you want to use the configuration and albums from digiKam 4 in digiKam 5. Please note the following warnings:</p>"
"<p>Migration is done <b>at your own risk</b>. Digikam developers don't recommend it and don't support it. On the other hand, creating a new configuration might result in loss of tags and other metadata that wasn't embedded inside the pictures and was only available in digiKam 4's database.</p>"
"<p>In either case you're recommended to backup the configuration files and databases before proceeding.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> using a preview is always faster than using the editor, especially when checking a series of shots. However, you cannot change or fix the image in preview mode. Note that if you want to compare images quickly, it is often better to use the light table: images can be displayed side-by-side, and synchronized zooming and panning can be performed.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> loading a reduced version of an image is faster but can differ from the original, especially with Raw. In this case, a JPEG version of Raw pre-processed by camera is loaded, instead of the real image data. This JPEG image is embedded in the file metadata and is used by the camera to display a Raw image faster to a TV screen.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/assistants/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:66
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Configure Raw File Handling</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/assistants/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Set here how you want to open Raw images in the editor:</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/assistants/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Open directly, with adjustments made automatically"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/assistants/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the Raw import tool to adjust corrections manually"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/assistants/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> the Raw import tool is designed for advanced users who want to have the best control over the image. This requires more time in your workflow.</p>"
"<p>Congratulations. Your minimal setup is done.</p>"
"<p>Remember, you can customize more settings using the digiKam configuration panel. To learn more about the digiKam world, we recommend reading the <b>digiKam handbook</b> using the <b>Help/Handbook</b> menu entry (you need to install the separate digiKam documentation package.) You can also read the manual online from the <a href='http://www.digikam.org/docs'>digikam.org website</a>.</p>"
"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to close this assistant. digiKam will scan your collection to register all albums in the database. Items including in albums are collected after startup stage in background.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> depending on your collection size, this operation can take a while. If you cancel the scanning operation, it will start again in the next digiKam session.</p>"
"<p>When scanning has completed, at next start-up, digiKam will only check your collection to identify new albums - which is much faster. You can force digiKam to scan for new items manually using the <b>Tools->Maintenance->Scan for new items</b> menu entry.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> tooltips show photograph and digiKam metadata on the fly, as the mouse moves over items. This can be useful when selecting items. Tooltips are displayed in the album folder view, album icon view, camera icon view, batch queue list, and thumb bar. From the digiKam configuration dialog, you can customize the contents of these tooltips and the fonts used.</p>"
"<p>You can ignore the following if you use digiKam for the first time:</p>"
"<p><b>Transition from digiKam 4</b></p>"
"<p>Configuration files from digiKam 4 are not migrated. The old database can still be used, you just need to choose the same locations for collections and database in the following dialogs. It is recommended to create a backup of your database before proceeding.</p>"
"<p>The new location for configuration files is %1 (old %2). There are unresolved problems reported when re-using old configuration files, so it is not recommended to do it for the moment, and at your own risk.</p>"
msgid "<b>JPEG output</b>: Using JPEG output, the panorama file will be smaller at the cost of information loss during compression. This is the easiest way to share the result, or print it online or in a shop."
msgid "<b>TIFF output</b>: Using TIFF output, you get the same color depth than your original photos using RAW images at the cost of a bigger panorama file."
msgid "<b>File name template</b>: Set here the base name of the files that will be saved. For example, if your template is <i>panorama</i> and if you chose a JPEG output, then your panorama will be saved with the name <i>panorama.jpg</i>. If you choose to save also the project file, it will have the name <i>panorama.pto</i>."
msgid "<b>Save project file</b>: You can keep the project file generated to stitch your panorama for further tweaking within <a href=\"http://hugin.sourceforge.net/\">Hugin</a> by checking this. This is useful if you want a different projection, modify the horizon or the center of the panorama, or modify the control points to get better results."
"<p><font color=\"orange\"><b>Warning:</b> One or more converted raw files already exists (they will be skipped during the copying process).</font></p>"
"<p>Congratulations. Your images are stitched into a panorama.</p>"
"<p>Your panorama will be created to the directory:<br />"
"<b>%1</b><br />"
"once you press the <i>Finish</i> button, with the name set below.</p>"
"<p>If you choose to save the project file, and if your images were raw images then the converted images used during the stitching process will be copied at the same time (those are TIFF files that can be big).</p>"
msgid "<b>Detect moving skies</b>: During the control points selection and matching, this option discards any points that are associated to a possible cloud. This is useful to prevent moving clouds from altering the control points matching process."
"<p>Now, we will pre-process images before stitching them.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing operations include Raw demosaicing. Raw images will be converted to 16-bit sRGB images with auto-gamma.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing also include a calculation of some control points to match overlaps between images. For that purpose, the <b>%1</b> program from the <a href='%2'>%3</a> project will be used.</p>"
"<p>You can generate quickly a <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Time-lapse_photography'>Time-lapse</a> movie from images</p>"
"<p>captured with a tripod mounted camera controlled with an <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intervalometer#Photography'>intervalometer</a>.</p>"
"<p></p>"
"<p>You can also create a video presentation with transition</p>"
"<p>effects and audio tracks to show on a TV screen.</p>"
msgid "<i>An effect is an visual panning or zooming applied while an image is displayed. The effect duration will follow the number of frames used to render the image on video stream.</i>"
msgid "<i>A transition is an visual effect applied between two images. For some effects, the duration can depend of random values and can change while the slideshow.</i>"
msgid "Face detection is a time-consuming task. You can choose if you wish to employ all processor cores on your system, or work in the background only on one core. Warning: this features still experimental and it's disabled by default."
msgid "Use this option to restrict the duplicate search with some criteria, as to limit search to the album of reference image, or to exclude the album of reference image of the search."
msgid "Select here the approximate similarity interval as a percentage. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the name of the current similar image search to save in the \"Similarity Searches\" view."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:361
#, kde-format
msgid "Save current similar image search to a new virtual Album"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:362
#, kde-format
msgid "If you press this button, the current similar image search will be saved to a new search virtual album using name set on the left side."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:400
#, kde-format
msgid "Set here the brush color used to draw sketch."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:419
#, kde-format
msgid "Undo last draw on sketch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this button to undo last drawing action on sketch."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:426
#, kde-format
msgid "Redo last draw on sketch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:427
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this button to redo last drawing action on sketch."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:430
#, kde-format
msgid "Pen:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgid "Set here the brush size in pixels used to draw sketch."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:442
#, kde-format
msgid "Set here the number of items to find using sketch."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:470
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear sketch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:471
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this button to clear sketch contents."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:475
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the name of the current sketch search to save in the \"Similarity Searches\" view."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:481
#, kde-format
msgid "Save current sketch search to a new virtual Album"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid "If you press this button, the current sketch fuzzy search will be saved to a new search virtual album using the name set on the left side."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:697
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Image fingerprints have not yet been generated for your collection. The Similarity Search Tools will not be operational without pre-generated fingerprints.\n"
"Do you want to build fingerprints now?\n"
"Note: This process can take a while. You can run it any time later using 'Tools/Rebuild all Fingerprints'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/fuzzysearchview.cpp:703
#, kde-format
msgid "No Fingerprints"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/fuzzysearch/sketchwidget.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "You simply draw here a rough sketch of what you want to find and digiKam will displays the best matches in thumbnail view."
msgid "Sets the maximum time difference to interpolate GPX file points to image time data. If the time difference exceeds this setting, no match will be attempted."
msgid "Sets the maximum time difference from a GPS track point to the image time to be matched. If the time difference exceeds this setting, no match will be attempted."
"You have enabled writing to sidecar files for metadata storage in the host application, but not for reading. This means that any metadata stored in the sidecar files will be overwritten here.\n"
"Please enable reading of sidecar files in the host application or continue at your own risk."
msgid "<p>Select the profile for your output device (usually, your printer). This profile will be used to do a soft proof, so you will be able to preview how an image will be rendered via an output device.</p>"
msgid "Cannot open the specified working space profile (\"%1\"). No color transformation will be applied. Please check the color management configuration in digiKam's setup."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
"<p>This option maximizes the tonal range in the Red, Green, and Blue channels. It searches the image shadow and highlight limit values and adjusts the Red, Green, and Blue channels to a full histogram range.</p>"
"<p>This option scales brightness values across the active image so that the darkest point becomes black, and the brightest point becomes as bright as possible without altering its hue. This is often a \"magic fix\" for images that are dim or washed out.</p>"
"<p>This option adjusts the brightness of colors across the active image so that the histogram for the value channel is as nearly as possible flat, that is, so that each possible brightness value appears at about the same number of pixels as each other value. Sometimes Equalize works wonderfully at enhancing the contrasts in an image. Other times it gives garbage. It is a very powerful operation, which can either work miracles on an image or destroy it.</p>"
"<p>This option enhances the contrast and brightness of the RGB values of an image by stretching the lowest and highest values to their fullest range, adjusting everything in between.</p>"
"<p>This option enhances the contrast and brightness of the RGB values of an image to calculate optimal exposition and black level using image histogram properties.</p>"
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color of the orange mask of the scanned color negative. It represents white point of the negative, or the darkest black tone of the positive image after inversion. It is also the reference point for applying the film profile."
msgid "If you press this button, the white point is calculated from the image data automatically. This function requires to have some residual orange mask around the exposed area of the negative."
msgid "Move the slider to higher values until maximum brightness is achieved without clipping any color channel. Use the output histogram to evaluate each channel."
msgid "A percent of 0 has no effect, values above 0 represent a factor for mixing the destination color with source color this is done radially i.e. the inner part of the brush radius is totally from source and mixing with destination is done gradually till the outer part of the circle."
"<p>Select the blurring effect to apply to image.</p>"
"<p><b>Zoom Blur</b>: blurs the image along radial lines starting from a specified center point. This simulates the blur of a zooming camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Radial Blur</b>: blurs the image by rotating the pixels around the specified center point. This simulates the blur of a rotating camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Far Blur</b>: blurs the image by using far pixels. This simulates the blur of an unfocalized camera lens.</p>"
"<p><b>Motion Blur</b>: blurs the image by moving the pixels horizontally. This simulates the blur of a linear moving camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Softener Blur</b>: blurs the image softly in dark tones and hardly in light tones. This gives images a dreamy and glossy soft focus effect. It is ideal for creating romantic portraits, glamour photographs, or giving images a warm and subtle glow.</p>"
"<p><b>Shake Blur</b>: blurs the image by shaking randomly the pixels. This simulates the blur of a random moving camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Focus Blur</b>: blurs the image corners to reproduce the astigmatism distortion of a lens.</p>"
"<p><b>Smart Blur</b>: finds the edges of color in your image and blurs them without muddying the rest of the image.</p>"
"<p><b>Frost Glass</b>: blurs the image by randomly disperse light coming through a frosted glass.</p>"
"<p><b>Mosaic</b>: divides the photograph into rectangular cells and then recreates it by filling those cells with average pixel value.</p>"
"<p>Note: if you have previously selected an area in the editor, this will be unaffected by the filter. You can use this method to disable the Raindrops effect on a human face, for example.</p>"
msgid "Click on this button to draw zones marking which areas of the image are less important. These zones will be deleted when reducing the picture, or duplicated when enlarging the picture."
msgid "Use this value to give a negative bias to the seams which are not straight. May be useful to prevent distortions in some situations, or to avoid artifacts from pixel skipping (it is better to use low values in such case). This setting applies to the whole selected layer if no rigidity mask is used. Note: the bias is proportional to the difference in the transversal coordinate between each two successive points, elevated to the power of 1.5, and summed up for the whole seam."
msgid "This option lets you choose the maximum transversal step that the pixels in the seams can take. In the standard algorithm, corresponding to the default value step = 1, each pixel in a seam can be shifted by at most one pixel with respect to its neighbors. This implies that the seams can form an angle of at most 45 degrees with respect to their base line. Increasing the step value lets you overcome this limit, but may lead to the introduction of artifacts. In order to balance the situation, you can use the rigidity setting."
msgid "During the carving process, at each step the optimal seam to be carved is chosen based on the relevance value for each pixel. However, in the case where two seams are equivalent (which may happen, for instance, when large portions of the image have the same color), the algorithm always chooses the seams from one side. In some cases, this can pose problems, e.g. an object centered in the original image might not be centered in the resulting image. In order to overcome this effect, this setting allows the favored side to be switched automatically during rescaling, at the cost of slightly worse performance."
msgid "This is the free rotation operation preview. If you move the mouse cursor on this preview, a vertical and horizontal dashed line will be drawn to guide you in adjusting the free rotation correction. Release the left mouse button to freeze the dashed line's position."
msgid "This is the perspective transformation operation preview. You can use the mouse for dragging the corner to adjust the perspective transformation area."
"<p>Select your constrained aspect ratio for cropping. Aspect Ratio Crop tool uses a relative ratio. That means it is the same if you use centimeters or inches and it does not specify the physical size.</p>"
"<p>You can see below a correspondence list of traditional photographic paper sizes and aspect ratio crop:</p>"
"<p><b>8:5</b>: common wide-screen monitor (as 1680x1050)</p>"
"<p><b>2:1</b>, <b>3:1</b>, <b>4:1</b>: common panoramic sizes</p>"
"<p><b>16:9</b>: common tv-screen (as HDTV or Full-HD)</p>"
"<p>The <b>Golden Ratio</b> is 1:1.618. A composition following this rule is considered visually harmonious but can be unadapted to print on standard photographic paper.</p>"
"<p>The <b>Current Aspect Ratio</b> takes aspect ratio from the currently opened image.</p>"
msgid "This is the shear operation preview. If you move the mouse cursor on this preview, a vertical and horizontal dashed line will be drawn to guide you in adjusting the shear correction. Release the left mouse button to freeze the dashed line's position."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split vertically. A contiguous area of the image will be shown, with one half from the original image, the other half from the target image."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split horizontally. A contiguous area of the image will be shown, with one half from the original image, the other half from the target image."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split vertically. The same part of the original and the target image will be shown side by side."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split horizontally. The same part of the original and the target image will be shown side by side."
msgid "Failed to toggle lock file <b>%1</b>. Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/backend/gpcamera.cpp:1392
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info List of device properties"
msgid ""
"Title: <b>%1</b><br/>"
"Model: <b>%2</b><br/>"
"Port: <b>%3</b><br/>"
"Path: <b>%4</b><br/>"
"<br/>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/backend/gpcamera.cpp:1402
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info List of supported device operations"
msgid ""
"Thumbnails: <b>%1</b><br/>"
"Capture image: <b>%2</b><br/>"
"Delete items: <b>%3</b><br/>"
"Upload items: <b>%4</b><br/>"
"Create directories: <b>%5</b><br/>"
"Delete Directories: <b>%6</b><br/>"
"<br/>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/backend/umscamera.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Mounted Camera</b> driver for USB/IEEE1394 mass storage cameras and Flash disk card readers.<br/>"
"<br/>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/backend/umscamera.cpp:583
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info List of device properties"
msgid ""
"Title: <b>%1</b><br/>"
"Model: <b>%2</b><br/>"
"Port: <b>%3</b><br/>"
"Path: <b>%4</b><br/>"
"UUID: <b>%5</b><br/>"
"<br/>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/backend/umscamera.cpp:595
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info List of supported device operations"
msgid ""
"Thumbnails: <b>%1</b><br/>"
"Capture image: <b>%2</b><br/>"
"Delete items: <b>%3</b><br/>"
"Upload items: <b>%4</b><br/>"
"Create directories: <b>%5</b><br/>"
"Delete directories: <b>%6</b><br/>"
"<br/>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/backend/umscamera.cpp:612
#, kde-format
msgid "For more information about the <b>Mounted Camera</b> driver, please read the <b>Supported Digital Still Cameras</b> section in the digiKam manual."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/backend/umscamera.cpp:620
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The <b>Mounted Camera</b> driver is a simple interface to a camera disk mounted locally on your system.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"It does not use libgphoto2 drivers.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"To report any problems with this driver, please contact the digiKam team at:<br/>"
msgid "Set how digiKam will rename files as they are downloaded."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "File Renaming Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Auto-creation of Albums"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "On the Fly Operations (JPEG only)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgid "DNG Convert Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Cancel process"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Information about camera"
msgid "Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:298
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Capture photo from camera"
msgid "Capture"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:310
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:326
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Invert Selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:334
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select New Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select Locked Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:349
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:354
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:361
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:368
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:384
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:399
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Upload..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:407
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Toggle Lock"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:415
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Mark as downloaded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:422
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:427
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:449
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Views"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:460
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action View the selected image"
msgid "Preview Item"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:480
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "&Sort Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:481
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The value by which the items are sorted in the thumbnail view"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:487
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:488
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:489
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:491
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Download State"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:inmenu"
msgid "Item Sorting &Order"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Defines whether items are sorted in ascending or descending manner."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Sorting Order"
msgid "Ascending"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:519
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Sorting Order"
msgid "Descending"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:531
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "&Group Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:532
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The categories in which the items in the thumbnail view are displayed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:538
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "Flat List"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:539
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:540
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:569
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Fit to &Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:574
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Zoom to 100%"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:592
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Show History"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:598
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Show Thumbbar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:623
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:853
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Previous Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:630
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Connection failed, try again?"
msgid "Retry"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:842
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Exit Preview Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:847
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Next Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:859
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Go to first image"
msgid "First Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:864
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Go to last image"
msgid "Last Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:946
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Canceling current operation, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1003
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Do you want to close the dialog and cancel the current operation?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1013
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Disconnecting from camera, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1055
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Scanning for new files, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1094
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Ready"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1150
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Failed to connect to the camera. Please make sure it is connected properly and turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1240
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Select Image to Upload"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1274
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"There is not enough free space on the Camera Medium to upload pictures.\n"
"\n"
"Space require: %1\n"
"Available free space: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1328
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<qt>Camera Folder <resource>%1</resource> already contains the item <resource>%2</resource>.<br>"
"Please enter a new filename (without extension):</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1332
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "File already exists"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1398
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Your custom target album date format is not valid. Please check your settings..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1438
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Collection which host your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1447
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1472
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "<p>Please select the destination album from the digiKam library to import the camera pictures into.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1563
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info Popup notification"
msgid "Images download finished, you can now detach your camera while the images will be auto-rotated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1570
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info Popup notification"
msgid "Images download finished"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1960
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "The items listed below are locked by camera (read-only). These items will not be deleted. If you really want to delete these items, please unlock them and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1971
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "About to delete this image. <b>Deleted file is unrecoverable.</b> Are you sure?"
msgid_plural "About to delete these %1 images. <b>Deleted files are unrecoverable.</b> Are you sure?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2022
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Insufficient Disk Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2023
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"There is not enough free space on the disk of the album you selected to download and process the selected pictures from the camera.\n"
"\n"
"Estimated space required: %1\n"
"Available free space: %2\n"
"\n"
"Try Anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2333
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2359
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "No item selected (%1 item)"
msgid_plural "No item selected (%1 items)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2351
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status Filename of first selected item of number of items"
msgid "<b>%1</b> (%2 of %3)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2369
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "%2/%1 item selected"
msgid_plural "%2/%1 items selected"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2446
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "A file with the same name (<b>%1</b>) already exists in folder <resource>%2</resource>."
msgid "Enable this option to set date and time metadata tags to the right values if your camera does not set these tags correctly when pictures are taken. The values will be saved in the DateTimeDigitized and DateTimeCreated EXIF, XMP, and IPTC tags."
msgid "Enable this option to automatically convert all JPEG files to a lossless image format. <b>Note:</b> Image conversion can take a while on a slow computer."
"<p>These expressions may be used to customize date format:</p>"
"<p><b>d</b>: The day as a number without a leading zero (1 to 31)</p>"
"<p><b>dd</b>: The day as a number with a leading zero (01 to 31)</p>"
"<p><b>ddd</b>: The abbreviated localized day name (e.g. 'Mon' to 'Sun')</p>"
"<p><b>dddd</b>: The long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday' to 'Sunday').</p>"
"<p><b>M</b>: The month as a number without a leading zero (1 to 12)</p>"
"<p><b>MM</b>: The month as a number with a leading zero (01 to 12)</p>"
"<p><b>MMM</b>: The abbreviated localized month name (e.g. 'Jan' to 'Dec')</p>"
"<p><b>MMMM</b>: The long localized month name (e.g. 'January' to 'December')</p>"
"<p><b>yy</b>: The year as two digit number (eg. 00 to 99)</p>"
"<p><b>yyyy</b>: The year as four digit number (eg. 2012)</p>"
"<p>All other input characters will be treated as text. Any sequence of characters that are enclosed in singlequotes will be treated as text and not be used as an expression. Examples, if date is 20 July 1969:"
"<p>"
"<p><b>dd.MM.yyyy</b> : 20.07.1969</p>"
"<p><b>ddd MMMM d yy</b> : Sun July 20 69</p>"
"<p><b>'Photo shot on ' dddd</b> : Photo shot on Sunday</p>"
msgid "Enable this option if you want to download your pictures into automatically created file extension-based sub-albums of the destination album. This way, you can separate JPEG and RAW files as they are downloaded from your camera."
msgid "Set this option to turn-on the DLNA server at application start-up automatically"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/mediaserver/dmediaserverdlg.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The media server permit to share items through the local network using <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance'>DLNA</a> standard and <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universal_Plug_and_Play'>UPNP</a> protocol. Many kind of electronic devices can support DLNA, as tablets, cellulars, TV, etc.<br>"
"Note: depending of the network features and the configuration, the delay to discover the server on client devices can take a while."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/mediaserver/dmediaserverdlg.cpp:221
#: utilities/mediaserver/dmediaserverdlg.cpp:301
#: utilities/mediaserver/dmediaserverdlg.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "Media Server Contents"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/mediaserver/dmediaserverdlg.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "The items list to share has changed. Do you want to start now the media server with this contents?"
msgid "<b>Note: <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EXIF'>EXIF</a></b> text tags marked by (*) only support printable <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> characters.</b>"
msgid "Set here the date and time when the original image data was generated. For a digital still camera the date and time the picture was taken are recorded."
msgid "Set here the date and time when the image was stored as digital data. If, for example, an image was captured by a digital still camera and at the same time the file was recorded, then Original and Digitization date and time will have the same contents."
msgid "Set here the fractions of seconds for the date and time when the image was stored as digital data."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Device manufacturer (*):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Set here the manufacturer of image input equipment used to take the picture. This field is limited to ASCII characters."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Device model (*):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "Set here the model of image input equipment used to take the picture. This field is limited to ASCII characters."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Device type:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Film scanner"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Reflection print scanner"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "Digital still camera"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the image input equipment type used to take the picture."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Warning: EXIF <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format#MakerNote_data'>Makernotes</a></b> can be unreadable if you set wrong device manufacturer/model description.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Exposure time (seconds):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Set on this option to set the exposure time of picture, given in seconds."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Exposure program:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgctxt "exposure program"
msgid "Not defined"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgctxt "exposure program"
msgid "Manual"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgctxt "exposure program"
msgid "Auto"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgctxt "exposure program"
msgid "Aperture priority"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgctxt "exposure program"
msgid "Shutter priority"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgctxt "exposure program"
msgid "Creative program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgctxt "exposure program"
msgid "Action program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgctxt "exposure program"
msgid "Portrait mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgctxt "exposure program"
msgid "Landscape mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the program used by the camera to set exposure when the picture was taken."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgid "Exposure mode:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgctxt "exposure mode"
msgid "Auto"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgctxt "exposure mode"
msgid "Manual"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgctxt "exposure mode"
msgid "Auto bracket"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the mode used by the camera to set exposure when the picture was taken. In auto-bracketing mode, the camera shoots a series of frames of the same scene at different exposure settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "Exposure bias (APEX):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Set here the exposure bias value (in APEX units) used by camera to take the picture."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "Metering mode:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgctxt "metering mode"
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgctxt "metering mode"
msgid "Average"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgctxt "metering mode"
msgid "Center weighted average"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgctxt "metering mode"
msgid "Spot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgctxt "metering mode"
msgid "Multi-spot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:235
#, kde-format
msgctxt "metering mode"
msgid "Multi-segment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgctxt "metering mode"
msgid "Partial"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:237
#, kde-format
msgctxt "metering mode"
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the metering mode used by the camera to set exposure when the picture was taken."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:243
#, kde-format
msgid "Sensitivity (ISO):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the ISO Speed of the camera which took the picture."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:286
#, kde-format
msgid "Sensing method:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Not defined"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:289
#, kde-format
msgid "One-chip color area"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "Two-chip color area"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "Three-chip color area"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Color sequential area"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "Trilinear sensor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgid "Color sequential linear"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exifdevice.cpp:295
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the image sensor type used by the camera to take the picture."
msgid "Set here the lens focal length in millimeters used by camera to take the picture."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflens.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Focal length in 35mm film (mm):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflens.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Set here equivalent focal length assuming a 35mm film camera, in mm. A value of 0 means the focal length is unknown."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflens.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid "Digital zoom ratio:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflens.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "Set here the digital zoom ratio used by camera to take the picture."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflens.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Lens aperture (f-number):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflens.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the lens aperture used by camera to take the picture."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflens.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Max. lens aperture (f-number):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflens.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the smallest aperture of the lens used by camera to take the picture."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "No flash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Fired"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Fired, no strobe return light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Fired, strobe return light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, compulsory"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, compulsory, no return light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, compulsory, return light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "No, compulsory"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "No, auto"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, auto"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, auto, no return light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, auto, return light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "No flash function"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, red-eye"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, red-eye, no return light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, red-eye, return light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, compulsory, red-eye"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, compulsory, red-eye, no return light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, compulsory, red-eye, return light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, auto, red-eye"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, auto, red-eye, no return light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, auto, red-eye, return light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Light source:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Daylight"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Fluorescent"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Tungsten (incandescent light)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Fine weather"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Cloudy weather"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Shade"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Daylight fluorescent (D 5700 - 7100K)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Day white fluorescent (N 4600 - 5400K)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Cool white fluorescent (W 3900 - 4500K)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "White fluorescent (WW 3200 - 3700K)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Standard light A"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Standard light B"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Standard light C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "D55"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "D65"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "D75"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "D50"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "ISO studio tungsten"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgctxt "light source"
msgid "Other light source"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the kind of light source used to take the picture."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Flash mode:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the flash program mode used by the camera to take the picture."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Flash energy (BCPS):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgid "Set here the flash energy used to take the picture in BCPS units. Beam Candle Power Seconds is the measure of effective intensity of a light source when it is focused into a beam by a reflector or lens. This value is the effective intensity for a period of one second."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "White balance:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "Manual"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/exif/exiflight.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the white balance mode set by the camera when the picture was taken."
msgid "<b>Note: <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC_Information_Interchange_Model'>IPTC</a></b> text tags only support the printable <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> characters and limit string sizes. Use contextual help for details.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/iptc/iptccontent.cpp:89
#: utilities/metadataedit/xmp/xmpcontent.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Headline:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/iptc/iptccontent.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter here the content synopsis. This field is limited to 256 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Informative Provider Reference. I.P.R is a name registered with the IPTC/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"IPTC\" if a standard Reference Code is used. This field is limited to 32 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Reference Number. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by IPTC/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 ASCII digit code."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Matter Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Detail Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Set here the original content transmission reference."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/xmp/xmpstatus.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgctxt "short title for the content"
msgid "Title:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/xmp/xmpstatus.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Set here a shorthand reference for the content."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/xmp/xmpstatus.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Nickname:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/xmp/xmpstatus.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "A short informal name for the resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/xmp/xmpstatus.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Identifiers:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/xmp/xmpstatus.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Set here the strings that identify content that recurs."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/xmp/xmpstatus.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the editorial usage instructions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/xmp/xmpsubjects.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter here the Informative Provider Reference. I.P.R is a name registered with the XMP/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"XMP\" if a standard Reference Code is used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/xmp/xmpsubjects.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter here the Subject Reference Number. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by XMP/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 digit code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/xmp/xmpsubjects.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter here the Subject Name. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/xmp/xmpsubjects.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter here the Subject Matter Name. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/metadataedit/xmp/xmpsubjects.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter here the Subject Detail Name. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgid "Enter script for execution. Use $INPUT and $OUTPUT for input / output filenames (with special characters escaped). These would be substituted before shell execution."
msgid "When you choose to have the watermark repeated randomly, many times in the placement combo box, you can specify here whether the repetition, you can check this to make the watermark rotations random also [0, 90, 180, 270]"
msgid "Use this to get more control over the sparsity of watermark repetition. The higher the value the sparser the watermarks get. Use floating point values, typically between 1.0 and 3.0. It can also be less than 1.0"
msgid "If you have a photo in your set with a clock or another external time source on it, you can load it here and set the indicator to the (date and) time displayed. The difference of your internal camera clock will be determined from this setting."
"for pictures meeting the following conditions</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchgroup.cpp:534
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove Group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchgroup.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgid "Hide Options <<"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchgroup.cpp:587
#, kde-format
msgid "Options >>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchtabheader.cpp:108
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchtabheader.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "(Advanced Search)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchtabheader.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "New Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchtabheader.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "Search:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchtabheader.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter keywords here..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchtabheader.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Current Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchtabheader.cpp:235
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter a name for the current search to save it in the \"Searches\" view"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchtabheader.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "Save current search to a new virtual Album"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchtabheader.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "If you press this button, the current search will be saved to a new virtual Search Album using the name set on the left side."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchtabheader.cpp:255
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchtabheader.cpp:272
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit Stored Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchtabheader.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchview.cpp:496
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Search Group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/searchwindow/searchwindow.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Advanced Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:159
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:461
#, kde-format
msgid "Show file&name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:160
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:462
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show the filename below the image thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:162
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:464
#, kde-format
msgid "Show file si&ze"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:163
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:465
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show the file size below the image thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:165
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:467
#, kde-format
msgid "Show camera creation &date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:166
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:468
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show the camera creation date below the image thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Show file &modification date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show the file modification date below the image thumbnail if it's different than camera creation date. This option is useful to identify quickly which items have been modified."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "Show ima&ge dimensions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show the image size in pixels below the image thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image aspect ratio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show the image aspect ratio below the image thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show image mime type over image thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid "Show digiKam tit&le"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show the digiKam title below the image thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Show digiKam &captions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show the digiKam captions below the image thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:193
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "Show digiKam &tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show the digiKam tags list below the image thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid "Show digiKam &rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show the digiKam rating below the image thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:201
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:491
#, kde-format
msgid "Show rotation overlay buttons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show overlay buttons over the image thumbnail to be able to process left or right image rotation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Show fullscreen overlay button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show an overlay button over the image thumbnail to open it in fullscreen mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:209
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:480
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Geolocation Indicator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show an icon over the image thumbnail if item has geolocation information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:212
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:495
#, kde-format
msgid "Thumbnail click action:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "Show preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:215
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:498
#, kde-format
msgid "Start image editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:216
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:499
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose what should happen when you click on a thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:218
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:501
#, kde-format
msgid "Icon View font:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the font used to display text in icon views."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Use large thumbnail size for high screen resolution"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Set this option to render icon-view with large thumbnail size, for example in case of 4K monitor is used.\n"
"By default this option is turned off and the maximum thumbnail size is limited to 256x256 pixels. When this option is enabled, thumbnail size can be extended to 512x512 pixels.\n"
"This option will store more data in thumbnail database and will use more system memory. digiKam needs to be restarted to take effect, and Rebuild Thumbnails option from Maintenance tool needs to be processed over whole collections."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Icons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:260
#, kde-format
msgid "Tree View icon size:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:266
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to configure the size in pixels of the Tree View icons in digiKam's sidebars."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:269
#, kde-format
msgid "Tree View font:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the font used to display text in Tree Views."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:272
#, kde-format
msgid "Show a count of items in Tree Views"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display along the album name the number of icon-view items inside."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Tree-Views"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:radio"
msgid "Preview shows embedded view if available (faster)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:radio"
msgid "Preview shows the full image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:295
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox Mode of RAW preview decoding:"
msgid "Raw images:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:298
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:inlistbox Automatic choice of RAW image preview source"
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:300
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:inlistbox Embedded preview as RAW image preview source"
msgid "Embedded preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:inlistbox Original, half-size data as RAW image preview source"
msgid "Raw data in half size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:304
#, kde-format
msgid "Preview image is converted to 8 bits for a faster viewing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:305
#, kde-format
msgid "Uncheck this if you do not want to convert a 16 bits preview image to 8 bits."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:307
#, kde-format
msgid "Preview is zoomed to the original image size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:308
#, kde-format
msgid "Uncheck this if you do not want to zoom the preview to the original image size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:310
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:536
#, kde-format
msgid "Show icons and text over preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgid "Uncheck this if you do not want to see icons and text in the image preview."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:343
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Full-Screen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:348
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Mime Types"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Categories"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupalbumview.cpp:516
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "This option changes the size in which thumbnails are generated. You need to restart digiKam for this option to take effect. Furthermore, you need to regenerate all already stored thumbnails via the <interface>Tools / Maintenance</interface> menu."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupcategory.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Manage categories to sort and re-arrange album tree-view."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupcategory.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "You can add or remove Album category types here to improve how your Albums are sorted in digiKam."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupcategory.cpp:106
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:315
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:431
#: utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Add new file types to show as album items. "
"<p>digiKam attempts to support all of the image formats that digital cameras produce, while being able to handle a few other important video and audio formats.</p>"
" "
"<p>You can add to the already-appreciable list of formats that digiKam handles by adding the extension of the type you want to add. Multiple extensions need to be separated by a semicolon or space.</p>"
"<p><b><u>Note:</u> changes done in this view will perform a database rescan in the background.</b></p>"
"<p>Here you can add the extensions of image files (including RAW files) to be displayed in the Album view. Just put \"xyz abc\" to display files with the xyz and abc extensions in your Album view.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are shown by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-gif\" would remove all GIF files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
"<p>Here you can add extra extensions of video files to be displayed in your Album view. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. Clicking on these files will play them in an embedded movie player.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are supported by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-avi\" would remove all AVI files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
"<p>Here you can add extra extensions of audio files to be displayed in your Album view. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. Clicking on these files will play them in an embedded audio player.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are supported by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-ogg\" would remove all OGG files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter additional audio file extensions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen to remove the following image formats from the list of supported formats: <b>%1</b>.</p>"
"<p>These are very common formats. If you have images in your collection with these formats, they will be removed from the database and you will lose all information about them, including rating and tags.</p>"
"<p>Are you sure you want to apply your changes and lose the support for these formats?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:307
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as images and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as movie files and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:327
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as audio files and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameralist.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to auto-detect camera; please make sure it is connected properly and is turned on. Would you like to try again?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. i18n!
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Mounted Camera"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera List"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Select the camera name that you want to use here. All default settings on the right panel will be set automatically.</p>"
"<p>This list has been generated using the gphoto2 library installed on your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera Title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Set here the name used in digiKam interface to identify this camera.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera Port Type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "USB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Select this option if your camera is connected to your computer using a USB cable.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Serial"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Select this option if your camera is connected to your computer using a serial cable.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Network"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Select this option if your camera is connected to your computer network.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Select the serial port to use on your computer here. This option is only required if you use a serial camera.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Enter here the network address of your camera.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera Mount Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Note: only for USB/IEEE mass storage cameras."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Set here the mount path to use on your computer. This option is only required if you use a <b>USB Mass Storage</b> camera.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>To set a <b>USB Mass Storage</b> camera<br/>"
"(which looks like a removable drive when mounted<br/>"
"on your desktop), please use<br/>"
"<a href=\"umscamera\">%1</a> from the camera list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:235
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>To set a <b>Generic PTP USB Device</b><br/>"
"(which uses Picture Transfer Protocol), please<br/>"
"use <a href=\"ptpcamera\">%1</a> from the camera list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>To set a <b>Generic PTP/IP Network Device</b><br/>"
"(which uses Picture Transfer Protocol), please<br/>"
"use <a href=\"ptpipcamera\">%1</a> from the camera list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/cameraselection.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>A complete list of camera settings to use is<br/>"
"available at <a href='http://www.teaser.fr/~hfiguiere/linux/digicam.html'>this URL</a>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/importfilters.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit Import Filters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/importfilters.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Mime filter:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/importfilters.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Type Mime..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/importfilters.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "File name filter:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/importfilters.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "Path filter:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/importfilters.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Show only new files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/importfilters.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the MimeTypes you want for this filter."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/importfilters.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Mime Types"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can see the digital camera list used by digiKam via the Gphoto interface."
#. d->iconShowResolutionBox->setWhatsThis(i18n("Set this option to show the image size in pixels "
#. "below the image thumbnail."));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:477
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image Format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:484
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show the digiKam tags below the image thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:487
#, kde-format
msgid "Show item &rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:488
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show the item rating below the image thumbnail."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to show overlay buttons on the image thumbnail for image rotation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:497
#, kde-format
msgid "Show embedded preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:502
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the font used to display text in Icon Views."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:522
#, kde-format
msgid "Preview Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:525
#, kde-format
msgid "Embedded preview loads full-sized images"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:526
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Set this option to load images at their full size for preview, rather than at a reduced size. As this option will make it take longer to load images, only use it if you have a fast computer.</p>"
"<p><b>Note:</b> for Raw images, a half size version of the Raw data is used instead of the embedded JPEG preview.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:533
#, kde-format
msgid "Preview each item while downloading it"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:534
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Set this option to preview each item while downloading.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:537
#, kde-format
msgid "Uncheck this if you don't want to see icons and text in the image preview."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:556
#, kde-format
msgid "Import Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:806
#, kde-format
msgid "No default target album have been selected to process download from camera device. Please select one."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:894
#, kde-format
msgid "Device detection under progress, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:905
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Failed to auto-detect camera.\n"
"Please check if your camera is turned on and retry or try setting it manually."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:919
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera '%1' (%2) is already in list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:923
#, kde-format
msgid "Found camera '%1' (%2) and added it to the list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:939
#, kde-format
msgid "Untitled"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:999
#, kde-format
msgid "In order to enable this feature, the full-sized preview will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/camera/setupcamera.cpp:1009
#, kde-format
msgid "If the full-sized preview is enabled it will affect the speed of previewing each item while download."
msgid "If this option is enabled, over- and under-exposure indicators will be displayed only when pure white and pure black color matches, as all color components match the condition in the same time. Otherwise, indicators are turned on when one of the color components matches the condition."
msgid "Show Settings Dialog when Saving Image Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupiofiles.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Checked: A dialog where settings can be changed when saving image files</li>"
"<li>Unchecked: Default settings are used when saving image files</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupraw.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<p>A <i>raw image file</i> contains minimally processed data from the image sensor of a digital camera.</p>"
"<p>Opening a raw file requires extensive data interpretation and processing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupraw.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Open raw files in the image editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupraw.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:radio Open raw files..."
msgid "Fast and simple, as 8 bit image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupraw.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:radio Open raw files..."
msgid "Using the default settings, in 16 bit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupraw.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:radio Open raw files..."
msgid "Always open the Raw Import Tool to customize settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupraw.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "RAW Behavior"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupraw.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "RAW Default Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Non-Destructive Editing and Versioning"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Enable support for non-destructive editing and image versioning"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:126
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para><interface>Non-Destructive Editing and Versioning</interface> allows different versions of an image to be created, whilst always preserving the original image.</para>"
" "
"<para> All steps of the editing history are recorded and can be accessed later.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Get information on non-destructive editing and file versioning"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Workspace File Format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Save files as"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "JPEG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "TIFF"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "PNG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "PGF"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "JPEG 2000"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:163
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Default File Format for Saving</title>"
"<para>Select the file format in which edited images are saved automatically. Format-specific options, like compression settings, can be configured on the <interface>Format Options</interface> tab.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>JPEG</emphasis>: JPEG is the most commonly used file format, but it employs lossy compression, which means that with each saving operation some image information will be irreversibly lost. JPEG offers a good compression rate, resulting in smaller files. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PNG</emphasis>: A widely used format employing lossless compression. The files, though, will be larger because PNG does not achieve very good compression rates.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>TIFF</emphasis>: A commonly used format, usually uncompressed or with modest lossless compression. Resulting files will be large, but without quality loss due to compression. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PGF</emphasis>: This is a technically superior file format offering good compression rates with either lossy or lossless compression. But it is not yet widely used and supported, so your friends may not directly be able to open these files, and you may not be able to directly publish them on the web. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>JPEG 2000</emphasis>: JPEG 2000 is similar to PGF. Loading or saving is slower, the compression rate is better, and the format more widely supported, though still not comparable to the tradition formats JPEG, PNG or TIFF. </item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Get information on available image file formats"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "When closing the editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:radio"
msgid "Always ask to save changes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:225
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:radio"
msgid "Save changes automatically"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:257
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>First and foremost, the <emphasis>original image will never be overwritten.</emphasis> Instead, when an image is edited, a new file is created: The <interface>current version</interface>.</para>"
" "
"<para>You can also create multiple <interface>versions</interface> deriving from the same <interface>original image</interface>.</para>"
" "
"<para>In addition to these files representing a current version, digiKam can take and keep additional, <interface>intermediate snapshots</interface> during the editing process. This can be useful if you want to preserve the intermediate steps for later access, for example if some editing steps cannot be automatically reproduced.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:272
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Keep a snapshot of an edited image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:276
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:320
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Get an explanation for these options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "After converting from a RAW image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "After each editing session"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "After each step that is not completely reproducible"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/editor/setupversioning.cpp:307
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>If an image has been edited, only the <interface>current versions</interface> will be shown in the main thumbnail view. From the <interface>right sidebar</interface>, you always have access to all hidden files.</para>"
" "
"<para>With the options here, you can choose to show certain files permanently.</para>"
msgid "Only one character is now supported as tag path separator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:170
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>In addition to the pixel content, image files usually contain a variety of metadata. A lot of the parameters you can use in digiKam to manage files, such as rating or comment, can be written to the files' metadata.</para>"
" "
"<para>Storing in metadata allows one to preserve this information when moving or sending the files to different systems.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Write This Information to the Metadata"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Image tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Turn on this option to store the image tags in the XMP and IPTC tags."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Captions and title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Turn on this option to store image caption and title in the JFIF Comment section, the EXIF tag, the XMP tag, and the IPTC tag."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Turn on this option to store the image rating in the EXIF tag and the XMP tags."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Pick label"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Turn on this option to store the image pick label in the XMP tags."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Color label"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Turn on this option to store the image color label in the XMP tags."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:209
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Timestamps"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Turn on this option to store the image date and time in the EXIF, XMP, and IPTC tags."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Metadata templates (Copyright etc.)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Turn on this option to store the metadata template in the XMP and the IPTC tags. You can set template values to Template setup page."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Face Tags (including face areas)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Turn on this option to store face tags with face rectangles in the XMP tags."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:244
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Reading and Writing Metadata"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Use lazy synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Instead of synchronizing metadata, just schedule it for synchronization.Synchronization can be done later by triggering the apply pending, or at digikam exit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "If possible write Metadata to RAW files (experimental)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Turn on this option to write metadata into RAW TIFF/EP files. This feature requires the Exiv2 shared library, version >= 0.18.0. It is still experimental, and is disabled by default."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "&Update file timestamp when files are modified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Turn off this option to not update file timestamps when files are changed as when you update metadata or image data. Note: disabling this option can introduce some dysfunctions with applications which use file timestamps properties to detect file modifications automatically."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:266
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "&Rescan file when files are modified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Turning this option on, will force digiKam to rescan files that has been modified outside digiKam. If a file has changed it's file size or if the last modified timestamp has changed, a rescan of that file will be performed when digiKam starts."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Behavior"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:335
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "When rotating a file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:339
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:radio"
msgid "Rotate by only setting a flag"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:340
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:radio"
msgid "Rotate by changing the content if possible"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Even allow lossy rotation if necessary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:342
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Write flag to metadata if possible"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:354
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Rotate files only by changing a flag, not touching the pixel data"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:356
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>A file can be rotated in two ways:<nl/>"
" You can change the contents, rearranging the individual pixels of the image data.<nl/>"
" Or you can set a flag that the file is to be rotated before it is shown.</para>"
" "
"<para>Select this option if you always want to set only a flag. This is less obtrusive, but requires support if the file is accessed with another software. Ensure to allow setting the flag in the metadata if you want to share your files outside digiKam.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:365
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "If possible rotate files by changing the pixel data"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:367
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>A file can be rotated in two ways:<nl/>"
" You can change the contents, rearranging the individual pixels of the image data.<nl/>"
" Or you can set a flag that the file is to be rotated before it is shown.</para>"
" "
"<para>Select this option if you want the file to be rotated by changing the content. This is a lossless operation for JPEG files. For other formats it is a lossy operation, which you need to enable explicitly. It is not support for RAW and other read-only formats, which will be rotated by flag only.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:377
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Rotate files by changing the pixel data even if the operation will incur quality loss"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:379
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "For some file formats which apply lossy compression, data will be lost each time the content is rotated. Check this option to allow lossy rotation. If not enabled, these files will be rotated by flag."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:385
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "When rotating a file by setting a flag, also change this flag in the file's metadata"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:387
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "File metadata typically contains a flag describing that a file shall be shown rotated. Enable this option to allow editing this field. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:429
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Rotation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:436
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:label"
msgid "Select Metadata Fields to Be Displayed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:450
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Views"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:459
#, kde-format
msgid "Baloo Desktop Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:463
#, kde-format
msgid "Store metadata from digiKam in Baloo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:464
#, kde-format
msgid "Turn on this option to push rating, comments and tags from digiKam into the Baloo storage"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:468
#, kde-format
msgid "Read metadata from Baloo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:469
#, kde-format
msgid "Turn on this option if you want to apply changes to rating, comments and tags made in Baloo to digiKam's metadata storage. Please note that image metadata will not be edited automatically."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:476
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Baloo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><a href='http://community.kde.org/Baloo'>Baloo</a> provides the basis to handle all kinds of metadata on the KDE desktop in a generic fashion. It allows you to tag, rate and comment your files in KDE applications like Dolphin.</p>"
" "
"<p>Please set here if you want to synchronize the metadata stored by digiKam desktop-wide with the Baloo Desktop Search.</p>"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:530
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Reading and Writing to Sidecars"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:533
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Read from sidecar files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:535
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Turn on this option to read metadata from XMP sidecar files when reading metadata."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:539
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Write to sidecar files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Turn on this option to save, as specified, metadata to XMP sidecar files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:545
#, kde-format
msgid "Write to XMP sidecar for read-only image only"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:546
#, kde-format
msgid "Write to XMP sidecar only"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:547
#, kde-format
msgid "Write to image and XMP Sidecar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:548
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Specify the exact mode of XMP sidecar writing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:567
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Add file types to be recognised as sidecars.</p>"
"<p>digiKam (optionally) writes metadata to *.xmp sidecar files. Other programs might use different types, which can be specified below. digiKam will neither display these nor read from or write to them. But whenever a matching album item (e.g. \"image.dng\" for \"image.dng.pp3\") is renamed, moved, copied or deleted, the same operation will be done on these sidecar files.</p>"
"<p>Multiple extensions must be separated by a semicolon or a space.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/metadata/setupmetadata.cpp:583
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Here you can add extra extensions of sidecars files to be processed alongside regular items. These files won't be visible, but regarded as an extension of the main file. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. The internally used sidecars type *.xmp is always included.</p>"
msgid "Switching off exif auto rotation will most probably show your images in a wrong orientation, so only change this option if you explicitly require this. Furthermore, you need to regenerate all already stored thumbnails via the <interface>Tools / Maintenance</interface> menu."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgid "Database"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Database Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize database settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "Collections"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Collections Settings<br/>"
"<i>Set root albums locations</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Application Views Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize the look of the views</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Tool-Tip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize information in item tool-tips</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Templates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Metadata templates<br/>"
"<i>Manage your collection of metadata templates</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Image Editor Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize the image editor settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Settings for Color Management<br/>"
"<i>Customize the color management settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Light Table Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize tool used to compare images</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:225
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Image Quality Sorter Settings<br/>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Camera Settings<br/>"
"<i>Manage your camera devices</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "Plugins"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Main Interface Plug-in Settings<br/>"
"<i>Set which plugins will be accessible from the main interface</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize behavior of the other parts of digiKam</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setup.cpp:451
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The Exif auto-rotate thumbnails option has been changed.\n"
"Do you want to rebuild all albums' items' thumbnails now?\n"
"\n"
"Note: thumbnail processing can take a while. You can start this job later from the \"Tools-Maintenance\" menu."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Database Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Set the names of directories that you want to ignore from your photo collections. The names are case sensitive and should be separated by a semicolon.</p>"
"<p>This is for example useful when you store your photos on a Synology NAS (Network Attached Storage). In every directory the system creates a subdirectory @eaDir to store thumbnails. To avoid digiKam inserting the original photo and its corresponding thumbnail twice, @eaDir is ignored by default.</p>"
"<p>To re-include directories that are ignored by default prefix it with a minus, e.g. -@eaDir.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Additional directories to ignore (<a href='image'>Currently ignored directories</a>):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter directories that you want to ignore from adding to your collections."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Ignored Directories"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<p>The process of updating the file hashes takes a few minutes.</p>"
" "
"<p>Please ensure that any important collections on removable media are connected. <i>After the upgrade you cannot use your database with a digiKam version prior to 2.0.</i></p>"
" "
"<p>Do you want to begin the update?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Updates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button"
msgid "Update File Hashes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid ""
"<qt>File hashes are used to identify identical files and to display thumbnails. A new, improved algorithm to create the hash is now used. The old algorithm, though, still works quite well, so it is recommended to carry out this upgrade, but not required.<br>"
" After the upgrade you cannot use your database with a digiKam version prior to 2.0.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Get information about <interface>Update File Hashes</interface>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Directories starting with a dot are ignored by default.<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Color Management"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Checked: Color Management is enabled</li>"
"<li>Unchecked: Color Management is disabled</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Visit Little CMS project website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Working Color Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This is the color space all the images will be converted to when opened (if you choose to convert) and the profile that will be embedded when saving. Good and safe choices are <b>Adobe RGB (1998)</b> and <b>sRGB IEC61966-2.1</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected workspace profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid "When the profile of an image does not match the working color space"
msgid "<p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will ask if you want to convert to the working space, keep the embedded profile or discard the embedded profile and assign a different one.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert the image to the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will convert the image's color information to the working color space. This changes the pixel data, but not the appearance of the image.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgid "When an image has no color profile information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If an image has no embedded color profile, digiKam will ask which color space shall be used to interpret the image and to which color space it shall be transformed for editing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "Assume it is using the sRGB color space (Internet standard)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "and convert it to the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Assume it is using the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert it from default input color space to working space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid "When loading a RAW file with uncalibrated colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask for the input profile"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:327
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatic color correction"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:332
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert it from the default input profile"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:356
#, kde-format
msgid "Color Managed View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:361
#, kde-format
msgid "Monitor profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:365
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Select the color profile for your monitor here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:369
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected monitor profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid "Use color managed view in editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:374
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Turn on this option if you want to use your <b>Monitor Color Profile</b> to show your pictures in the Image Editor window with a color correction adapted to your monitor. You can at any time toggle this option from the Editor window. <i>Warning</i>: This can slow down rendering of the image, depending on the speed of your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:381
#, kde-format
msgid "Use color managed view for previews and thumbnails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:396
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera and Scanner"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgid "Default input color profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:403
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This is the default color profile for your input device (that is your camera - or your scanner). A camera input profile is recommended for correct conversion of RAW images in 16bit. Some of the options about loading behavior above refer to this profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected input profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:421
#, kde-format
msgid "Printing and Proofing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:426
#, kde-format
msgid "Output device profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected proofing profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:446
#, kde-format
msgid "Color Profiles Repository"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:451
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam looks for ICC profiles in a number of <a href='default'>default locations</a>. You can specify an additional folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:459
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>digiKam searches ICC profiles in default system folders and ships itself a few selected profiles. Store all your additional color profiles in the directory set here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid "Use black point compensation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>Black Point Compensation</b> is a way to make adjustments between the maximum black levels of digital files and the black capabilities of various digital devices.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:489
#, kde-format
msgid "Rendering Intents:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:505
#, kde-format
msgid "Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:699
#, kde-format
msgid "Monitor Profile From System Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:731
#, kde-format
msgid "No ICC profiles files found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:746
#, kde-format
msgid "No Display Profile Available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:748
#, kde-format
msgid "No Output Profile Available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:878
#, kde-format
msgctxt "none of the paths"
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:887
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Windows, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>%1/Windows/Spool/Drivers/Color/</li>"
"<li>%2/Windows/Color/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
"<ul>"
"<li>%3</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:901
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Mac OS X, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>/System/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>~/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>/opt/local/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>/opt/digikam/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/color/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.color/icc/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
"<ul>"
"<li>%1</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:918
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Linux, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>/usr/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>/usr/local/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/color/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.color/icc/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
msgid "Set this option to automatically synchronize zooming and panning between left and right panels if the images have the same size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Selecting a thumbbar item loads the image to the right panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to automatically load an image into the right panel when the corresponding item is selected on the thumbbar."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear the light table on close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to remove all images from the light table when you close it, or unset it to preserve the images currently on the light table."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "String comparison type:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgctxt "method to compare strings"
msgid "Natural"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgctxt "method to compare strings"
msgid "Normal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Sets the way in which strings are compared inside digiKam. This eg. influences the sorting of the tree views.<br/>"
"<b>Natural</b> tries to compare strings in a way that regards some normal conventions and will eg. result in sorting numbers naturally even if they have a different number of digits.<br/>"
"<b>Normal</b> uses a more technical approach. Use this style if you eg. want to entitle albums with ISO dates (201006 or 20090523) and the albums should be sorted according to these dates.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm when moving items to the &trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm when permanently deleting items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not confirm when applying changes in the &right sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "&Scan for new items at startup (makes startup slower)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Set this option to force digiKam to scan all collections for new items to\n"
"register new elements in database. The scan is performed in the background through\n"
"the progress manager available in the statusbar\n"
" when digiKam main interface\n"
"is loaded. If your computer is fast enough, this will have no effect on usability\n"
"of digiKam while scanning. If your collections are huge or if you use a remote database,\n"
"this can introduce low latency, and it's recommended to disable this option and to plan\n"
"a manual scan through the maintenance tool at the right moment."
"Set this option to force digiKam to clean up the core database from obsolete item entries.\n"
"Entries are only deleted if the connected image/video/audio file was already removed, i.e.\n"
"the database object wastes space.\n"
"This option does not clean up other databases as the thumbnails or recognition db.\n"
"For clean up routines for other databases, please use the maintenance."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw frames around grouped items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Show only face tags for assigning names in people sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "Lower bound for minimum similarity:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the lower bound of the minimum similarity threshold for fuzzy and duplicates searches. The default value is 40. Selecting a lower value than 40 can make the search <b>really</b> slow."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to configure how sidebar tab titles are visible. Use \"Only For Active Tab\" option if you use a small screen resolution as with a laptop computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Behaviour"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform the following operations on all group members:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"When images are grouped the following operations<br/>"
"are performed only on the displayed item (No)<br/>"
"or on all the hidden items in the group as well (Yes).<br/>"
"If Ask is selected, there will be a prompt every<br/>"
"time this operation is executed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:339
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Grouping"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Delay between images:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "The delay, in seconds, between images."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Start with current image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "If this option is enabled, the Slideshow will be started with the current image selected in the images list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Slideshow runs in a loop"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Run the slideshow in a loop."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Show progress indicator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Show a progress indicator with pending items to show and time progression."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image file name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image file name at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image creation date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image creation time/date at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera aperture and focal length at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera exposure and sensitivity at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera make and model at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image caption at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image title at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image caption if it hasn't title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image caption at the bottom of the screen if no titles existed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the digiKam image tag names at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image labels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the digiKam image color label, pick label, and rating at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Screen placement:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "In case of multi-screen computer, select here the monitor to slide contents."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox The current screen, for the presentation mode"
msgid "Current Screen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox The default screen for the presentation mode"
msgid "Default Screen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox %1 is the screen number (0, 1, ...)"
msgid "Screen %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Template Title:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the metadata template title here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Enter the metadata template title here. This title will be used to identify a template in your collection.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Note: These information are used to set <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extensible_Metadata_Platform'>XMP</a></b> and <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC'>IPTC</a></b> tag contents. There is no limitation with XMP, but note that IPTC text tags only support the printable <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> character set, and tag sizes are limited. Use contextual help for details.</b>"
msgid "%1 - Forward Search and Embedded Viewer Mode are supported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: configtester.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 - Forward Search is supported, but not Embedded Viewer mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: configtester.cpp:320
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 - The installed version is too old for Forward Search and Embedded Viewer mode; you must use at least version 0.8.6 for Forward Search, and 0.14.80 for Embedded Viewer Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: configtester.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgid "Embedding of Okular is supported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: configtester.cpp:337
#, kde-format
msgid "Binary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: configtester.cpp:364
#, kde-format
msgctxt "additional failure message given as argument"
msgid "Could not find the binary for this essential tool. %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: configtester.cpp:368
#, kde-format
msgctxt "additional failure message given as argument"
msgid "No executable '%1' found. %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: configtester.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find the binary for this essential tool"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: configtester.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find the binary for this essential tool."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: configtester.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgid "No executable '%1' found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: configtester.cpp:382
#, kde-format
msgctxt "executable => path"
msgid "Found (%1 => %2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: configtester.cpp:397
#, kde-format
msgid "Simple Test"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: configtester.cpp:474
#, kde-format
msgid "This essential tool does not work; please check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: configtester.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "This essential tool does not work at all, check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: configtester.cpp:489
#, kde-format
msgid "Source Specials Switch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: configtester.cpp:521
#, kde-format
msgid "Supported, use the 'Modern' configuration for (La)TeX to auto-enable inverse and forward search capabilities."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: configtester.cpp:528
#, kde-format
msgid "Not supported, use the srcltx package to enable the inverse and forward search capabilities."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: configtester.cpp:539
#, kde-format
msgid "SyncTeX Support"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: configtester.cpp:548
#, kde-format
msgid "Supported, use the 'Modern' configuration for PDFLaTeX and XeLaTeX to auto-enable inverse and forward search capabilities."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: configtester.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Supported, use the 'Modern' configuration for (La)TeX and PDF(La)TeX to auto-enable inverse and forward search capabilities."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: configtester.cpp:555
#, kde-format
msgid "Not supported"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: configtester.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Supported."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: configtester.cpp:797
#, kde-format
msgid "PNG previews cannot be used for mathgroups in the bottom preview pane"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: configtester.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "You cannot use the png preview for mathgroups in the bottom bar."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: configtester.cpp:807
#, kde-format
msgid "PNG previews cannot be used with conversions 'dvi->ps->png' and 'pdf->png' in the bottom preview pane"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: configtester.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "You cannot use the png previews with conversions 'dvi->ps->png' and 'pdf->png'."
msgid "Critical failure, Kile will not function properly"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/configcheckerdialog.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed, but not critical"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/configcheckerdialog.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "System Check"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/configcheckerdialog.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This configuration assistant will check whether your system is set up correctly to process LaTeX documents. It will also allow to fine-tune the configuration of Kile while taking the results of the tests into account.</p>"
"<p>It is recommended to run this assistant before using Kile for the first time.</p>"
"<p>Please press 'Next' now to start the test procedure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/configcheckerdialog.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "System Check & Configuration Assistant"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/configcheckerdialog.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking whether the system is set up correctly..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/configcheckerdialog.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure the viewer tools to use the document viewer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/configcheckerdialog.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the 'modern' configuration for the TeX, PDFTeX, and LaTeX tools"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/configcheckerdialog.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the 'modern' configuration for the PDFLaTeX, LuaLaTeX and XeLaTeX tools"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/configcheckerdialog.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"Please press 'Finish' now to accept the recommended configuration changes."
"Enter the regular expression you want to search for here.<br>"
"Possible meta characters are:<br>"
"<ul>"
"<li> <b>.</b> - Matches any character</li>"
"<li> <b>^</b> - Matches the beginning of a line</li>"
"<li> <b>$</b> - Matches the end of a line</li>"
"<li> <b>\\\\\\<</b> - Matches the beginning of a word</li>"
"<li> <b>\\\\\\></b> - Matches the end of a word</li>"
"</ul>"
"The following repetition operators exist:"
"<ul>"
"<li> <b>?</b> - The preceding item is matched at most once</li>"
"<li> <b>*</b> - The preceding item is matched zero or more times</li>"
"<li> <b>+</b> - The preceding item is matched one or more times</li>"
"<li> <b>{<i>n</i>}</b> - The preceding item is matched exactly <i>n</i> times</li>"
"<li> <b>{<i>n</i>,}</b> - The preceding item is matched <i>n</i> or more times</li>"
"<li> <b>{,<i>n</i>}</b> - The preceding item is matched at most <i>n</i> times</li>"
"<li> <b>{<i>n</i>,<i>m</i>}</b> - The preceding item is matched at least <i>n</i>, but at most <i>m</i> times.</li>"
"</ul>"
"Furthermore, backreferences to bracketed subexpressions are available via the notation \\\\<i>n</i>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/findfilesdialog.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the file name pattern of the files to search here. You may give several patterns separated by commas."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/findfilesdialog.cpp:286
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Choose one search mode. For the first modes, the search pattern is built from the editable template, where '%s' is replaced by the given pattern.<br>"
"<br>"
"There are additional fixed predefined modes for environments, graphics, labels, references and input files. If the pattern is empty, Kile will search for all commands of this mode. If a pattern is given, it will be inserted as a parameter. For example, in environment mode with pattern 'center', Kile will search for '\\begin{center}', and in graphics mode with pattern '.*\\.png', Kile will search for all png files."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: dialogs/findfilesdialog.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Choose one search mode. For the first modes, the search pattern is build from the editable template, where '%s' is replaced by the given pattern.<br>"
"<br>"
"There are additional fixed predefined modes for environments, graphics, labels, references and input files. If the pattern is empty, Kile will search for all commands of this mode. If a pattern is given, it will be inserted as a parameter. For example, in environment mode with pattern 'center', Kile will search for '\\begin{center}', and in graphics mode with pattern '.*\\.png', Kile will search for all png files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/findfilesdialog.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgid "For the first three modes you can choose a template for the pattern from the combo box and edit it here. The string %s in the template is replaced by the pattern input field, resulting in the regular expression to search for. In all other modes this template is ignored."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/findfilesdialog.cpp:299
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the directory which contains the files you want to search in."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/findfilesdialog.cpp:301
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box to search in all subdirectories."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/findfilesdialog.cpp:303
#, kde-format
msgid "The results of the grep run are listed here. Select a filename/line number combination with a mouse click on the item or with the cursor to show the respective line in the editor."
msgid "List of known environments with a lot of additional information that Kile can potentially use. You can add your own environments, which will then be recognized by autocompletion of environments; 'Smart Newline' and 'Smart Tabulator', for example. Note that you can only edit and delete user-defined environments."
msgid "Applies a PDF watermark to the background of a single input PDF. Pdftk uses only the first page from the background PDF and applies it to every page of the input PDF. This page is scaled and rotated as needed to fit the input page."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/pdf-wizard/pdfdialog.cpp:832
#, kde-format
msgid "Applies a foreground stamp on top of the input PDF document's pages. Pdftk uses only the first page from the stamp PDF and applies it to every page of the input PDF. This page is scaled and rotated as needed to fit the input page. This works best if the stamp PDF page has a transparent background."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/pdf-wizard/pdfdialog.cpp:852
#, kde-format
msgid "&Apply"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/pdf-wizard/pdfdialog.cpp:885
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<center>PDF-Wizard</center>"
"<br>"
"This wizard uses 'pdftk' and the LaTeX package 'pdfpages' to"
"<ul>"
"<li>rearrange pages of an existing PDF document</li>"
"<li>read and update documentinfo of a PDF document (only pdftk)</li>"
"<li>read, set or change some permissions of a PDF document (only pdftk). A password is necessary to set or change this document settings. Additionally PDF encryption is done to lock the file's content behind this password.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>The package 'pdfpages' will only work with non-encrypted documents. 'pdftk' can handle both kind of documents, but a password is needed for encrypted files. If one of 'pdftk' or 'pdfpages' is not available, the possible rearrangements are reduced.</p>"
"<p><i>Warning:</i> Encryption and a password does not provide any real PDF security. The content is encrypted, but the key is known. You should see it more as a polite but firm request to respect the author's wishes.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/pdf-wizard/pdfdialog.cpp:902
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><i>Information: </i>This version of Kile was compiled without libpoppler library. Setting, changing and removing of properties and permissions is not possible.</p>"
msgid "The name of the output file. This entry may also be empty, if you only want to view the result without saving it. In this case the viewer checkbox must be checked."
msgid "All user-defined extensions should look like '.xyz'"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: dialogs/projectdialogs.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "All user defined extensions should look like '.xyz'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/projectdialogs.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid extension"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/projectdialogs.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "Create New Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/projectdialogs.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgid "Create a new file and add it to this project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/projectdialogs.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "File&name (relative to where the project file is):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/projectdialogs.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid "If you want Kile to create a new file and add it to the project, then check this option and select a template from the list that will appear below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/projectdialogs.cpp:337
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You have not entered a project name. If you decide to proceed, the project name will be set to \"Untitled\".\n"
msgid "A list of available documents, which are listed in 'texdoctk.dat', that come with TexLive/teTeX. Double clicking with the mouse or pressing the space key will open a viewer to show this file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "You can choose a keyword to show only document files that are related to this keyword."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Start the search for the chosen keyword."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset list to all available documentation files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset TOC to show all available files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Cancel &Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset &TOC"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not read 'texdoctk.dat'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not read the style file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:394
#, kde-format
msgid "No KDE service found for this file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:428
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:463
#, kde-format
msgid "No keyword given."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:489
#, kde-format
msgid "Search results for keyword '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgid "No documents found for keyword '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:550
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not determine the search paths of TexLive/teTeX or file 'texdoctk.dat'.<br>"
" Hence, this dialog is unable to provide any useful information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:550
#, kde-format
msgid "TexDoc Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: dialogs/texdocumentationdialog.cpp:562
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not determine the search paths of TexLive or file 'texdoctk.dat'.<br>"
" Hence, this dialog is unable to provide any useful information."
"Text, which will be inserted, if the action is executed. Some placeholders are available: "
"<ul>"
"<li>%M - selected (marked) text</li>"
"<li>%C - cursor position</li>"
"<li>%B - bullet</li>"
"<li>%E - indentation in environments</li>"
"<li>%R - select label from list</li>"
"<li>%T - select citation key from list</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/usermenu/usermenudialog.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Available placeholders:\n"
"%M: Selected (marked) text\n"
"%C: Cursor position\n"
"%B: Bullet\n"
"%E: Indentation in environments\n"
"%R: Select label from list\n"
"%T: Select citation key from list\n"
"%S: Source file name without extension"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/usermenu/usermenudialog.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You can create, change and install a user-defined menu, which will appear as a part of Kile's menu. To create or change this menu, use the six buttons on the left side. Even more possible actions are available in the context menu of already existing menu items.</p>"
"<p>Like a standard menu, three different kinds of menu items are available:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><i>standard entries</i>, which are assigned to an action</li>"
"<li><i>submenus</i>, which contain more menu items</li>"
"<li><i>separators</i>, to get a visible structure of all entries</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>Each standard menu item is assigned to one of three action types:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><i>insert text</i>: this action will insert your text at the current cursor position. Some metachars are available: <tt>%M</tt>, <tt>%C</tt>, <tt>%B</tt>, <tt>%E</tt>, <tt>%R</tt>, <tt>%T</tt>, <tt>%S</tt>: see the <i>What's This</i> or <i>Tool Tip</i> feature of this widget to get more information.</li>"
"<li><i>file content</i>: inserts the complete contents of a given file (metachars are also available)</li>"
"<li><i>run an external program</i>: The output of this program can be inserted into the opened document. Metachar <tt>%M</tt> is also possible in the commandline of this program, as the selected text will be saved in a temporary file. Use <tt>%M</tt> for the filename of this temporary file.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>If some important information for an action is missing, menu items are colored red. More information is available using the <i>What's this</i> feature of most widgets.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/usermenu/usermenudialog.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgid "UserMenu Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: dialogs/usermenu/usermenudialog.cpp:261
#: dialogs/usermenu/usermenudialog.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Current menu tree was modified, but not saved.\n"
msgid "The user-defined menu tree, which can be modified with the six buttons below the tree (and their shortcuts). More actions are available in the context menu of selected items. You can also rearrange items with drag and drop."
msgid "Save a modified menu tree, which describes the user-defined menu, to an xml file into the local directory of Kile and choose a new name for this file."
msgid "You have defined some tools in the User menu. From now on these tools will be available from the Build->Other menu and can be configured in the configuration dialog (go to the Settings menu and choose Configure Kile). This has some advantages; your own tools can now be used in a QuickBuild command if you wish."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.cpp:374
#, kde-format
msgid "User Tools Detected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kile.cpp:382
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The tool settings need to be reset for this version of Kile to function properly.<br/>"
"This will overwrite any changes you have made.</p>"
"<p>Do you want to reset the tools now?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk stable
#: kile.cpp:350
#, kde-format
msgid "The standard tool list need to be reloaded because of the switch from KDE3 to KDE4. This will overwrite any changes in the tools you have made. Do you want to reload the list now (recommended)?"
"<p>Move the mouse over the icons to see the corresponding LaTeX commands.<br/>"
"Click on an image to insert the corresponding command, additionally pressing \"Shift\" inserts it in math mode, pressing \"Ctrl\" in curly brackets.</p>"
msgid "Define Current Document as '&Master Document'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: kile.cpp:978
+#: kile.cpp:977
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Document Viewer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:985
+#: kile.cpp:984
#, kde-format
msgid "Show S&ide Bar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:991
+#: kile.cpp:990
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Mess&ages Bar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1003
+#: kile.cpp:1002
#, kde-format
msgid "Watch File Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1018
+#: kile.cpp:1017
#, kde-format
msgid "TeX Guide"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1020
+#: kile.cpp:1019
#, kde-format
msgid "LaTeX Command"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1021
+#: kile.cpp:1020
#, kde-format
msgid "LaTeX Subject"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1022
+#: kile.cpp:1021
#, kde-format
msgid "LaTeX Env"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1023
+#: kile.cpp:1022
#, kde-format
msgid "Context Help"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1026
+#: kile.cpp:1025
#, kde-format
msgid "LaTeX Reference"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1036
+#: kile.cpp:1035
#, kde-format
msgid "&About Editor Component"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1045
+#: kile.cpp:1044
#, kde-format
msgid "&System Check..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1061 kileinfo.cpp:357
+#: kile.cpp:1060 kileinfo.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "BibTeX"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: kile.cpp:1064
+#: kile.cpp:1063
#, kde-format
msgid "Biblatex"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kile.cpp:1190
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit User Tags..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1212 widgets/toolconfigwidget.cpp:75
+#: kile.cpp:1211 widgets/toolconfigwidget.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Compile"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1213 widgets/toolconfigwidget.cpp:77
+#: kile.cpp:1212 widgets/toolconfigwidget.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1214 widgets/toolconfigwidget.cpp:76
+#: kile.cpp:1213 widgets/toolconfigwidget.cpp:76
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1215 widgets/toolconfigwidget.cpp:74
+#: kile.cpp:1214 widgets/toolconfigwidget.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Quick"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: kile.cpp:1389
+#: kile.cpp:1388
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"It was impossible to create the \"Archive\" tool.\n"
"\n"
"Please check and repair your installation of Kile."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: kile.cpp:1391
+#: kile.cpp:1390
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to Create Archive Tool"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1460
+#: kile.cpp:1459
#, kde-format
msgid "Project: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1463
+#: kile.cpp:1462
#, kde-format
msgid "Project: %1 (Master document: %2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1468
+#: kile.cpp:1467
#, kde-format
msgid "Normal mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk stable
#: kile.cpp:451
#, kde-format
msgid "Normal Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1471
+#: kile.cpp:1470
#, kde-format
msgid "Master document: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1476 kile.cpp:2622
+#: kile.cpp:1475 kile.cpp:2621
#, kde-format
msgid "Define Current Document as 'Master Document'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1480 kile.cpp:2612
+#: kile.cpp:1479 kile.cpp:2611
#, kde-format
msgid "Normal mode (current master document: %1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:1698
+#: kile.cpp:1697
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Window caption in read-only mode: <file name> [Read-Only]"
msgid "%1 [Read-Only]"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:2072
+#: kile.cpp:2071
#, kde-format
msgid "There is no active document or it is not saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:2159
+#: kile.cpp:2158
#, kde-format
msgid "You have to include the package %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:2159 kile.cpp:2162
+#: kile.cpp:2158 kile.cpp:2161
#, kde-format
msgid "Insert text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:2162
+#: kile.cpp:2161
#, kde-format
msgid "You have to include the packages %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kile.cpp:2337
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit User Tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: kile.cpp:2348
+#: kile.cpp:2347
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not create the \"ViewHTML\" tool. Please reset the tools."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: kile.cpp:2397
+#: kile.cpp:2396
#, kde-format
msgid "No Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:2433
+#: kile.cpp:2432
#, kde-format
msgid "no name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:2640
+#: kile.cpp:2639
#, kde-format
msgid "In order to define the current document as a master document, it has to be saved first."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kile.cpp:2659
#, kde-format
msgid "Please turn off the 'Master Document' mode before performing the System Check."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:3047
+#: kile.cpp:3046
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status status bar label for block selection mode"
msgid "BLOCK"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kile.cpp:3048
+#: kile.cpp:3047
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status status bar label for line selection mode"
msgid "LINE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: kile.cpp:3055
+#: kile.cpp:3054
#, kde-format
msgid "Refreshing structure..."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RCVersion), group (VersionInfo)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:16
#, kde-format
msgid "The resource file version."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MainwindowWidth), group (Geometries)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:38
#, kde-format
msgid "The main window's width."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MainwindowHeight), group (Geometries)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:44
#, kde-format
msgid "The main window's height."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultLevel), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:52
#, kde-format
msgid "The expansion level for the structure view."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SvShowLabels), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Show label commands in the structure view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SvShowReferences), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Show undefined references in the structure view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SvShowBibitems), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Show bibitems commands in the structure view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SvShowGraphics), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Show includegraphics commands in the structure view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SvShowFloats), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Show float environments in the structure view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SvShowInputFiles), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:76
#, kde-format
msgid "Show file input commands in the structure view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SvShowSectioningLabels), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Show labels as child of sectioning items in the structure view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SvShowTodo), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Show TODO and FIXME comments"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SvOpenLabels), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Open the parent item for all labels in the structure view as default"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SvOpenReferences), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Open the parent item for all undefined references in the structure view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SvOpenBibitems), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Open the parent item for all bibitems in the structure view as default"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SvOpenTodo), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Open the parent item for all TODO and FIXME comments as default"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SvDefaultGraphicExt), group (Structure)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Default extension to use when opening graphic files with no extension"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BibliographyType), group (BibliographyMenu)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:110
#, kde-format
msgid "What type of bibliography (bibtex or biblatex) kile should show."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RunLyxServer), group (Tools)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether to run the Lyx server."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TeXPaths), group (Tools)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:120
#, kde-format
msgid "Holds the TEXINPUTS environment variable."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TeXPaths), group (Tools)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the TEXINPUTS environment variable here. TEXINPUTS should be a colon-separated list of all paths TeX should look for additional packages and/or files. You do not have to add :$TEXINPUTS at the end."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreviewTeXPaths), group (Tools)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Holds the TEXINPUTS environment variable for QuickPreview tools."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreviewTeXPaths), group (Tools)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the TEXINPUTS environment variable for QuickPreview tools here. TEXINPUTS should be a colon-separated list of all paths TeX should look for additional packages and/or files. You do not have to add :$TEXINPUTS at the end."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreviewBibInputPaths), group (Tools)
#. +> trunk
#: kile.kcfg:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the BIBINPUTS environment variable for QuickPreview tools here. BIBINPUTS should be a colon-separated list of all paths TeX should look for additional packages and/or files. You do not have to add :$BIBINPUTS at the end."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BibInputPaths), group (Tools)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Holds the BIBINPUTS environment variable."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BibInputPaths), group (Tools)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the BIBINPUTS environment variable here. BIBINPUTS should be a colon-separated list of all paths bibtex should look for additional .bib files. You do not have to add :$BIBINPUTS at the end."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreviewBibInputPaths), group (Tools)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Holds the BIBINPUTS environment variable for QuickPreview tools."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreviewBibInputPaths), group (Tools)
#. +> trunk5
#: kile.kcfg:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the BIBINPUTS environment variable for QuickPreview tools here. BIBINPUTS should be a colon-separated list of all the paths where the bibliography tool (e.g. BibTeX or Biber) should look for additional packages and/or files. You do not have to add :$BIBINPUTS at the end."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BstInputPaths), group (Tools)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Holds the BSTINPUTS environment variable."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BstInputPaths), group (Tools)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:141
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the BSTINPUTS environment variable here. BSTINPUTS should be a colon-separated list of all paths bibtex should look for additional .bst files. You do not have to add :$BSTINPUTS at the end."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BottomBar), group (Show)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:147
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether to show the bottom bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BottomBarSize), group (Show)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Height of the bottom bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BottomBarIndex), group (Show)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Which tab of the bottom bar to show."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SideBarSize), group (Show)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Width of the sidebar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SideBar), group (Show)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether to show the side bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowDocumentViewer), group (Show)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether to show the document viewer."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowDocumentViewerInExternalWindow), group (Show)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether to show the document viewer in a separate external window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideProblemBadBox), group (Show)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:175
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether to show Bad Box warnings in the LogMsg view."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideProblemWarning), group (Show)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:179
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether to show (La)TeX warnings in the LogMsg view."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SelectedLeftView), group (Show)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:183
#, kde-format
msgid "The identifier of the selected view in the left pane."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSplashScreen), group (Show)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether to show the splash screen on startup."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SystemCheckLastVersionRunForAtStartUp), group (Show)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:191
#, kde-format
msgid "Last version of Kile for which the system check was run at start up"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CompleteEnvironment), group (Editor Ext)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:197
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatic completion \\begin{env} with \\end{env}."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (envIndentation), group (Editor Ext)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:201
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable auto indentation of environments"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (envIndentSpaces), group (Editor Ext)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Use spaces instead of a tabulator to autoindent environments"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (envIndentNumSpaces), group (Editor Ext)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:209
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this number of spaces to autoindent environments"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (InsertDoubleQuotes), group (Editor Ext)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:217
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatic insertion of double quotes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DoubleQuotes), group (Editor Ext)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Language dependent type of double quotes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (InsertSpecialCharacters), group (Editor Ext)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:225
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatic insertion of special characters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igCenter), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Center the graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igBoundingBox), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:235
#, kde-format
msgid "Insert the bounding box as an option for the includegraphics command."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igGraphicspath), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:239
#, kde-format
msgid "Filename is relative to a path given in graphicspath command."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igFigure), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:243
#, kde-format
msgid "Embed the graphics in a figure environment."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igTop), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Set preferred figure position to top of page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igBottom), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Set preferred figure position to bottom of page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igHere), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Set preferred figure position to \"exactly here\" on page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igPage), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:259
#, kde-format
msgid "Set preferred figure position to be on separate page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igForce), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:263
#, kde-format
msgid "Force figure position."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igWrapFigure), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:267
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable the wrapfigure environment."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igWrapRight), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:271
#, kde-format
msgid "Set preferred wrapfigure position to the right of text."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igWrapLeft), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:275
#, kde-format
msgid "Set preferred wrapfigure position to the left of text."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igWrapInside), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:279
#, kde-format
msgid "Set preferred wrapfigure position to the inside of the page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igWrapOutside), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:283
#, kde-format
msgid "Set preferred wrapfigure position to the outside of the page."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (igWrapFloat), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:287
#, kde-format
msgid "Allow wrapped figures to float."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (imagemagick), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:291
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether ImageMagick is installed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (boundingbox), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:295
#, kde-format
msgid "Try to determine the bounding box from the picture."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (resolution), group (IncludeGraphics)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:299
#, kde-format
msgid "The default image resolution."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (location), group (Help)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:305
#, kde-format
msgid "Location of the TeX documentation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (kilerefs), group (Help)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:309
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the Kile LaTeX reference for the contextual help."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (latex2erefs), group (Help)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:313
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the system's TexLive LaTeX2e reference for the contextual help."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (texrefs), group (Help)
#. +> stable
#: kile.kcfg:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the system's TeX reference for the contextual help."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (texrefs), group (Help)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:317
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the system's TeX reference for the contextual help (older version)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (external), group (Help)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:321
#, kde-format
msgid "Use an external viewer for user help."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (embedded), group (Help)
#. +> trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:321
#, kde-format
msgid "Use embedded viewer for user help."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Restore), group (Files)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:327
#, kde-format
msgid "Reopen files and projects on startup."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CleanUpAfterClose), group (Files)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:331
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically clean-up files after close."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CleanUpFileExtensions), group (Files)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:335
#, kde-format
msgid "The file extensions to clean on exit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Autosave), group (Files)
#. +> trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:335
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatic save."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutosaveInterval), group (Files)
#. +> trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:343
#, kde-format
msgid "The autosave interval in minutes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (showLaTeXFilesOnly), group (Files)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:347
#, kde-format
msgid "Only show LaTeX files in the file browser widget"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Author), group (User)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:357
#, kde-format
msgid "The Author template variable."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DocumentClassOptions), group (User)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:361
#, kde-format
msgid "The Documentclass template variable."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TemplateEncoding), group (User)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:365
#, kde-format
msgid "The Input encoding template variable."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultProjectLocation), group (User)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:369
#, kde-format
msgid "The default location where the projects must be created."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SyncConsoleDirWithTabs), group (User)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:375
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether the current directory shown in the console is kept synchronized with the open tabs"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WatchFileForDocumentViewer), group (User)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:379
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether the watch-file mode is enabled for the document viewer"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowFullPathInWindowTitle), group (User)
#. +> trunk5
#: kile.kcfg:383
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether to show the full path of file names in the window title."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (dvipng), group (QuickPreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:451
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether Dvipng is installed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (convert), group (QuickPreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:455
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether Convert is installed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (envPreviewInWidget), group (QuickPreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:463
#, kde-format
msgid "Show preview of environments in bottom bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (selPreviewInWidget), group (QuickPreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:467
#, kde-format
msgid "Show preview of selected text in bottom bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (mathgroupPreviewInWidget), group (QuickPreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:471
#, kde-format
msgid "Show preview of mathgroups in bottom bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (envPreviewTool), group (QuickPreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:475
#, kde-format
msgid "Conversion tool for preview of environments in bottom bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (selPreviewTool), group (QuickPreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:479
#, kde-format
msgid "Conversion tool for preview of selected text in bottom bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (mathgroupPreviewTool), group (QuickPreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:483
#, kde-format
msgid "Conversion tool for preview of mathgroups in bottom bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (previewPaneBackgroundColor), group (QuickPreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:487
#, kde-format
msgid "The background color of the quick preview pane."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ScriptingEnabled), group (Scripting)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:567
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable the scripting support."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TimeLimitEnabled), group (Scripting)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:571
#, kde-format
msgid "Set a time limit for the execution of scripts."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TimeLimit), group (Scripting)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:575
#, kde-format
msgid "Time limit for the execution of scripts."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ScriptNameColumnWidth), group (Scripting)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:579
#, kde-format
msgid "Width of the column containing the script name in the scripts management widget."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (pdfWizardLastTask), group (PdfWizard)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:585
#, kde-format
msgid "Last task used by the PdfWizard."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (numSymbolsMFUS), group (MostUsedSymbols)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:591
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of symbols to store in the Most Frequently Used Symbols view."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (displayMFUS), group (MostUsedSymbols)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:595
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the Most Frequently Used Symbols view."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (clearMFUS), group (MostUsedSymbols)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:599
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear the list of the most frequently used symbols whilst closing Kile."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (symbolViewUTF8), group (MostUsedSymbols)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kile.kcfg:603
#, kde-format
msgid "Should UTF-8 characters instead of commands be inserted"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (userMenuFile), group (UserMenu)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:609
#, kde-format
msgid "XML file for the user menu"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (userMenuLocation), group (UserMenu)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:613
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the main menubar (value 0) or the LaTeX menu (value 1) for the location of the user menu"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (livePreviewEnabled), group (LivePreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:619
#, kde-format
msgid "Activate live preview functionality."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (synchronizeCursorWithView), group (LivePreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:623
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize the cursor position with the view."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (previewEnabledForFreshlyOpenedDocuments), group (LivePreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:627
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable preview for freshly opened documents."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (livePreviewCompilationDelay), group (LivePreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:631
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of milliseconds after which the compilation is started when a change has occurred."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (livePreviewCompileOnlyAfterSaving), group (LivePreview)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kile.kcfg:635
#, kde-format
msgid "Only compile documents after saving."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kileactions.cpp:338
#, kde-format
msgid "&Label:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "No editor component found. Please check your KDE installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "No editor component found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The internal structure of Kile is corrupted (probably due to a bug in Kile). Please select Save All from the File menu and close Kile.\n"
"The Kile team apologizes for any inconvenience and would appreciate a bug report."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:535
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The URL \"%1\" couldn't be opened.\n"
"\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:536 kiledocmanager.cpp:539
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot open URL"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:539
#, kde-format
msgid "The URL \"%1\" couldn't be opened."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:680
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find template: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:680
#, kde-format
msgid "File Not Found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:740
#, kde-format
msgid "Please save the file first."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:745
#, kde-format
msgid "Open/create a document first."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:753
#, kde-format
msgid "A template for this type of document cannot be created."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:757
#, kde-format
msgid "Create Template From Document"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:763
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove Template"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:822
#, kde-format
msgid "Open Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:904
#, kde-format
msgid "Kile encountered problems while saving the file %1. Do you have enough free disk space left?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:905
#, kde-format
msgid "Saving"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:938
#, kde-format
msgid "Any files (*)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:940
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Compiled Document As..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:956
#, kde-format
msgid "The file %1 could not be saved, check the permissions and free disk space."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:957
#, kde-format
msgid "Autosave"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:965
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The URL \"%1\" cannot be opened\n"
"as it is a directory."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:966
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot open directory"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1084
#, kde-format
msgid "Save File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1121
#, kde-format
msgid "A file with the name \"%1\" exists already. Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1122
#, kde-format
msgid "Overwrite File?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1111
#, kde-format
msgid "&Overwrite"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1349
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1298
#, kde-format
msgid "Refresh Project Tree"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1357
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1306
#, kde-format
msgid "The current document is not associated to a project. Please activate a document that is associated to the project you want to build the tree for, then choose Refresh Project Tree again."
msgid "The file %1 is already member of the project %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1488
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1437
#, kde-format
msgid "The file %1 can not be added because it does not exist or is not readable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1507
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1456
#, kde-format
msgid "This file is the project file, which holds all the information about your project. As such, it cannot be removed from the project."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1507
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1456
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Remove File From Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1575
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1524
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The project \"%1\" is already open.</p>"
"<p>If you wanted to reload the project, close the project before you re-open it.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1579
#, kde-format
msgid "The project you tried to open is already opened. If you wanted to reload the project, close the project before you re-open it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1577
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1526
#, kde-format
msgid "Project Already Open"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1587
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1536
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The project file for the project \"%1\" does not exist or it is not readable.</p>"
"<p>Do you want to remove this project from the recent projects list?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1589
#, kde-format
msgid "The project file for the project \"%1\" does not exist or is not readable. Remove this project from the recent projects list?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1590
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1539
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Open Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1607
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1556
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The file \"%1\" cannot be opened as it does not appear to be a project file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1609
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1558
#, kde-format
msgid "Impossible to Open Project File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1619
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1568
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The project \"%1\" cannot be opened as it was created <br/>"
"by a newer version of Kile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1621
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1570
#, kde-format
msgid "Impossible to Open Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1631
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1580
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The project file \"%1\" was created by a previous version of Kile.<br/>"
"It needs to be updated before it can be opened.</p>"
"<p>Do you want to update it?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1634
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1583
#, kde-format
msgid "Project File Needs to be Updated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1640
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1589
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The project file \"%1\" could be not updated.</p>"
"<p>Do you want to remove this project from the recent projects list?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1642
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1591
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Update Project File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1589
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Load Project File"
msgstr ""
+#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1692
+#, kde-format
+msgid "Open Project"
+msgstr ""
+
#. +> trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1698
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"*.kilepr|Kile Project Files\n"
"*|All Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1743
-#, kde-format
-msgid "Open Project"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1762
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1711
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1814
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1763
#, kde-format
msgid "The current document is not associated to a project. Please activate a document that is associated to the project you want to save, then choose Save Project again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1814
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1763
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Determine Active Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1835
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1784
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Files to Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1848
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1797
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk stable
#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1802
#, kde-format
msgid "*|All Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1851
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1800
#, kde-format
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1866
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1815
#, kde-format
msgid "There are no projects opened. Please open the project you want to add files to, then choose Add Files again."
msgid "The current document is not associated to a project. Please activate a document that is associated to the project you want to modify, then choose Project Options again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1927
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1876
#, kde-format
msgid "Close Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
-#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1981
+#: kiledocmanager.cpp:1930
#, kde-format
msgid "The current document is not associated to a project. Please activate a document that is associated to the project you want to close, then choose Close Project again."
msgid "Each line must be terminated with the string \\\\."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Align Left - \\begin{flushleft}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Align Right - \\begin{flushright}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Quote - \\begin{quote}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Quote"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The text is justified at both margins.\n"
"Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Quotation - \\begin{quotation}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Quotation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The text is justified at both margins and there is paragraph indentation.\n"
"Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "Verse - \\begin{verse}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "Verse"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The verse environment is designed for poetry.\n"
"Separate the lines of each stanza with \\\\, and use one or more blank lines to separate the stanzas."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Verbatim - \\begin{verbatim}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Environment that gets LaTeX to print exactly what you type in."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Bulleted List - \\begin{itemize}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Bulleted List"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The itemize environment produces a 'bulleted' list.\n"
"Each item of an itemized list begins with an \\item command."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Enumeration - \\begin{enumerate}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Enumeration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The enumerate environment produces a numbered list.\n"
"Each item of an enumerated list begins with an \\item command."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Description - \\begin{description}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The description environment is used to make labeled lists.\n"
"Each item of the list begins with an \\item[label] command.\n"
"The 'label' is bold face and flushed right."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "Table - \\begin{table}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\\begin{table}[placement]\n"
"body of the table\n"
"\\caption{table title}\n"
"\\end{table}\n"
"Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are usually floated to a convenient place.\n"
"The optional argument [placement] determines where LaTeX will try to place your table\n"
"h : Here - at the position in the text where the table environment appears\n"
"t : Top - at the top of a text page\n"
"b : Bottom - at the bottom of a text page\n"
"p : Page of floats - on a separate float page, which is a page containing no text, only floats.\n"
"The body of the table is made up of whatever text or LaTeX commands, etc., you wish.\n"
"The \\caption command allows you to title your table."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Figure - \\begin{figure}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\\begin{figure}[placement]\n"
"body of the figure\n"
"\\caption{figure title}\n"
"\\end{figure}\n"
"Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are usually floated to a convenient place.\n"
"The optional argument [placement] determines where LaTeX will try to place your figure\n"
"h : Here - at the position in the text where the figure environment appears\n"
"t : Top - at the top of a text page\n"
"b : Bottom - at the bottom of a text page\n"
"p : Page of floats - on a separate float page, which is a page containing no text, only floats.\n"
"The body of the figure is made up of whatever text or LaTeX commands, etc., you wish.\n"
"The \\caption command allows you to title your figure."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Title Page - \\begin{titlepage}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Title Page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\\begin{titlepage}\n"
"text\n"
"\\end{titlepage}\n"
"The titlepage environment creates a title page, i.e. a page with no printed page number or heading."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Italics - \\textit{}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Italics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "\\textit{italic text}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Slanted - \\textsl{}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:73 kilestdactions.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "Slanted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "\\textsl{slanted text}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Boldface - \\textbf{}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Boldface"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "\\textbf{boldface text}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Typewriter - \\texttt{}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Typewriter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "\\texttt{typewriter text}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:76
#, kde-format
msgid "Small Caps - \\textsc{}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:76
#, kde-format
msgid "Small Caps"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:76
#, kde-format
msgid "\\textsc{small caps text}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid "\\item[label] Hello!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Tabbing - \\begin{tabbing}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The tabbing environment provides a way to align text in columns.\n"
"\\begin{tabbing}\n"
"text \\= more text \\= still more text \\= last text \\\\\nsecond row \\> \\> more \\\\\n\\end{tabbing}\n"
"Commands :\n"
"\\= Sets a tab stop at the current position.\n"
"\\> Advances to the next tab stop.\n"
"\\< Allows you to put something to the left of the local margin without changing the margin. Can only be used at the start of the line.\n"
"\\+ Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the right\n"
"\\- Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the left\n"
"\\' Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column to the right of the previous column, flush against the current column's tab stop. \n"
"\\` Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab stop 0\n"
"\\kill Sets tab stops without producing text.\n"
"\\a In a tabbing environment, the commands \\=, \\' and \\` do not produce accents as normal. Instead, the commands \\a=, \\a' and \\a` are used."
"The \\include command is used in conjunction with the \\includeonly command for selective inclusion of files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:95 kilestdactions.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Type or select a filename: "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "File Inclusion - \\input{file}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "File Inclusion"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\\input{file}\n"
"The \\input command causes the indicated file to be read and processed, exactly as if its contents had been inserted in the current file at that point."
"This is an extended version of the tabular environment with an extra parameter for the width. There must be rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill out the specified width."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Minipage - \\begin{minipage}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Minipage"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "The minipage environment is similar to a \\parbox command. It takes the same optional position argument and mandatory width argument. You may use other paragraph-making environments inside a minipage."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "Table of Figures - \\listoffigures"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "Table of Figures"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "Put this command where you want the list of figures to go."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Table of Tables - \\listoftables"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Table of Tables"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Put this command where you want the list of tables to go."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "Generate Index - \\makeindex"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "Generate Index"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "Put this command when you want to generate the raw index."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Print Index - \\printindex"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Print Index"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Put this command when you want to print the formatted index."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Glossary - \\makeglossary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Glossary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Put this command when you want to print a glossary."
msgid "Environment that gets LaTeX to print exactly what you type in. In this variant, spaces are printed in a special manner."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Embedded Code - \\verb||"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Embedded Code"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Macro form of the verbatim environment."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Embedded Code (show spaces) - \\verb*||"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Embedded Code (show spaces)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Macro form of the verbatim* environment."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "\"Small\" Vertical Space - \\smallskip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "\"Small\" Vertical Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "The \\smallskip command adds a 'small' vertical space."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "\\enskip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid "Horizontal Variable Space - \\hfill"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid "Horizontal Variable Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid "The \\hfill fill command produces a \"rubber length\" which can stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Horizontal Dots - \\dotfill"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Horizontal Dots"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "The \\dotfill command produces a \"rubber length\" that produces dots instead of just spaces."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Horizontal Rule - \\hrulefill"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Horizontal Rule"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "The \\hrulefill fill command produces a \"rubber length\" which can stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal rule."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "Vertical Variable Space - \\vfill"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "Vertical Variable Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "The \\vfill fill command produces a \"rubber length\" which can stretch or shrink vertically."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid "Horizontal Space - \\hspace{}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid "Horizontal Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid "The \\hspace command adds horizontal space. The length of the space can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands, i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative as well as positive space with an \\hspace command. Adding negative space is like backspacing."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Horizontal Space (forced) - \\hspace*{}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Horizontal Space (forced)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "The \\hspace* command adds horizontal space like the \\hspace command. LaTeX removes horizontal space that comes at the end of a line. If you do not want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional * argument. Then the space is never removed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid "Vertical Space - \\vspace{}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid "Vertical Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid "The \\vspace command adds vertical space. The length of the space can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands, i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative as well as positive space with an \\vspace command."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Vertical Space (forced) - \\vspace*{}"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Vertical Space (forced)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdactions.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "The \\vspace* command adds vertical space like the \\vspace command. LaTeX removes vertical space that comes at the end of a page. If you do not want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional * argument. Then the space is never removed."
#. i18np call can cause some confusion when 0 is passed to it (#275700)
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdtools.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgid "0 errors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdtools.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgid "1 error"
msgid_plural "%1 errors"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdtools.cpp:329
#, kde-format
msgid "0 warnings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdtools.cpp:329
#, kde-format
msgid "1 warning"
msgid_plural "%1 warnings"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdtools.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid "0 badboxes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdtools.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid "1 badbox"
msgid_plural "%1 badboxes"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdtools.cpp:333
#, kde-format
msgctxt "String displayed in the log panel showing the number of errors/warnings/badboxes"
msgid "%1, %2, %3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kilestdtools.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgid "Manually selected bibliography tool does not exist: trying to auto-detect it now."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdtools.cpp:660
#, kde-format
msgid "The version %1.%2.%3 of okular is too old for ForwardDVI. Please update okular to version 0.8.6 or higher"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdtools.cpp:727
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Bibliography"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdtools.cpp:727
#, kde-format
msgid "Select a bibliography"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdtools.cpp:736
#, kde-format
msgid "No bibliography selected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdtools.cpp:748
#, kde-format
msgid "No bibliographies found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kilestdtools.cpp:784
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to find %1 or %2; if you are trying to view some other HTML file, go to Settings->Configure Kile->Tools->ViewHTML->Advanced."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not change to the folder %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "The folder %1 is not writable, therefore %2 will not be able to save its results."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "The file %1/%2 does not exist. If this is unexpected, check the file permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "The file %1/%2 is not readable. If this is unexpected, check the file permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not determine on which file to run %1, because there is no active document."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not determine the master file for this document."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Please save the untitled document first."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "The file %1 does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:66
#, kde-format
msgid "The file %1 is not readable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:642
#, kde-format
msgid "The document %1 is not a LaTeX root document; continue anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:642
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:654
#, kde-format
msgid "The file %1/%2 does not exist; did you compile the source file?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:674
#, kde-format
msgid "The current document is not associated to a project. Please activate a document that is associated to the project you want to archive, then choose Archive again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:678
#, kde-format
msgid "No files have been chosen for archiving."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:694
#, kde-format
msgid "Archive Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletool.cpp:821 kiletoolmanager.cpp:285
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown tool %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletoolmanager.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgid "No factory installed, contact the author of Kile."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletoolmanager.cpp:362
#, kde-format
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletoolmanager.cpp:486
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot find the tool \"%1\" in the configuration database."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: kiletoolmanager.cpp:743
#, kde-format
msgid "&Stop"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kiletoolmanager.cpp:752
#, kde-format
msgid "Bibliography Back End"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kiletoolmanager.cpp:753
#, kde-format
msgid "Auto-Detect"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: kiletoolmanager.cpp:754
#, kde-format
msgid "Auto-detect the bibliography back end from LaTeX output"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">The variables have the following meanings:</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">%source</span>: filename with suffix but without path <-> <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">myBestBook.tex</span></p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">%S:</span> filename without suffix and without path <-> <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">myBestBook</span></p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">%dir_base</span>: path of the source file without filename <-><span style=\" font-style:italic;\"> /home/archimedes/latex</span></p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-weight:600;\">%dir_target<span style=\" font-weight:400;\">: path of the target file without filename, same as %dir_base if no relative path has been set <-> </span><span style=\" font-weight:400; font-style:italic;\">/home/archimedes/latex</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">%res:</span> resolution of the quickpreview action set in configure kile->tools->preview</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">%AFL</span>: List of all files in a project marked for archiving. Set the archive flag in the \"Files and projects\" sidebar using the context menu.</p>"
"Click left to jump to the line. A double click will open\n"
" a text file or a graphics file. When a label is assigned\n"
"to this item, it will be shown when the mouse is over\n"
"this item. Items for a graphics file or an assigned label\n"
"also offer a context menu (right mouse button)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgctxt "structure view entry: title (line)"
msgid "%1 (line %2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Label: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "No \"structure data\" to display."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:333
#, kde-format
msgid "BibTeX References"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:337
#, kde-format
msgid "Undefined References"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid "TODO"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:345
#, kde-format
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:506
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot create a list view item: no parent found."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:681
#, kde-format
msgid " from Project settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:687
#, kde-format
msgid "No extension specified for graphic file. Using .%1 from Project settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:680
#, kde-format
msgid "No extension specified for graphic file. Using ."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:688
#, kde-format
msgid "No extension specified for graphic file. Using .%1 from global Structure View settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:681
#, kde-format
msgid " from global Structure View settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:689
#, kde-format
msgid "File extension not specified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk stable
#: widgets/structurewidget.cpp:734
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Cannot find the included file. The file does not exist, is not readable or Kile is unable to determine the correct path to it. The filename causing this error was: %1.\n"
"The project file of %1 was created by a newer version of kile. Opening it can lead to unexpected results.\n"
"Do you really want to continue (not recommended)?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk stable
#: tips:2
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>...that you can create your own templates? Create a document containing the text you usually start with and save it; then, select \"Create Template from Document\" from the \"File\" menu, fill in the dialog and you are done: the next time you create a new document, you can select the template from the template list.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk stable
#: tips:8
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>...that Kile supports forward search? This enables you to switch back and forth between places in the source file and their corresponding locations in the DVI file. Stop spending so much time on finding the place in the source file: if you spotted a mistake while viewing the DVI, finding the correct location is just a mouse-click away!</p>"
"\n"
"<p><a href=\"help:/kile/quick_inverseforward.html\">Read the manual to find out how to activate this feature.</a></p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk stable
#: tips:16
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>...that the Quick Build tool is fully configurable? Go to <b>Settings->Configure Kile->Build</b> and select the <b>QuickBuild</b> tool.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk stable
#: tips:22
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>...that using projects gives Kile much more power? You can, for example, bundle and archive all related documents in a project; also, features like auto-completion of references and citations become much more powerful. Kile is even able to determine which document is the master document in a project.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk stable
#: tips:28
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>...that you can configure which QuickBuild command is issued for a project? Just go to <b>Project->Project Options</b> and select a QuickBuild command.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk stable
#: tips:34
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>...that inserting references and citations has never been easier? Enable auto-completion and type in <code>\\ref{</code>, a list with all available labels will appear automatically (if auto-completion is not enabled, press Ctrl+Space).</p>"
"\n"
"<p>Note that this feature is much more powerful if the current document belongs to a project.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>You can configure auto-completion by going to <b>Settings->Configure Kile->Complete</b>; there, you can select databases of LaTeX commands. You can even create your own lists of commands.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk stable
#: tips:44
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>...that Kile can complete LaTeX commands for you? Type <code>\\se</code> and press Ctrl+Space, a list of all commands starting with <code>\\se</code> will appear.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>You can configure auto-completion by going to <b>Settings->Configure Kile->Complete</b>; there, you can select databases of LaTeX commands. You can even create your own lists of commands.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk stable
#: tips:52
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>...starting a new environment is very easy using the auto-complete feature. For example, type <code>equ</code> and press Alt+Space and a list of all environments starting with <code>equ</code> appears. Press Enter to select the first entry and a <code>\\begin{equation}\\end{equation}</code> pair is inserted in your document.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>You can configure auto-completion by going to <b>Settings->Configure Kile->Complete</b>; there, you can select databases of LaTeX commands. You can even create your own lists of commands.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk stable
#: tips:60
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>...Kile contains several editing tools to help you type in LaTeX faster and easier? Check out the <b>Complete, Select, Delete, Environment and TeX Group</b> menus in the <b>Edit</b> menu.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk stable
#: tips:66
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>...that the Quick Preview tool will compile and select a part of a document? This can be a <b>selected text</b>, the <b>current environment</b> or the <b>current subdocument</b>.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>You can configure Quick preview by going to <b>Settings->Configure Kile->Preview</b>. There, you can select one of the predefined configurations.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk stable
#: tips:74
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>...that a wizard can help you create tabular environments and arrays?</p>"
"\n"
"<p>It allows to configure a lot of attributes: <b>alignment</b>, <b>colors</b>, <b>horizontal and vertical lines</b>, and more can be set. <b>Multicolumn cells</b> are also supported.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
#. +> trunk stable
#: tips:82
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>...that Kile can show user-defined help files?</p>"
"\n"
"<p>Go to <b>Settings->Configure Kile->Help</b> and configure the help files which should be integrated into the help menu.</p>"
-"For simple comparison of two selected files choose \"Compare\".\n"
-"If the other file is somewhere else \"Save\" the first file for later. It will appear in the \"Compare With ...\" submenu. Then use \"Compare With\" on second file.\n"
-"For a 3-way merge first \"Save\" the base file, then the branch to merge and choose \"3-way merge with base\" on the other branch which will be used as destination.\n"
-"Same also applies to directory comparison and merge."
-"For simple comparison of two selected files choose \"Compare\".\n"
-"If the other file is somewhere else, \"Save\" the first file for later, and it will appear in the \"Compare With ...\" submenu. Then, use \"Compare With\" on the second file.\n"
-"For a 3-way merge first, \"Save\" the base file, then the branch to merge, and then \"3-way merge with base\" on the other branch which will be used as the destination.\n"
-"The same also applies to directory comparison and merge."
msgid "<b>Useractions</b> can be grouped in categories for better distinction. Choose a existing <i>Category</i> or create a new one by entering a name."
"<p>The <i>Command</i> defines the command that will be executed when the <b>Useraction</b> is used. It can be a simple shell command or a complex sequence of multiple commands with <b>Placeholders</b>.</p>"
"The <i>Command</i> defines the command that will be executed when the <b>Useraction</b> is used. It can be a simple shell command or a complex sequence of multiple commands with <b>Placeholders</b>."
msgid "<qt>There was an error while running <b>%1</b>.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid "Error reading stdout or stderr"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Krusader cannot find a checksum tool that handles %1 on your system. Please check the <b>Dependencies</b> page in Krusader's settings.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgid "Creating Checksums"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:266
#, kde-format
msgid "Create Checksums"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:269
#, kde-format
msgid "About to calculate checksum for the following files or directories:"
msgid "The date %1 is not valid according to your locale. Please re-enter a valid date (use the date button for easy access)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgid "Specified sizes are inconsistent."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:501
#, kde-format
msgid "Please re-enter the values, so that the left side size will be smaller than (or equal to) the right side size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:520
#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:548
#, kde-format
msgid "Dates are inconsistent."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:521
#, kde-format
msgid "The date on the left is later than the date on the right. Please re-enter the dates, so that the left side date will be earlier than the right side date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:549
#, kde-format
msgid "The date on top is later than the date on the bottom. Please re-enter the dates, so that the top date will be earlier than the bottom date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/filterdialog.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Krusader::Choose Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/filtertabs.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/filtertabs.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "&Advanced"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/filtertabs.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not load profile."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Any Character"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "Start of Line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "End of Line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Set of Characters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Repeats, Zero or More Times"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Repeats, One or More Times"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Optional"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Escape"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "TAB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:66
#, kde-format
msgid "Newline"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Carriage Return"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "White Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Digit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "&Case sensitive"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Search &for:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:135
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The filename filtering criteria is defined here.</p>"
"<p>You can make use of wildcards. Multiple patterns are separated by space (means logical OR) and patterns are excluded from the search using the pipe symbol.</p>"
"<p>If the pattern is ended with a slash (<code>*pattern*/</code>), that means that pattern relates to recursive search of folders."
"<ul>"
"<li><code>pattern</code> - means to search those files/folders that name is <code>pattern</code>, recursive search goes through all subfolders independently of the value of <code>pattern</code></li>"
"<li><code>pattern/</code> - means to search all files/folders, but recursive search goes through/excludes the folders that name is <code>pattern</code></li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p>It is allowed to use quotation marks for names that contain space. Filter <code>\"Program Files\"</code> searches out those files/folders that name is <code>Program Files</code>.</p>"
"<p>Examples:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><code>*.o</code></li>"
"<li><code>*.h *.c??</code></li>"
"<li><code>*.cpp *.h | *.moc.cpp</code></li>"
"<li><code>* | .svn/ .git/</code></li>"
"</ul>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: the search term '<code>text</code>' is equivalent to '<code>*text*</code>'.</p>"
msgid "View the file in hex-mode (better for binary files)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Lister mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "View the file with lister (for huge text files)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Okteta as Hex viewer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "If available, use Okteta as Hex viewer instead of the internal viewer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "Use lister if the text file is bigger than:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "MB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "Editor:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Hint: use 'internal editor' if you want to use Krusader's fast built-in editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Atomic extensions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Atomic extensions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Warn on exit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Display a warning when trying to close the main window."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgid "Show and close to tray"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgid "Show an icon in the system tray and keep running in the background when the window is closed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "Temp Folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Note: you must have full permissions for the temporary folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:266
#, kde-format
msgid "Move to trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:266
#, kde-format
msgid "Files will be moved to trash when deleted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgid "Files will be permanently deleted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:278
#: krusader/Panel/panelcontextmenu.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Terminal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "External Terminal:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:286
#, kde-format
msgid "%d will be replaced by the workdir."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "Embedded Terminal sends Chdir on panel change"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "When checked, whenever the panel is changed (for example, by pressing Tab), Krusader changes the current folder in the embedded terminal."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgid "Searching for tools..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid "Make sure to install new tools in your <code>$PATH</code> (e.g. /usr/bin)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:323
#, kde-format
msgid "Add new atomic extension"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:323
#, kde-format
msgid "Extension:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgid "Atomic extensions must start with '.' and must contain at least one more '.' character."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Navigator bar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit Mode by default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Show editable path in Navigator bar by default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Show full path by default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Always show full path in Navigator bar by default."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "Operation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "Autoselect folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "When matching the select criteria, not only files will be selected, but also folders."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "Rename selects extension"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "When renaming a file, the whole text is selected. If you want Total-Commander like renaming of just the name, without extension, uncheck this option."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Unselect files before copy/move"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Unselect files, which are to be copied/moved, before the operation starts."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter dialog remembers settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "The filter dialog is opened with the last filter settings that where applied to the panel."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Use full path tab names"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the full path in the folder tabs. By default only the last part of the path is displayed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Show new/close tab buttons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the new/close tab buttons."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Tab Bar position:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Top"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Bottom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Tab Bar on single tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the tab bar with only one tab."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Search bar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Start by typing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Open search bar and start searching by typing in panel."
msgid "The duration after a tooltip is shown for a file item, in milliseconds. Set a negative value to disable tooltips."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:390
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:391
#, kde-format
msgid "Use human-readable file size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:390
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:391
#, kde-format
msgid "File sizes are displayed in B, KB, MB and GB, not just in bytes."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:391
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgid "Show hidden files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:391
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgid "Display files beginning with a dot."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:392
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:393
#, kde-format
msgid "Numeric Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:392
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:393
#, kde-format
msgid "Show octal numbers (0755) instead of the standard permissions (rwxr-xr-x) in the permission column."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:393
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:394
#, kde-format
msgid "Load the user defined folder icons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:393
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:394
#, kde-format
msgid "Load the user defined folder icons (can cause decrease in performance)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:394
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "Always show current item"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:394
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "Show current item border decoration in inactive panel."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:408
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:409
#, kde-format
msgid "Sort method:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:410
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:411
#, kde-format
msgid "Alphabetical"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:411
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:412
#, kde-format
msgid "Alphabetical and numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:412
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgid "Character code"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:413
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgid "Character code and numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:414
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:415
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Krusader sort"
msgid "Krusader"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:427
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:428
#, kde-format
msgid "Case sensitive sorting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:428
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:429
#, kde-format
msgid "All files beginning with capital letters appear before files beginning with non-capital letters (UNIX default)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:429
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:430
#, kde-format
msgid "Show folders first"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:430
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:431
#, kde-format
msgid "Always sort dirs by name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:431
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:432
#, kde-format
msgid "Folders are sorted by name, regardless of the sort column."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:432
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:433
#, kde-format
msgid "Locale aware sorting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:433
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:434
#, kde-format
msgid "The sorting is performed in a locale- and also platform-dependent manner. Can be slow."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:447
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:448
#, kde-format
msgid "View modes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:454
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:455
#, kde-format
msgid "Default view mode:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:500
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:501
#, kde-format
msgid "Buttons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:509
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:510
#, kde-format
msgid "Toolbar buttons have icons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:510
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:511
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Media Button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:510
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:511
#, kde-format
msgid "The media button will be visible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:511
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Back Button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:512
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Forward Button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:513
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:514
#, kde-format
msgid "Show History Button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:513
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:514
#, kde-format
msgid "The history button will be visible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:514
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:515
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Bookmarks Button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:514
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:515
#, kde-format
msgid "The bookmarks button will be visible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:515
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:516
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Panel Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:515
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:516
#, kde-format
msgid "The panel toolbar will be visible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:521
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:522
#, kde-format
msgid "Visible Panel Toolbar buttons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:525
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:526
#, kde-format
msgid "Equal button (=)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:525
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:526
#, kde-format
msgid "Changes the panel folder to the other panel folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:526
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:527
#, kde-format
msgid "Up button (..)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:526
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:527
#, kde-format
msgid "Changes the panel folder to the parent folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:527
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:528
#, kde-format
msgid "Home button (~)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:527
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:528
#, kde-format
msgid "Changes the panel folder to the home folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:528
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:529
#, kde-format
msgid "Root button (/)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:528
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:529
#, kde-format
msgid "Changes the panel folder to the root folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:529
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:530
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle-button for sync-browsing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:529
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:530
#, kde-format
msgid "Each folder change in the panel is also performed in the other panel."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:551
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:552
#, kde-format
msgid "Selection Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:564
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:565
#, kde-format
msgid "Krusader Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:564
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:565
#, kde-format
msgid "Both keys allow selecting files. To select more than one file, hold the Ctrl key and click the left mouse button. Right-click menu is invoked using a short click on the right mouse button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:565
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:566
#, kde-format
msgid "Konqueror Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:565
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:566
#, kde-format
msgid "Pressing the left mouse button selects files - you can click and select multiple files. Right-click menu is invoked using a short click on the right mouse button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:566
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:567
#, kde-format
msgid "Total-Commander Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:566
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:567
#, kde-format
msgid "The left mouse button does not select, but sets the current file without affecting the current selection. The right mouse button selects multiple files and the right-click menu is invoked by pressing and holding the right mouse button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:567
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:568
#, kde-format
msgid "Ergonomic Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:567
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:568
#, kde-format
msgid "The left mouse button does not select, but sets the current file without affecting the current selection. The right mouse button invokes the context-menu. You can select with Ctrl key and the left button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:568
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:569
#, kde-format
msgid "Custom Selection Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:568
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:569
#, kde-format
msgid "Design your own selection mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:580
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:581
#, kde-format
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:587
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:588
#, kde-format
msgid "Double-click selects (classic)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:587
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:588
#, kde-format
msgid "A single click on a file will select and focus, a double click opens the file or steps into the folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:588
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:589
#, kde-format
msgid "Obey global selection policy"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:588
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:589
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Use global setting:</p>"
"<p><i>Plasma System Settings -> Input Devices -> Mouse</i></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:599
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:600
#, kde-format
msgid "Based on KDE's selection mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:600
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:601
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, use a mode based on KDE's style."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:602
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:603
#, kde-format
msgid "Left mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:603
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:604
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, left clicking an item will select it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:605
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:606
#, kde-format
msgid "Left mouse button preserves selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:606
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:607
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, left clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:608
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:609
#, kde-format
msgid "Shift/Ctrl-Left mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:609
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:610
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, Shift/Ctrl left clicking will select items.\n"
"Note: this is meaningless if 'Left Button Selects' is checked."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:611
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:612
#, kde-format
msgid "Right mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:612
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:613
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, right clicking an item will select it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:614
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:615
#, kde-format
msgid "Right mouse button preserves selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:615
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:616
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, right clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:617
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:618
#, kde-format
msgid "Shift/Ctrl-Right mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:618
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:619
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, Shift/Ctrl right clicking will select items.\n"
"Note: this is meaningless if 'Right Button Selects' is checked."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:620
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:621
#, kde-format
msgid "Spacebar moves down"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:621
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:622
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, pressing the spacebar will select the current item and move down.\n"
"Otherwise, current item is selected, but remains the current item."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:623
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:624
#, kde-format
msgid "Spacebar calculates disk space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:624
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:625
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, pressing the spacebar while the current item is a folder, will (except from selecting the folder)\n"
"calculate space occupied of the folder (recursively)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:626
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:627
#, kde-format
msgid "Insert moves down"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:627
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:628
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, pressing Insert will select the current item, and move down to the next item.\n"
"Otherwise, current item is not changed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:629
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:630
#, kde-format
msgid "Right clicking pops context menu immediately"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:630
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:631
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, right clicking will result in an immediate showing of the context menu.\n"
"Otherwise, user needs to click and hold the right mouse button for 500ms."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:666
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:667
#, kde-format
msgid "Media Menu"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:675
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:676
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Mount Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:676
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:677
#, kde-format
msgid "Show File System Type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:685
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:686
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Size:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:687
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:688
#, kde-format
msgctxt "setting 'show size'"
msgid "Always"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:688
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:689
#, kde-format
msgctxt "setting 'show size'"
msgid "When Device has no Label"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:689
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:690
#, kde-format
msgctxt "setting 'show size'"
msgid "Never"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Links"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Defined Links"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid "Add protocol to the link list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove protocol from the link list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Add MIME to the selected protocol on the link list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove MIME from the link list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:107
#: krusader/Konfigurator/konfigurator.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Protocols"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "MIMEs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Defines the panel profile used at startup. A panel profile contains:"
"<ul>"
"<li>all the tabs paths</li>"
"<li>the current tab</li>"
"<li>the active panel</li>"
"</ul>"
"<b><Last session></b> is a special panel profile which is saved automatically when Krusader is closed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Startup profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "<Last session>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Show splashscreen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Display a splashscreen when starting Krusader."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Single instance mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Only one Krusader instance is allowed to run."
msgid "Save last position, size and panel settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>At startup, the main window will resize itself to the size it was when last shutdown. It will also appear in the same location of the screen, having panels sorted and aligned as they were before.</p>"
" "
"<p>If this option is disabled, you can use the menu <i>Window -> Save Position</i> option to manually set the main window's size and position at startup.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Update default panel settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "When settings of a panel are changed, save them as the default for new panels of the same type."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Start to tray"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Krusader starts to tray, without showing the main window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "Save component settings on exit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Check the state of the user interface components and restore them to their condition when last shutdown."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Show function keys"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Function keys will be visible after startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Show command line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Command line will be visible after startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "Show embedded terminal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Embedded terminal will be visible after startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Here you can configure settings about useractions.\n"
"To set up, configure and manage your useractions please use ActionMan."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Start ActionMan"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Terminal execution"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Terminal for UserActions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"%t will be replaced by the title of the action,\n"
msgid "Statusbar will show basic information about file below mouse pointer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/krusader.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt><b>Welcome to Krusader.</b>"
"<p>As this is your first run, your machine will now be checked for external applications. Then the Konfigurator will be launched where you can customize Krusader to your needs.</p>"
msgctxt "%1=number of selected items,%2=total number of items, %3=filesize of selected items,%4=filesize in Bytes, %5=filesize of all items in folder,%6=filesize in Bytes"
msgid "%1 out of %2, %3 (%4) out of %5 (%6)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:443
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1=number of selected items,%2=total number of items, %3=filesize of selected items,%4=filesize of all items in folder"
msgid "%1 out of %2, %3 out of %4"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1092
+#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1094
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1092
-#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1093
-#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1102
+#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1094
+#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1095
+#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1104
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply filter to folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1118
+#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1120
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1118
-#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1119
-#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1125
+#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1120
+#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1121
+#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1127
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply selection to folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krviewfactory.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "&Detailed View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krviewfactory.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "&Brief View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krviewitem.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Climb up the folder tree"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krviewitem.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "(Broken Link)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krviewitem.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Symbolic Link"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krviewitem.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 (Link)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:140
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:1631
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Show the string 'DIR' instead of file size in detailed view (for folders)"
msgid "DIR"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:407
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Ext"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:409
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:411
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Modified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:412
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Changed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Accessed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Perms"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:415
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "rwx"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:416
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Owner"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:417
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:520
#, kde-format
msgid "Size: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:522
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Type: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:523
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Modified: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:524
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Changed: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:525
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Last Access: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:526
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Permissions: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:528
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Owner: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:529
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Group: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:533
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property; broken symbolic link"
msgid "Link to: %1 - (broken)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:535
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Link to: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/sidebar.cpp:66
#, kde-format
msgid "Tree Panel: a tree view of the local file system"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/sidebar.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Preview Panel: display a preview of the current file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/sidebar.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "View Panel: view the current file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Panel/sidebar.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Disk Usage Panel: view the usage of a folder"
msgid "The left base folder used during the synchronization process."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "The right base folder used during the synchronization process."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:260
#, kde-format
msgid "Recurse subfolders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgid "Compare not only the base folders but their subfolders as well."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:264
#, kde-format
msgid "Follow symlinks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid "Follow symbolic links during the compare process."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:269
#, kde-format
msgid "Compare by content"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:272
#, kde-format
msgid "Compare duplicated files with same size by content."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Ignore date information during the compare process.</p>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: useful if the files are located on network filesystems or in archives.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgid "Asymmetric"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>Asymmetric mode</b></p>"
"<p>The left side is the destination, the right is the source folder. Files existing only in the left folder will be deleted, the other differing ones will be copied from right to left.</p>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: useful when updating a folder from a file server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore Case"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Case insensitive filename compare.</p>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: useful when synchronizing Windows filesystems.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "S&how options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files marked to <i>Copy from left to right</i>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:308
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files considered to be identical."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "Show excluded files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:320
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files marked to <i>Copy from right to left</i>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:326
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files marked to delete."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:332
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files that exist on both sides."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:334
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:338
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files that exist on one side only."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:340
#, kde-format
msgid "Singles"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:349
#, kde-format
msgid "The compare results of the synchronizer (Ctrl+M)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:360
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:366
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column file name"
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:361
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:365
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column"
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:362
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:364
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column"
msgid "Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:363
#, kde-format
msgid "<=>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:403
#, kde-format
msgid "&Synchronizer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgid "&Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:421
#, kde-format
msgid "Parallel threads:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:431
#, kde-format
msgid "Equality threshold:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:439
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:454
#, kde-format
msgid "sec"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:440
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:455
#, kde-format
msgid "min"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:441
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:456
#, kde-format
msgid "hour"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:442
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:457
#, kde-format
msgid "day"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:445
#, kde-format
msgid "Time shift (right-left):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:464
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore hidden files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:478
#, kde-format
msgid "Profile manager (Ctrl+P)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:484
#, kde-format
msgid "Swap sides (Ctrl+S)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:494
#, kde-format
msgid "Compare"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:504
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:1533
#, kde-format
msgid "Quiet"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:506
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:1535
#, kde-format
msgid "Scroll Results"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:523
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:655
#, kde-format
msgid "Selected files from targ&et folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:656
#, kde-format
msgid "Selected files from sou&rce folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:658
#, kde-format
msgid "Selected files from &left folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:659
#, kde-format
msgid "Selected files from &right folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:661
#, kde-format
msgid "Targ&et folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:662
#, kde-format
msgid "Sou&rce folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:664
#, kde-format
msgid "&Left folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:665
#, kde-format
msgid "&Right folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:698
#, kde-format
msgid "URL must be the descendant of either the left or the right base URL."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:756
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize Folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:758
#, kde-format
msgid "E&xclude"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:760
#, kde-format
msgid "Restore ori&ginal operation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:762
#, kde-format
msgid "Re&verse direction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:764
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy from &right to left"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:766
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy from &left to right"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:768
#, kde-format
msgid "&Delete (left single)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:773
#, kde-format
msgid "V&iew left file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:776
#, kde-format
msgid "Vi&ew right file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:779
#, kde-format
msgid "&Compare Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:785
#, kde-format
msgid "C&opy selected to clipboard (left)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:787
#, kde-format
msgid "Co&py selected to clipboard (right)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:792
#, kde-format
msgid "&Select items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:794
#, kde-format
msgid "Deselec&t items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:796
#, kde-format
msgid "I&nvert selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:806
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize with &KGet"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:881
#, kde-format
msgid "Select items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:882
#, kde-format
msgid "Deselect items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:1006
#, kde-format
msgid "The target folder must not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:1011
#, kde-format
msgid "The source folder must not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:1251
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronizer has nothing to do."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:1359
#, kde-format
msgid "The synchronizer window contains data from a previous compare. If you exit, this data will be lost. Do you really want to exit?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizertask.cpp:147
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizertask.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Error at opening %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizertask.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid "I/O error while comparing file %1 with %2."
msgid "Root privileges are required to create a symlink. Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job.cpp:332
#, kde-format
msgid "Transfer data"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job.cpp:333
#, kde-format
msgid "Root privileges are required to complete transferring data. Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job.cpp:350
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job.cpp:350
#, kde-format
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not read %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not write to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not start process %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Internal Error\n"
"Please send a full bug report at http://bugs.kde.org\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Malformed URL %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "The protocol %1 is not supported."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "The protocol %1 is only a filter protocol."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 is a folder, but a file was expected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 is a file, but a folder was expected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "The file or folder %1 does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "A file named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:76
#, kde-format
msgid "A folder named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "No hostname specified."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown host %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Access denied to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Access denied.\n"
"Could not write to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not enter folder %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "The protocol %1 does not implement a folder service."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Found a cyclic link in %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Found a cyclic link while copying %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not create socket for accessing %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not connect to host %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Connection to host %1 is broken."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "The protocol %1 is not a filter protocol."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not mount device.\n"
"The reported error was:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not unmount device.\n"
"The reported error was:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not read file %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not write to file %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not bind %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not listen %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not accept %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not access %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not terminate listing %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not make folder %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not remove folder %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not resume file %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not rename file %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not change permissions for %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not change ownership for %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not delete file %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid "The process for the %1 protocol died unexpectedly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Error. Out of memory.\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Unknown proxy host\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid "Authorization failed, %1 authentication not supported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"User canceled action\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Internal error in server\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Timeout on server\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Unknown error\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Unknown interrupt\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not delete original file %1.\n"
"Please check permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not delete partial file %1.\n"
"Please check permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not rename original file %1.\n"
"Please check permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not rename partial file %1.\n"
"Please check permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not create symlink %1.\n"
"Please check permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not write file %1.\n"
"Disk full."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The source and destination are the same file.\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 is required by the server, but is not available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Access to restricted port in POST denied."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgid "The required content size information was not provided for a POST operation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:237
#, kde-format
msgid "A file or folder cannot be dropped onto itself"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "A folder cannot be moved into itself"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:243
#, kde-format
msgid "Communication with the local password server failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to create io-slave. %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Unknown error code %1\n"
"%2\n"
"Please send a full bug report at http://bugs.kde.org."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info url"
msgid "(unknown)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info %1 error name, %2 description"
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
"<p>%2</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:285
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Technical reason</b>: "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Details of the request</b>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "<li>URL: %1</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "<li>Protocol: %1</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "<li>Date and time: %1</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "<li>Additional information: %1</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Possible causes</b>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:301
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Possible solutions</b>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:335
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info protocol"
msgid "(unknown)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:344
#, kde-format
msgid "Contact your appropriate computer support system, whether the system administrator, or technical support group for further assistance."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:347
#, kde-format
msgid "Contact the administrator of the server for further assistance."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:350
#, kde-format
msgid "Check your access permissions on this resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "Your access permissions may be inadequate to perform the requested operation on this resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:353
#, kde-format
msgid "The file may be in use (and thus locked) by another user or application."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid "Check to make sure that no other application or user is using the file or has locked the file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "Although unlikely, a hardware error may have occurred."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:359
#, kde-format
msgid "You may have encountered a bug in the program."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:360
#, kde-format
msgid "This is most likely to be caused by a bug in the program. Please consider submitting a full bug report as detailed below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:362
#, kde-format
msgid "Update your software to the latest version. Your distribution should provide tools to update your software."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:364
#, kde-format
msgid "When all else fails, please consider helping the KDE team or the third party maintainer of this software by submitting a high quality bug report. If the software is provided by a third party, please contact them directly. Otherwise, first look to see if the same bug has been submitted by someone else by searching at the <a href=\"http://bugs.kde.org/\">KDE bug reporting website</a>. If not, take note of the details given above, and include them in your bug report, along with as many other details as you think might help."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:372
#, kde-format
msgid "There may have been a problem with your network connection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:375
#, kde-format
msgid "There may have been a problem with your network configuration. If you have been accessing the Internet with no problems recently, this is unlikely."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:378
#, kde-format
msgid "There may have been a problem at some point along the network path between the server and this computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:380
#, kde-format
msgid "Try again, either now or at a later time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:381
#, kde-format
msgid "A protocol error or incompatibility may have occurred."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:382
#, kde-format
msgid "Ensure that the resource exists, and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:383
#, kde-format
msgid "The specified resource may not exist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:384
#, kde-format
msgid "You may have incorrectly typed the location."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:385
#, kde-format
msgid "Double-check that you have entered the correct location and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:387
#, kde-format
msgid "Check your network connection status."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:391
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Open Resource For Reading"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that the contents of the requested file or folder <strong>%1</strong> could not be retrieved, as read access could not be obtained."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "You may not have permissions to read the file or open the folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Open Resource For Writing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:402
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that the file, <strong>%1</strong>, could not be written to as requested, because access with permission to write could not be obtained."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Launch Process required by the %1 Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:411
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to Launch Process"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:412
#, kde-format
msgid "The program on your computer which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol could not be found or started. This is usually due to technical reasons."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:415
#, kde-format
msgid "The program which provides compatibility with this protocol may not have been updated with your last update of KDE. This can cause the program to be incompatible with the current version and thus not start."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:423
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:424
#, kde-format
msgid "The program on your computer which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol has reported an internal error."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:432
#, kde-format
msgid "Improperly Formatted URL"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:433
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The <strong>U</strong>niform <strong>R</strong>esource <strong>L</strong>ocator (URL) that you entered was not properly formatted. The format of a URL is generally as follows:"
msgid "The protocol <strong>%1</strong> is not supported by the KDE programs currently installed on this computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:446
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested protocol may not be supported."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:447
#, kde-format
msgid "The versions of the %1 protocol supported by this computer and the server may be incompatible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:449
#, kde-format
msgid "You may perform a search on the Internet for a KDE program (called a kioslave or ioslave) which supports this protocol. Places to search include <a href=\"http://kde-apps.org/\">http://kde-apps.org/</a> and <a href=\"http://freshmeat.net/\">http://freshmeat.net/</a>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:458
#, kde-format
msgid "URL Does Not Refer to a Resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:459
#, kde-format
msgid "Protocol is a Filter Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:460
#, kde-format
msgid "The <strong>U</strong>niform <strong>R</strong>esource <strong>L</strong>ocator (URL) that you entered did not refer to a specific resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:463
#, kde-format
msgid "KDE is able to communicate through a protocol within a protocol; the protocol specified is only for use in such situations, however this is not one of these situations. This is a rare event, and is likely to indicate a programming error."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:471
#, kde-format
msgid "Unsupported Action: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:472
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested action is not supported by the KDE program which is implementing the <strong>%1</strong> protocol."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:475
#, kde-format
msgid "This error is very much dependent on the KDE program. The additional information should give you more information than is available to the KDE input/output architecture."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:478
#, kde-format
msgid "Attempt to find another way to accomplish the same outcome."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "File Expected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:484
#, kde-format
msgid "The request expected a file, however the folder <strong>%1</strong> was found instead."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:486
#, kde-format
msgid "This may be an error on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:491
#, kde-format
msgid "Folder Expected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgid "The request expected a folder, however the file <strong>%1</strong> was found instead."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:499
#, kde-format
msgid "File or Folder Does Not Exist"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgid "The specified file or folder <strong>%1</strong> does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:508
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested file could not be created because a file with the same name already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:510
#, kde-format
msgid "Try moving the current file out of the way first, and then try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete the current file and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose an alternate filename for the new file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested folder could not be created because a folder with the same name already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:520
#, kde-format
msgid "Try moving the current folder out of the way first, and then try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:522
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete the current folder and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:523
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose an alternate name for the new folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:527
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown Host"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:528
#, kde-format
msgid "An unknown host error indicates that the server with the requested name, <strong>%1</strong>, could not be located on the Internet."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:531
#, kde-format
msgid "The name that you typed, %1, may not exist: it may be incorrectly typed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:538
#, kde-format
msgid "Access Denied"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:539
#, kde-format
msgid "Access was denied to the specified resource, <strong>%1</strong>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:541 core/job_error.cpp:767
#, kde-format
msgid "You may have supplied incorrect authentication details or none at all."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:543 core/job_error.cpp:769
#, kde-format
msgid "Your account may not have permission to access the specified resource."
msgid "Retry the request and ensure your authentication details are entered correctly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:553
#, kde-format
msgid "Write Access Denied"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:554
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that an attempt to write to the file <strong>%1</strong> was rejected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:561
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to Enter Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:562
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that an attempt to enter (in other words, to open) the requested folder <strong>%1</strong> was rejected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:570
#, kde-format
msgid "Folder Listing Unavailable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:571
#, kde-format
msgid "Protocol %1 is not a Filesystem"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:572
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that a request was made which requires determining the contents of the folder, and the KDE program supporting this protocol is unable to do so."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:580
#, kde-format
msgid "Cyclic Link Detected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:581
#, kde-format
msgid "UNIX environments are commonly able to link a file or folder to a separate name and/or location. KDE detected a link or series of links that results in an infinite loop - i.e. the file was (perhaps in a roundabout way) linked to itself."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:585 core/job_error.cpp:607
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete one part of the loop in order that it does not cause an infinite loop, and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:594
#, kde-format
msgid "Request Aborted By User"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:595 core/job_error.cpp:910
#, kde-format
msgid "The request was not completed because it was aborted."
msgid "UNIX environments are commonly able to link a file or folder to a separate name and/or location. During the requested copy operation, KDE detected a link or series of links that results in an infinite loop - i.e. the file was (perhaps in a roundabout way) linked to itself."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:612
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Create Network Connection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:613
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Create Socket"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:614
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a fairly technical error in which a required device for network communications (a socket) could not be created."
msgid "The network connection may be incorrectly configured, or the network interface may not be enabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:622
#, kde-format
msgid "Connection to Server Refused"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:623
#, kde-format
msgid "The server <strong>%1</strong> refused to allow this computer to make a connection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:625
#, kde-format
msgid "The server, while currently connected to the Internet, may not be configured to allow requests."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:627
#, kde-format
msgid "The server, while currently connected to the Internet, may not be running the requested service (%1)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:629
#, kde-format
msgid "A network firewall (a device which restricts Internet requests), either protecting your network or the network of the server, may have intervened, preventing this request."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:636
#, kde-format
msgid "Connection to Server Closed Unexpectedly"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:637
#, kde-format
msgid "Although a connection was established to <strong>%1</strong>, the connection was closed at an unexpected point in the communication."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:640
#, kde-format
msgid "A protocol error may have occurred, causing the server to close the connection as a response to the error."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:646
#, kde-format
msgid "URL Resource Invalid"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:647
#, kde-format
msgid "Protocol %1 is not a Filter Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:648
#, kde-format
msgid "The <strong>U</strong>niform <strong>R</strong>esource <strong>L</strong>ocator (URL) that you entered did not refer to a valid mechanism of accessing the specific resource, <strong>%1%2</strong>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:653
#, kde-format
msgid "KDE is able to communicate through a protocol within a protocol. This request specified a protocol be used as such, however this protocol is not capable of such an action. This is a rare event, and is likely to indicate a programming error."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:661
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to Initialize Input/Output Device"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:662
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Mount Device"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:663
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested device could not be initialized (\"mounted\"). The reported error was: <strong>%1</strong>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:666
#, kde-format
msgid "The device may not be ready, for example there may be no media in a removable media device (i.e. no CD-ROM in a CD drive), or in the case of a peripheral/portable device, the device may not be correctly connected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:670
#, kde-format
msgid "You may not have permissions to initialize (\"mount\") the device. On UNIX systems, often system administrator privileges are required to initialize a device."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:674
#, kde-format
msgid "Check that the device is ready; removable drives must contain media, and portable devices must be connected and powered on.; and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:680
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to Uninitialize Input/Output Device"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:681
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Unmount Device"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:682
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested device could not be uninitialized (\"unmounted\"). The reported error was: <strong>%1</strong>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:685
#, kde-format
msgid "The device may be busy, that is, still in use by another application or user. Even such things as having an open browser window on a location on this device may cause the device to remain in use."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:689
#, kde-format
msgid "You may not have permissions to uninitialize (\"unmount\") the device. On UNIX systems, system administrator privileges are often required to uninitialize a device."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:693
#, kde-format
msgid "Check that no applications are accessing the device, and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:698
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Read From Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:699
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that although the resource, <strong>%1</strong>, was able to be opened, an error occurred while reading the contents of the resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:702
#, kde-format
msgid "You may not have permissions to read from the resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:715
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Write to Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:716
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that although the resource, <strong>%1</strong>, was able to be opened, an error occurred while writing to the resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:719
#, kde-format
msgid "You may not have permissions to write to the resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:732 core/job_error.cpp:743
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Listen for Network Connections"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:733
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Bind"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:734 core/job_error.cpp:745
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a fairly technical error in which a required device for network communications (a socket) could not be established to listen for incoming network connections."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:744
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Listen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:754
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Accept Network Connection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:755
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a fairly technical error in which an error occurred while attempting to accept an incoming network connection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:759
#, kde-format
msgid "You may not have permissions to accept the connection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:764
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Login: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:765
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to login to perform the requested operation was unsuccessful."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:776
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Determine Resource Status"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:777
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Stat Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:778
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to determine information about the status of the resource <strong>%1</strong>, such as the resource name, type, size, etc., was unsuccessful."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:781
#, kde-format
msgid "The specified resource may not have existed or may not be accessible."
msgstr ""
#. i18n( "Could not terminate listing %1" ).arg( errorText );
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:789
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Cancel Listing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:790
#, kde-format
msgid "FIXME: Document this"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:794
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Create Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:795
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to create the requested folder failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:796
#, kde-format
msgid "The location where the folder was to be created may not exist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:805
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Remove Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:806
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to remove the specified folder, <strong>%1</strong>, failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:808
#, kde-format
msgid "The specified folder may not exist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:809
#, kde-format
msgid "The specified folder may not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:814
#, kde-format
msgid "Ensure that the folder exists and is empty, and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:819
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Resume File Transfer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:820
#, kde-format
msgid "The specified request asked that the transfer of file <strong>%1</strong> be resumed at a certain point of the transfer. This was not possible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:823
#, kde-format
msgid "The protocol, or the server, may not support file resuming."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:825
#, kde-format
msgid "Retry the request without attempting to resume transfer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:830
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Rename Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:831
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to rename the specified resource <strong>%1</strong> failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:841
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Alter Permissions of Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:842
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to alter the permissions on the specified resource <strong>%1</strong> failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:849
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Change Ownership of Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:850
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to change the ownership of the specified resource <strong>%1</strong> failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:857
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Delete Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:858
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to delete the specified resource <strong>%1</strong> failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:865
#, kde-format
msgid "Unexpected Program Termination"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:866
#, kde-format
msgid "The program on your computer which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol has unexpectedly terminated."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:874
#, kde-format
msgid "Out of Memory"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:875
#, kde-format
msgid "The program on your computer which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol could not obtain the memory required to continue."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:883
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown Proxy Host"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:884
#, kde-format
msgid "While retrieving information about the specified proxy host, <strong>%1</strong>, an Unknown Host error was encountered. An unknown host error indicates that the requested name could not be located on the Internet."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:888
#, kde-format
msgid "There may have been a problem with your network configuration, specifically your proxy's hostname. If you have been accessing the Internet with no problems recently, this is unlikely."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:892
#, kde-format
msgid "Double-check your proxy settings and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:897
#, kde-format
msgid "Authentication Failed: Method %1 Not Supported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:899
#, kde-format
msgid "Although you may have supplied the correct authentication details, the authentication failed because the method that the server is using is not supported by the KDE program implementing the protocol %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:903
#, kde-format
msgid "Please file a bug at <a href=\"http://bugs.kde.org/\">http://bugs.kde.org/</a> to inform the KDE team of the unsupported authentication method."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:909
#, kde-format
msgid "Request Aborted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:916
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal Error in Server"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:917
#, kde-format
msgid "The program on the server which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol has reported an internal error: %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:920
#, kde-format
msgid "This is most likely to be caused by a bug in the server program. Please consider submitting a full bug report as detailed below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:923
#, kde-format
msgid "Contact the administrator of the server to advise them of the problem."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:925
#, kde-format
msgid "If you know who the authors of the server software are, submit the bug report directly to them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:930
#, kde-format
msgid "Timeout Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:931
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Although contact was made with the server, a response was not received within the amount of time allocated for the request as follows:"
"<ul>"
"<li>Timeout for establishing a connection: %1 seconds</li>"
"<li>Timeout for receiving a response: %2 seconds</li>"
"<li>Timeout for accessing proxy servers: %3 seconds</li>"
"</ul>"
"Please note that you can alter these timeout settings in the KDE System Settings, by selecting Network Settings -> Connection Preferences."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:942
#, kde-format
msgid "The server was too busy responding to other requests to respond."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:948 core/slavebase.cpp:1442
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:949
#, kde-format
msgid "The program on your computer which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol has reported an unknown error: %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:957
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown Interruption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:958
#, kde-format
msgid "The program on your computer which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol has reported an interruption of an unknown type: %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:966
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Delete Original File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:967
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested operation required the deleting of the original file, most likely at the end of a file move operation. The original file <strong>%1</strong> could not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:976
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Delete Temporary File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:977
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested operation required the creation of a temporary file in which to save the new file while being downloaded. This temporary file <strong>%1</strong> could not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:986
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Rename Original File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:987
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested operation required the renaming of the original file <strong>%1</strong>, however it could not be renamed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:995
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Rename Temporary File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:996
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested operation required the creation of a temporary file <strong>%1</strong>, however it could not be created."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1004
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Create Link"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1005
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Create Symbolic Link"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1006
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested symbolic link %1 could not be created."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1013
#, kde-format
msgid "No Content"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1018
#, kde-format
msgid "Disk Full"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1019
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested file <strong>%1</strong> could not be written to as there is inadequate disk space."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1021
#, kde-format
msgid "Free up enough disk space by 1) deleting unwanted and temporary files; 2) archiving files to removable media storage such as CD-Recordable discs; or 3) obtain more storage capacity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1028
#, kde-format
msgid "Source and Destination Files Identical"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1029
#, kde-format
msgid "The operation could not be completed because the source and destination files are the same file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1031
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose a different filename for the destination file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1035
#, kde-format
msgid "File or Folder dropped onto itself"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1036
#, kde-format
msgid "The operation could not be completed because the source and destination file or folder are the same."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1038
#, kde-format
msgid "Drop the item into a different file or folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1048
#, kde-format
msgid "Folder moved into itself"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1049
#, kde-format
msgid "The operation could not be completed because the source can not be moved into itself."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1051
#, kde-format
msgid "Move the item into a different folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1055
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not communicate with password server"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1056
#, kde-format
msgid "The operation could not be completed because the service for requesting passwords (kpasswdserver) couldn't be contacted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1058
#, kde-format
msgid "Try restarting your session, or look in the logs for errors from kiod."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1061
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Initiate the %1 Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1062
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to Create io-slave"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1063
#, kde-format
msgid "The io-slave which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol could not be started. This is usually due to technical reasons."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1066
#, kde-format
msgid "klauncher could not find or start the plugin which provides the protocol.This means you may have an outdated version of the plugin."
msgid "Would you like to accept this certificate forever without being prompted?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/tcpslavebase.cpp:943
#, kde-format
msgid "You have indicated that you wish to accept this certificate, but it is not issued to the server who is presenting it. Do you wish to continue loading?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/tcpslavebase.cpp:955
#, kde-format
msgid "SSL certificate is being rejected as requested. You can disable this in the KDE System Settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kdiroperator.cpp:759
#, kde-format
msgid "A file or folder named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kdiroperator.cpp:762
#, kde-format
msgid "You do not have permission to create that folder."
"<qt>This is the text that will appear in the Places panel.<br />"
"<br />"
"The label should consist of one or two words that will help you remember what this entry refers to. If you do not enter a label, it will be derived from the location's URL.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "L&abel:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter descriptive label here"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>This is the location associated with the entry. Any valid URL may be used. For example:<br />"
"<br />"
"%1<br />"
"http://www.kde.org<br />"
"ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable<br />"
"<br />"
"By clicking on the button next to the text edit box you can browse to an appropriate URL.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "&Location:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>This is the icon that will appear in the Places panel.<br />"
"<br />"
"Click on the button to select a different icon.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose an &icon:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid "&Only show when using this application (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Select this setting if you want this entry to show only when using the current application (%1).<br />"
"<br />"
"If this setting is not selected, the entry will be available in all applications.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesitem.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Places"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesitem.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Remote"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesitem.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Recently Saved"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesitem.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Search For"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesitem.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Devices"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesitem.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Removable Devices"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Home"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:243
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Network"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Root"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Today"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Yesterday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:285
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "This Month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Last Month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Documents"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Audio Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:300
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Videos"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:1154
#, kde-format
msgid "&Release '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:1156
#, kde-format
msgid "&Safely Remove '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:1159
#, kde-format
msgid "&Unmount '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:1180
#, kde-format
msgid "&Eject '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:1214
#, kde-format
msgid "The device '%1' is not a disk and cannot be ejected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:1250
#, kde-format
msgid "An error occurred while accessing '%1', the system responded: %2"
msgid "<qt>While typing in the text area, you may be presented with possible matches. This feature can be controlled by clicking with the right mouse button and selecting a preferred mode from the <b>Text Completion</b> menu.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:396
#, kde-format
msgid "Drive: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:452
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Click this button to enter the parent folder.<br />"
"<br />"
"For instance, if the current location is file:/home/%1 clicking this button will take you to file:/home.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:456
#, kde-format
msgid "Click this button to move backwards one step in the browsing history."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:457
#, kde-format
msgid "Click this button to move forward one step in the browsing history."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:459
#, kde-format
msgid "Click this button to reload the contents of the current location."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:461
#, kde-format
msgid "Click this button to create a new folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:467
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Places Navigation Panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:474
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:479
#, kde-format
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:481
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>This is the preferences menu for the file dialog. Various options can be accessed from this menu including: "
"<qt>This is the filter to apply to the file list. File names that do not match the filter will not be shown."
"<p>You may select from one of the preset filters in the drop down menu, or you may enter a custom filter directly into the text area.</p>"
"<p>Wildcards such as * and ? are allowed.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:596
#, kde-format
msgid "&Filter:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:838
#, kde-format
msgid "You can only select one file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:839
#, kde-format
msgid "More than one file provided"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1006
#, kde-format
msgid "You can only select local files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1007
#, kde-format
msgid "Remote files not accepted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1014
#, kde-format
msgid "The selected URL uses an unsupported scheme. Please use the following scheme: %2"
msgid_plural "The selected URL uses an unsupported scheme. Please use one of the following schemes: %2"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1020
#, kde-format
msgid "Unsupported URL scheme"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1035
#, kde-format
msgid "More than one folder has been selected and this dialog does not accept folders, so it is not possible to decide which one to enter. Please select only one folder to list it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1035
#, kde-format
msgid "More than one folder provided"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1043
#, kde-format
msgid "At least one folder and one file has been selected. Selected files will be ignored and the selected folder will be listed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1043
#, kde-format
msgid "Files and folders selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1061
#, kde-format
msgid "The file \"%1\" could not be found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1061
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot open file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1340
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the name to save the file as."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1343
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the list of files to open. More than one file can be specified by listing several files, separated by spaces."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1348
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the name of the file to open."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1362
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Places"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1554
#, kde-format
msgid "The file \"%1\" already exists. Do you wish to overwrite it?"
"This option enables some convenient features for saving files with extensions:<br />"
"<ol>"
"<li>Any extension specified in the <b>%1</b> text area will be updated if you change the file type to save in.<br />"
"<br />"
"</li>"
"<li>If no extension is specified in the <b>%2</b> text area when you click <b>Save</b>, %3 will be added to the end of the filename (if the filename does not already exist). This extension is based on the file type that you have chosen to save in.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you do not want KDE to supply an extension for the filename, you can either turn this option off or you can suppress it by adding a period (.) to the end of the filename (the period will be automatically removed).</li>"
"</ol>"
"If unsure, keep this option enabled as it makes your files more manageable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:2606
#, kde-format
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:2610
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>This button allows you to bookmark specific locations. Click on this button to open the bookmark menu where you may add, edit or select a bookmark.<br />"
"<br />"
"These bookmarks are specific to the file dialog, but otherwise operate like bookmarks elsewhere in KDE.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/knewfilemenu.cpp:386
#, kde-format
msgid "Sorry"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/knewfilemenu.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>The template file <b>%1</b> does not exist.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/knewfilemenu.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button"
msgid "Create directory"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/knewfilemenu.cpp:416
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button"
msgid "Enter a different name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/knewfilemenu.cpp:419
#, kde-format
msgid "Create hidden directory?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/knewfilemenu.cpp:429
#, kde-format
msgid "The name \"%1\" starts with a dot, so the directory will be hidden by default."
msgid "The destination resource does not have sufficient space to record the state of the resource after the execution of this method."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/http.cpp:1786
#, kde-format
msgid "The resource cannot be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/http.cpp:1799
#, kde-format
msgctxt "request type"
msgid "upload %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/http.cpp:1849
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1: response code, %2: request type"
msgid "An unexpected error (%1) occurred while attempting to %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/http.cpp:2675
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 contacted. Waiting for reply..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/http.cpp:3019
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info Security check on url being accessed"
msgid ""
"<p>You are about to log in to the site \"%1\" with the username \"%2\", but the website does not require authentication. This may be an attempt to trick you.</p>"
msgid "Accept cookie(s) until the end of the current session"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "&Reject"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply Choice To"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "&Only this cookie"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "&Only these cookies"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Select this option to only accept or reject this cookie. You will be prompted again if you receive another cookie."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "All cookies from this do&main"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid "Select this option to accept or reject all cookies from this site. Choosing this option will add a new policy for the site this cookie originated from. This policy will be permanent until you manually change it from the System Settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "All &cookies"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Select this option to accept/reject all cookies from anywhere. Choosing this option will change the global cookie policy for all cookies until you manually change it from the System Settings."
msgid "You do not have permission to access the %1 protocol."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid " days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<para>KDE's wastebin is configured to use the <b>Finder</b>'s Trash.<br>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>Emptying KDE's wastebin will remove only KDE's trash items, while<br>"
"emptying the Trash through the Finder will delete everything.</para>"
"<para>KDE's trash items will show up in a folder called KDE.trash, in the Trash can.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete files older than:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:260
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>Check this box to allow <emphasis strong='true'>automatic deletion</emphasis> of files that are older than the value specified. Leave this disabled to <emphasis strong='true'>not</emphasis> automatically delete any items after a certain timespan</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgid " day"
msgid_plural " days"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:269
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>Set the number of days that files can remain in the trash. Any files older than this will be automatically deleted.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgid "Limit to maximum size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:279
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>Check this box to limit the trash to the maximum amount of disk space that you specify below. Otherwise, it will be unlimited.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:297
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>This is the maximum percent of disk space that will be used for the trash.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:302
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>This is the calculated amount of disk space that will be allowed for the trash, the maximum.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:305
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum size:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:307
#, kde-format
msgid "When limit reached:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgid "Warn Me"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete Oldest Files From Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete Biggest Files From Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:315
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>When the size limit is reached, it will prefer to delete the type of files that you specify, first. If this is set to warn you, it will do so instead of automatically deleting files.</para>"
msgid "The directory %1 does not exist anymore, so it is not possible to restore this item to its original location. You can either recreate that directory and use the restore operation again, or drag the item anywhere else to restore it."
msgid "Internal error in copyOrMove, should never happen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kio_trash_win.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "not supported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/ktrash.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Helper program to handle the KDE trash can\n"
"Note: to move files to the trash, do not use ktrash, but \"kioclient move 'url' trash:/\""
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/ktrash.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Empty the contents of the trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/ktrash.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Restore a trashed file to its original location"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/trashimpl.cpp:1396
#, kde-format
msgid "The file is too large to be trashed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/trashimpl.cpp:1402
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The trash has reached its maximum size!\n"
"Cleanup the trash manually."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/cache.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Cache</h1>"
"<p>This module lets you configure your cache settings.</p>"
"<p>This specific cache is an area on the disk where recently read web pages are stored. If you want to retrieve a web page again that you have recently read, it will not be downloaded from the Internet, but rather retrieved from the cache, which is a lot faster.</p>"
msgid "Check this box if you want the web pages you visit to be stored on your hard disk for quicker access. The stored pages will only be updated as needed instead of on every visit to that site. This is especially useful if you have a slow connection to the Internet."
msgid "Do not fetch web pages that are not already stored in the cache. Offline mode prevents you from viewing pages that you have not previously visited."
"<p>Cookies contain information that KDE applications using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) store on your computer, initiated by a remote Internet server. This means that a web server can store information about you and your browsing activities on your machine for later use. You might consider this an invasion of privacy.</p>"
"<p> However, cookies are useful in certain situations. For example, they are often used by Internet shops, so you can 'put things into a shopping basket'. Some sites require you have a browser that supports cookies.</p>"
"<p> Because most people want a compromise between privacy and the benefits cookies offer, the HTTP kioslave offers you the ability to customize the way it handles cookies. So you might want to set the default policy to ask you whenever a server wants to set a cookie, allowing you to decide. For your favorite shopping web sites that you trust, you might want to set the policy to accept, then you can access the web sites without being prompted every time a cookie is received.</p>"
"Unable to communicate with the cookie handler service.\n"
"Any changes you made will not take effect until the service is restarted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/kcookiespolicies.cpp:433
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Cookies</h1>"
"<p>Cookies contain information that KDE application using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) stores on your computer from a remote Internet server. This means that a web server can store information about you and your browsing activities on your machine for later use. You might consider this an invasion of privacy.</p>"
"<p>However, cookies are useful in certain situations. For example, they are often used by Internet shops, so you can 'put things into a shopping basket'. Some sites require you have a browser that supports cookies.</p>"
"<p>Because most people want a compromise between privacy and the benefits cookies offer, KDE offers you the ability to customize the way it handles cookies. You might, for example want to set KDE's default policy to ask you whenever a server wants to set a cookie or simply reject or accept everything. For example, you might choose to accept all cookies from your favorite shopping web site. For this all you have to do is either browse to that particular site and when you are presented with the cookie dialog box, click on <i> This domain </i> under the 'apply to' tab and choose accept or simply specify the name of the site in the <i> Domain Specific Policy </i> tab and set it to accept. This enables you to receive cookies from trusted web sites without being asked every time KDE receives a cookie.</p>"
"Reject the so called third-party cookies. These are cookies that originate from a site other than the one you are currently browsing. For example, if you visit <b>www.foobar.com</b> while this option is on, only cookies that originate from www.foobar.com will be processed per your settings. Cookies from any other site will be rejected. This reduces the chances of site operators compiling a profile about your daily browsing habits.\n"
"Automatically accept temporary cookies meant to expire at the end of the current session. Such cookies will not be stored in your computer's hard drive or storage device. Instead, they are deleted when you close all applications (e.g. your browser) that use them.</p>"
"<p><u>NOTE</u> Checking this option overrides your default as well as site specific cookie policies for session cookies.</p>"
"To add a new policy, simply click on the <b>Add...</b> button and supply the necessary information. To change an existing policy, use the <b>Change...</b> button and choose the new policy from the policy dialog box. Clicking on the <b>Delete</b> button will remove the currently selected policy causing the default policy setting to be used for that domain, whereas <b>Delete All</b> will remove all the site specific policies.\n"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DisablePassiveMode), group (DesktopIcons)
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/kio_ftprc.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "Disable Passive FTP"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DisablePassiveMode), group (DesktopIcons)
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/kio_ftprc.kcfg:11
#, kde-format
msgid "When FTP connections are passive the client connects to the server, instead of the other way round, so firewalls do not block the connection; old FTP servers may not support Passive FTP though."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MarkPartial), group (Global Options)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MarkPartial), group (DesktopIcons)
msgid "While a file is being uploaded its extension is \".part\". When fully uploaded it is renamed to its real name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/kproxydlg.cpp:559
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Proxy</h1>"
"<p>A proxy server is an intermediate program that sits between your machine and the Internet and provides services such as web page caching and/or filtering.</p>"
"<p>Caching proxy servers give you faster access to sites you have already visited by locally storing or caching the content of those pages; filtering proxy servers, on the other hand, provide the ability to block out requests for ads, spam, or anything else you want to block.</p>"
"<p><u>Note:</u> Some proxy servers provide both services.</p>"
"A proxy server is an intermediate machine that sits between your computer and the Internet and provides services such as web page caching and filtering. Caching proxy servers give you faster access to web sites you have already visited by locally storing or caching those pages; filtering proxy servers usually provide the ability to block out requests for ads, spam, or anything else you want to block.\n"
"<p>\n"
"If you are uncertain whether or not you need to use a proxy server to connect to the Internet, consult your Internet service provider's setup guide or your system administrator.\n"
"Automatically detect and configure the proxy settings."
"<p>\n"
"Automatic detection is performed using the <b>Web Proxy Auto-Discovery Protocol (WPAD)</b>."
"<p>\n"
"<b>NOTE:</b> This option might not work properly or not work at all in some UNIX/Linux distributions. If you encounter a problem when using this option, please check the FAQ section at http://konqueror.kde.org.\n"
"<p>Use proxy settings defined on the system.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>Some platforms offer system wide proxy configuration information and selecting this option allows you to use those settings.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>On Mac platforms</p>"
"\n"
"<p>On Windows platforms</p>"
"\n"
"<p>On Unix and Linux platforms, such system proxy settings are usually defined through environment variables. The following environment variables are detected and used when present: <b>HTTP_PROXY</b>, <b>HTTPS_PROXY</b>, <b>FTP_PROXY</b>, <b>NO_PROXY</b>.</p>"
"<qt>Enter the environment variable, e.g. <b>NO_PROXY</b>, used to store the addresses of sites for which the above proxy settings should not be used."
"<p>Alternatively, you can click on the <b>\"Auto Detect\"</b> button to attempt an automatic discovery of this variable.</p>"
"<p>Enter a comma separated list of hostnames or ip addresses that should be excluded from using the above proxy settings.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>If you want to exclude all hosts for a given domain, then simply enter the domain name preceded by a dot. For example, to exclude all hostnames for <i>kde.org</i>, enter <i>.kde.org</i>. Wildcard characters such as '*' or '?' are not supported and will have no effect.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>Additionally, you can also enter IP addresses, e.g. 127.0.0.1 and IP addresses with a subnet, e.g. 192.168.0.1/24.</p>"
"<p>Marks partially uploaded files through SMB, SFTP and other protocols.</p>"
"<p>When this option is enabled, partially uploaded files will have a \".part\" extension. This extension will be removed once the transfer is complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/netpref.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "FTP Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/netpref.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable passive &mode (PASV)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/netpref.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Enables FTP's \"passive\" mode. This is required to allow FTP to work from behind firewalls."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/netpref.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Marks partially uploaded FTP files.</p>"
"<p>When this option is enabled, partially uploaded files will have a \".part\" extension. This extension will be removed once the transfer is complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/netpref.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Network Preferences</h1>"
"Here you can define the behavior of KDE programs when using Internet and network connections. If you experience timeouts or use a modem to connect to the Internet, you might want to adjust these settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/smbrodlg.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "These settings apply to network browsing only."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/smbrodlg.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Default user name:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/smbrodlg.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Default password:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/smbrodlg.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Windows Shares</h1>"
"<p>Applications using the SMB kioslave (like Konqueror) are able to access shared Microsoft Windows file systems, if properly configured.</p>"
"<p>You can specify here the credentials used to access the shared resources. Passwords will be stored locally, and scrambled so as to render them unreadable to the human eye. For security reasons, you may not want to do that, as entries with passwords are clearly indicated as such.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/useragentdlg.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Add Identification"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/useragentdlg.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Modify Identification"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/useragentdlg.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<center>Found an existing identification for<br/>"
"<b>%1</b><br/>"
"Do you want to replace it?</center>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/useragentdlg.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Duplicate Identification"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/useragentdlg.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Browser Identification</h1>"
"<p>The browser-identification module allows you to have full control over how KDE applications using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) will identify itself to web sites you browse.</p>"
"<p>This ability to fake identification is necessary because some web sites do not display properly when they detect that they are not talking to current versions of either Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer, even if the browser actually supports all the necessary features to render those pages properly. For such sites, you can use this feature to try to browse them. Please understand that this might not always work, since such sites might be using non-standard web protocols and or specifications.</p>"
"<p><u>NOTE:</u> To obtain specific help on a particular section of the dialog box, simply click on the quick help button on the window title bar, then click on the section for which you are seeking help.</p>"
"Here you can modify the default browser-identification text or set a site <code>(eg. www.kde.org)</code> or a domain <code>(eg. kde.org)</code> specific identification text."
"<p>\n"
"To add a new site-specific identification text, click the <code>New</code> button and supply the necessary information. To change an existing site-specific entry, click on the <code>Change</code> button. The <code>Delete</code> button will remove the selected site-specific identification text, causing the default setting to be used for that site or domain.\n"
"<u>NOTE:</u> Many sites rely on this information to display pages properly, hence, it is highly recommended that you do not totally disable this feature but rather customize it."
"<p>\n"
"By default, only minimal identification information is sent to remote sites. The identification text that will be sent is shown below.\n"
"Enter the site or domain name where a fake browser identification should be used."
"<p>\n"
"<u>NOTE:</u> Wildcard syntax such as \\\"*,?\\\" is NOT allowed: instead, use the top level address of a site to make generic matches; for example, if you want all KDE sites to receive a fake browser identification, you would enter <code>kde.org</code> - the fake identity would then be sent to any KDE site that ends with <code>kde.org</code>.</p>"
" In this module you can configure some enhanced browsing features of KDE. "
"<h2>Web Shortcuts</h2>"
"Web Shortcuts are a quick way of using Web search engines. For example, type \"duckduckgo:frobozz\" or \"dd:frobozz\" and your web browser will do a search on DuckDuckGo for \"frobozz\". Even easier: just press Alt+F2 (if you have not changed this keyboard shortcut) and enter the shortcut in the Run Command dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/kioexecd.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"has been modified. Do you want to upload the changes?"
msgid "(c) 1998-2000,2003 The KFM/Konqueror Developers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid "David Faure"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgid "Stephan Kulow"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Bernhard Rosenkraenzer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgid "Waldo Bastian"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "Oswald Buddenhagen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "Treat URLs as local files and delete them afterwards"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Suggested file name for the downloaded file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:289
#, kde-format
msgid "Command to execute"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "URL(s) or local file(s) used for 'command'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/discovery.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find a usable proxy configuration script"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/downloader.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not download the proxy configuration script:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/downloader.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not download the proxy configuration script"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/proxyscout.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The proxy configuration script is invalid:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/proxyscout.cpp:353
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The proxy configuration script returned an error:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/script.cpp:752
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find 'FindProxyForURL' or 'FindProxyForURLEx'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/script.cpp:770
#, kde-format
msgid "Got an invalid reply when calling %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpasswdserver/kpasswdserver.cpp:568
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpasswdserver/kpasswdserver.cpp:573
#, kde-format
msgid "Retry Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpasswdserver/kpasswdserver.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button filter-continue"
msgid "Retry"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpasswdserver/kpasswdserver.cpp:873
#, kde-format
msgid "Authentication Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: urifilters/ikws/ikwsopts.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column Name label from web shortcuts column"
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: urifilters/ikws/ikwsopts.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column"
msgid "Shortcuts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: urifilters/ikws/ikwsopts.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column"
msgid "Preferred"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: urifilters/ikws/ikwsopts.cpp:106
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid ""
"Check this box to select the highlighted web shortcut as preferred.<nl/>"
"Preferred web shortcuts are used in places where only a few select shortcuts can be shown at one time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: urifilters/ikws/ikwsopts.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox No default web shortcut"
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: urifilters/ikws/ikwsopts.cpp:263
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>In this module you can configure the web shortcuts feature. Web shortcuts allow you to quickly search or lookup words on the Internet. For example, to search for information about the KDE project using the Google engine, you simply type <emphasis>gg:KDE</emphasis> or <emphasis>google:KDE</emphasis>.</para>"
"<para>If you select a default search engine, then you can search for normal words or phrases by simply typing them into the input widget of applications that have built-in support for such a feature, e.g Konqueror.</para>"
"<p>Web shortcuts allow you to quickly access or search for information located online or on your hard drive. </p>"
"<p>KDE comes with many predefined Web shortcuts. One such Web shortcut is the Google (TM) search shortcut. To use it, you simply type the keyword 'gg' followed by the keyword delimiter and the search term, e.g. <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">gg:KDE</span>.</p>"
"Select the search engine to use for input boxes that provide automatic lookup services when you type in normal words and phrases instead of a URL. To disable this feature select <b>None</b> from the list.\n"
"<p>This allows applications to automatically convert the typed word or phrase to web shortcut queries when they cannot be filtered into a proper URL. </p>"
"<p>To disable this functionality select <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">None</span> from the list. </p>"
"Enter the URI that is used to perform a search on the search engine here.<br/>"
"The whole text to be searched for can be specified as \\{@} or \\{0}.<br/>"
"\n"
"Recommended is \\{@}, since it removes all query variables (name=value) from the resulting string, whereas \\{0} will be substituted with the unmodified query string.<br/>"
"You can use \\{1} ... \\{n} to specify certain words from the query and \\{name} to specify a value given by 'name=value' in the user query.<br/>"
"In addition it is possible to specify multiple references (names, numbers and strings) at once (\\{name1,name2,...,\"string\"}).<br/>"
"The first matching value (from the left) will be used as the substitution value for the resulting URI.<br/>"
"A quoted string can be used as the default value if nothing matches from the left of the reference list.\n"
"The shortcuts entered here can be used as a pseudo-URI scheme in KDE. For example, the shortcut <b>av</b> can be used as in <b>av</b>:<b>my search</b>\n"
msgid "Check this option if the application you want to run is a text mode application or if you want the information that is provided by the terminal emulator window."
msgid "Check this option if the text mode application offers relevant information on exit. Keeping the terminal emulator open allows you to retrieve this information."
msgid "Check this option if you want to run this application with a different user id. Every process has a different user id associated with it. This id code determines file access and other permissions. The password of the user is required to use this option."
msgid "Check this option if you want to make clear that your application has started. This visual feedback may appear as a busy cursor or in the taskbar."
msgid "Type the name you want to give to this application here. This application will appear under this name in the applications menu and in the panel."
"<p>This list should show the types of file that your application can handle. This list is organized by <u>mimetypes</u>.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>MIME, Multipurpose Internet (e)Mail Extension, is a standard protocol for identifying the type of data based on filename extensions and correspondent <u>mimetypes</u>. Example: the \"bmp\" part that comes after the dot in flower.bmp indicates that it is a specific kind of image, <u>image/x-bmp</u>. To know which application should open each type of file, the system should be informed about the abilities of each application to handle these extensions and mimetypes.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>If you want to associate this application with one or more mimetypes that are not in this list, click on the button <b>Add</b> below. If there are one or more filetypes that this application cannot handle, you may want to remove them from the list clicking on the button <b>Remove</b> below.</p>"
msgid "If you want to remove a type of file (mimetype) that your application cannot handle, select the mimetype in the list above and click on this button."
msgid "This file is a link and does not have permissions."
msgid_plural "All files are links and do not have permissions."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1776
#, kde-format
msgid "Only the owner can change permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1780
#, kde-format
msgid "O&wner:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1786
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the actions that the owner is allowed to do."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1788
#, kde-format
msgid "Gro&up:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1794
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the actions that the members of the group are allowed to do."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1796
#, kde-format
msgid "O&thers:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1802
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the actions that all users, who are neither owner nor in the group, are allowed to do."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1807
#, kde-format
msgid "Only own&er can rename and delete folder content"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1808
#, kde-format
msgid "Is &executable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1812
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable this option to allow only the folder's owner to delete or rename the contained files and folders. Other users can only add new files, which requires the 'Modify Content' permission."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1816
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable this option to mark the file as executable. This only makes sense for programs and scripts. It is required when you want to execute them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1823
#, kde-format
msgid "A&dvanced Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1831
#, kde-format
msgid "Ownership"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1838
#, kde-format
msgid "User:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1882
#, kde-format
msgid "Group:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1919
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply changes to all subfolders and their contents"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1958
#, kde-format
msgid "Advanced Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1975
#, kde-format
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1982
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Show\n"
"Entries"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1983
#, kde-format
msgid "This flag allows viewing the content of the folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1985
#, kde-format
msgid "Read"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1986
#, kde-format
msgid "The Read flag allows viewing the content of the file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1992
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Write\n"
"Entries"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1993
#, kde-format
msgid "This flag allows adding, renaming and deleting of files. Note that deleting and renaming can be limited using the Sticky flag."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1996
#, kde-format
msgid "Write"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1997
#, kde-format
msgid "The Write flag allows modifying the content of the file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2003
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Enter folder"
msgid "Enter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2004
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable this flag to allow entering the folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2006
#, kde-format
msgid "Exec"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2007
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable this flag to allow executing the file as a program."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2015
#, kde-format
msgid "Special"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2019
#, kde-format
msgid "Special flag. Valid for the whole folder, the exact meaning of the flag can be seen in the right hand column."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2022
#, kde-format
msgid "Special flag. The exact meaning of the flag can be seen in the right hand column."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2026
#, kde-format
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2030
#, kde-format
msgid "Group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2040
#, kde-format
msgid "If this flag is set, the owner of this folder will be the owner of all new files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2043
#, kde-format
msgid "If this file is an executable and the flag is set, it will be executed with the permissions of the owner."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2048
#, kde-format
msgid "If this flag is set, the group of this folder will be set for all new files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2051
#, kde-format
msgid "If this file is an executable and the flag is set, it will be executed with the permissions of the group."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2056
#, kde-format
msgid "If the Sticky flag is set on a folder, only the owner and root can delete or rename files. Otherwise everybody with write permissions can do this."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2060
#, kde-format
msgid "The Sticky flag on a file is ignored on Linux, but may be used on some systems"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2125
#, kde-format
msgid "Set UID"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2129
#, kde-format
msgid "Set GID"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2133
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File permission"
msgid "Sticky"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2253
#, kde-format
msgid "Link"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2272
#, kde-format
msgid "Varying (No Change)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2385
#, kde-format
msgid "This file uses advanced permissions"
msgid_plural "These files use advanced permissions."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2406
#, kde-format
msgid "This folder uses advanced permissions."
msgid_plural "These folders use advanced permissions."
msgid "Here you can change the component program. Components are programs that handle basic tasks, like the terminal emulator, the text editor and the email client. Different KDE applications sometimes need to invoke a console emulator, send a mail or display some text. To do so consistently, these applications always call the same components. You can choose here which programs these components are."
"<p>This list shows the configurable component types. Click the component you want to configure.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>In this dialog you can change KDE default components. Components are programs that handle basic tasks, like the terminal emulator, the text editor and the email client. Different KDE applications sometimes need to invoke a console emulator, send a mail or display some text. To do so consistently, these applications always call the same components. Here you can select which programs these components are.</p>"
"Press this button to select your favorite email client. Please note that the file you select has to have the executable attribute set in order to be accepted.<br/>"
" You can also use several placeholders which will be replaced with the actual values when the email client is called:"
"Press this button to select your favorite terminal client. Please note that the file you select has to have the executable attribute set in order to be accepted.<br/>"
" Also note that some programs that utilize Terminal Emulator will not work if you add command line arguments (Example: konsole -ls)."
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-11-15 12:06+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-02-15 08:51+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#, kde-format
msgctxt "NAME OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your names"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#, kde-format
msgctxt "EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your emails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmkded.cpp:78
+#: kcmkded.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "kcmkded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmkded.cpp:78
+#: kcmkded.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "KDE Service Manager"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmkded.cpp:80
+#: kcmkded.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "(c) 2002 Daniel Molkentin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmkded.cpp:81
+#: kcmkded.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Daniel Molkentin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kcmkded.cpp:84
+#: kcmkded.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Service Manager</h1>"
"<p>This module allows you to have an overview of all plugins of the KDE Daemon, also referred to as KDE Services. Generally, there are two types of service:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li>Services invoked at startup</li>"
"<li>Services called on demand</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>The latter are only listed for convenience. The startup services can be started and stopped. In Administrator mode, you can also define whether services should be loaded at startup.</p>"
"<p><b> Use this with care: some services are vital for Plasma; do not deactivate services if you do not know what you are doing.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmkded.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Service Manager</h1>"
"<p>This module allows you to have an overview of all plugins of the KDE Daemon, also referred to as KDE Services. Generally, there are two types of service:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li>Services invoked at startup</li>"
"<li>Services called on demand</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>The latter are only listed for convenience. The startup services can be started and stopped. In Administrator mode, you can also define whether services should be loaded at startup.</p>"
"<p><b> Use this with care: some services are vital for KDE; do not deactivate services if you do not know what you are doing.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmkded.cpp:92
+#: kcmkded.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmkded.cpp:93
+#: kcmkded.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmkded.cpp:98
+#: kcmkded.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Load-on-Demand Services"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmkded.cpp:99
+#: kcmkded.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a list of available KDE services which will be started on demand. They are only listed for convenience, as you cannot manipulate these services."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmkded.cpp:108 kcmkded.cpp:130
+#: kcmkded.cpp:109 kcmkded.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmkded.cpp:109 kcmkded.cpp:131
+#: kcmkded.cpp:110 kcmkded.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmkded.cpp:110 kcmkded.cpp:132
+#: kcmkded.cpp:111 kcmkded.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmkded.cpp:119
+#: kcmkded.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "Startup Services"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kcmkded.cpp:120
+#: kcmkded.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "This shows all KDE services that can be loaded on Plasma startup. Checked services will be invoked on next startup. Be careful with deactivation of unknown services."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmkded.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "This shows all KDE services that can be loaded on KDE startup. Checked services will be invoked on next startup. Be careful with deactivation of unknown services."
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-02-05 09:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-02-15 08:51+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#, kde-format
msgctxt "NAME OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your names"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#, kde-format
msgctxt "EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your emails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcm.cpp:82
+#: kcm.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure Look and Feel details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcm.cpp:84 lnftool.cpp:43
+#: kcm.cpp:85 lnftool.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Marco Martin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcm.cpp:116
+#: kcm.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Download New Look And Feel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: kcm.cpp:554
+#: kcm.cpp:555
#, kde-format
msgid "You have to restart the Plasma session for these changes to take effect."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcm.cpp:554
+#: kcm.cpp:556
#, kde-format
msgid "You have to restart KDE for cursor changes to take effect."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcm.cpp:555
+#: kcm.cpp:556
#, kde-format
msgid "Cursor Settings Changed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lnftool.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Look and feel tool"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lnftool.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Command line tool to apply look and feel packages."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lnftool.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Copyright 2017, Marco Martin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lnftool.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Maintainer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lnftool.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "List available Look and feel packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lnftool.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply a look and feel package"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lnftool.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "packagename"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lnftool.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset the Plasma Desktop layout"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:34
#, kde-format
msgid "This module lets you configure the look of the whole workspace with some ready to go presets."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Select an overall theme for your workspace (including plasma theme, color scheme, mouse cursor, window and desktop switcher, splash screen, lock screen etc.)"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Test Splashscreen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: your Plasma Desktop layout will be lost and reset to the default layout provided by the selected theme."
msgid "When used together with vertical scrolling, hitting the upper or lower right corner will seamlessly switch over from vertical to circular scrolling"
msgid "This gesture is an alternative way of dragging. It is performed by tapping (touching and releasing the finger), then touching again and moving the finger on the touchpad"
msgid "If off, a tap-and-drag gesture ends when you release the finger. If on, the gesture is active until you tap a second time, or until timeout expires"
msgid "How long it takes (in milliseconds) for the \"Locked Drags\" mode to be automatically turned off after the finger is released from the touchpad"
msgid "Here you can choose a keyboard model. This setting is independent of your keyboard layout and refers to the \"hardware\" model, i.e. the way your keyboard is manufactured. Modern keyboards that come with your computer usually have two extra keys and are referred to as \"104-key\" models, which is probably what you want if you do not know what kind of keyboard you have.\n"
msgid "This is a shortcut for switching to a third level of the active layout (if it has one) which is handled by X.org. It allows modifier-only shortcuts."
msgid "This is a shortcut for switching layouts. It does not support modifier-only shortcuts and also may not work in some situations (e.g. if popup is active or from screensaver)."
msgid "This is a shortcut for switching layouts which is handled by KDE. It does not support modifier-only shortcuts and also may not work in some situations (e.g. if popup is active or from screensaver)."
msgid "If supported, this option allows you to set the delay after which a pressed key will start generating keycodes. The 'Repeat rate' option controls the frequency of these keycodes."
msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the registered shortcuts for component '%1'? The component and shortcuts will reregister themselves with their default settings when they are next started."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kglobalshortcutseditor.cpp:450
#, kde-format
msgid "Application Launchers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kglobalshortcutseditor.cpp:453
#, kde-format
msgid "Other Shortcuts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kglobalshortcutseditor.cpp:558
#, kde-format
msgid "Your current changes will be lost if you load another scheme before saving this one"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kglobalshortcutseditor.cpp:559
#, kde-format
msgid "Load Shortcut Scheme"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kglobalshortcutseditor.cpp:560
#, kde-format
msgid "Load"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kglobalshortcutseditor.cpp:573
#, kde-format
msgid "This file (%1) does not exist. You can only select local files."
"This module allows you to modify the visual appearance of user interface elements, such as the widget style and effects."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:171
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "KDE Style Module"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:173
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid "(c) 2002 Karol Szwed, Daniel Molkentin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:175
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgid "Karol Szwed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:176
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Daniel Molkentin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:177
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgid "Ralf Nolden"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:202
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "Widget style:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:212
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "Con&figure..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:221
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:249
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "&Applications"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:250
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "&Fine Tuning"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:280 kcmstyle.cpp:291
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:282 kcmstyle.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "There was an error loading the configuration dialog for this style."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:282 kcmstyle.cpp:293
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:284 kcmstyle.cpp:295
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to Load Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:372
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Changes to the visibility of menu icons will only affect newly started applications.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Menu Icons Changed"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgid "Settings changes will take effect only on application restart"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:515 kcmstyle.cpp:626
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:517 kcmstyle.cpp:628
#, kde-format
msgid "No description available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:626
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:628
#, kde-format
msgid "Description: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:729
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:731
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can choose from a list of predefined widget styles (e.g. the way buttons are drawn) which may or may not be combined with a theme (additional information like a marble texture or a gradient)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:733
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:735
#, kde-format
msgid "This area shows a preview of the currently selected style without having to apply it to the whole desktop."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:736
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:738
#, kde-format
msgid "This page allows you to choose details about the widget style options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:737
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:739
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Text:</b> Shows only icons on toolbar buttons. Best option for low resolutions.</p>"
"<p><b>Text Only: </b>Shows only text on toolbar buttons.</p>"
"<p><b>Text Beside Icons: </b> Shows icons and text on toolbar buttons. Text is aligned beside the icon.</p>"
"<b>Text Below Icons: </b> Shows icons and text on toolbar buttons. Text is aligned below the icon."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:744
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:746
#, kde-format
msgid "If you enable this option, KDE Applications will show small icons alongside some important buttons."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmstyle.cpp:746
+#: kcmstyle.cpp:748
#, kde-format
msgid "If you enable this option, KDE Applications will show small icons alongside most menu items."
msgid "Translates into any language using Google Translate. For list of supported languages visit https://developers.google.com/translate/v2/using_rest?hl=de#language-params"
msgid "This column shows the status of the font family, and of the individual font styles."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/FontList.cpp:728
+#: kcmfontinst/FontList.cpp:729
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This list shows your installed fonts. The fonts are grouped by family, and the number in square brackets represents the number of styles in which the family is available. e.g.</p>"
"<p>This list displays the font groups available on your system. There are 2 main types of font groups:"
"<ul>"
"<li><b>Standard</b> are special groups used by the font manager."
"<ul>%1</ul>"
"</li>"
"<li><b>Custom</b> are groups created by you. To add a font family to one of these groups simply drag it from the list of fonts, and drop onto the desired group. To remove a family from the group, drag the font onto the \"All Fonts\" group.</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:630
+#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:631
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<li><i>All Fonts</i> contains all the fonts installed on your system.</li>"
"<li><i>Unclassified</i> contains all fonts that have not yet been placed within a \"Custom\" group.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:633
+#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:634
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<li><i>All Fonts</i> contains all the fonts installed on your system - both \"System\" and \"Personal\".</li>"
"<li><i>System</i> contains all fonts that are installed system-wide (i.e. available to all users).</li>"
"<li><i>Personal</i> contains your personal fonts.</li>"
"<li><i>Unclassified</i> contains all fonts that have not yet been placed within a \"Custom\" group.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:740
+#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:741
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>A group named <b>'%1'</b> already exists.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:834
+#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:835
#, kde-format
msgid "Rename..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:846
+#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:847
#, kde-format
msgid "Export..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:944
+#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:945
#, kde-format
msgid "Add to \"%1\"."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:946
+#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:947
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove from current group."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:948
+#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:949
#, kde-format
msgid "Move to personal folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:950
+#: kcmfontinst/GroupList.cpp:951
#, kde-format
msgid "Move to system folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/JobRunner.cpp:149
+#: kcmfontinst/JobRunner.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Skip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/JobRunner.cpp:152
+#: kcmfontinst/JobRunner.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "AutoSkip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/JobRunner.cpp:197
+#: kcmfontinst/JobRunner.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h3>Cancel?</h3>"
"<p>Are you sure you wish to cancel?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/JobRunner.cpp:210
+#: kcmfontinst/JobRunner.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h3>Finished</h3>"
"<p>Please note that any open applications will need to be restarted in order for any changes to be noticed.</p>"
msgid "Unexpected error while processing: <i>%1</i>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:188
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "KDE Font Manager"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:189
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "(C) Craig Drummond, 2000 - 2009"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:190
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "Craig Drummond"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:190
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "Developer and maintainer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:219
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "Scan for Duplicate Fonts..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:223
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "Get New Fonts..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:224
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:225
#, kde-format
msgid "Tools"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:238
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgid "Create a new group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:246
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable all disabled fonts in the current group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:250
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Disable all enabled fonts in the current group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:277
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "This displays a preview of the selected font."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:293
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgid "Add..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:294
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:295
#, kde-format
msgid "Install fonts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:298
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:299
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete all selected fonts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:356
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "Change Preview Text..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:424
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:425
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Font Installer</h1>"
"<p> This module allows you to install TrueType, Type1, and Bitmap fonts.</p>"
"<p>You may also install fonts using Konqueror: type fonts:/ into Konqueror's location bar and this will display your installed fonts. To install a font, simply copy one into the folder.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:430
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:431
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Font Installer</h1>"
"<p> This module allows you to install TrueType, Type1, and Bitmap fonts.</p>"
"<p>You may also install fonts using Konqueror: type fonts:/ into Konqueror's location bar and this will display your installed fonts. To install a font, simply copy it into the appropriate folder - \"%1\" for fonts available to just yourself, or \"%2\" for system-wide fonts (available to all).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:489
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Fonts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:623
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:624
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to save list of fonts to print."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:648
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:649
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to start font printer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:654
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:655
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"There are no printable fonts.\n"
"You can only print non-bitmap and enabled fonts."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:656
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:657
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Print"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:670
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:671
#, kde-format
msgid "You did not select anything to delete."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:671
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:672
#, kde-format
msgid "Nothing to Delete"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:687
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:688
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Do you really want to delete</p>"
"<p>'<b>%1</b>'?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:689
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:690
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete Font"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:693
+#: kcmfontinst/KCmFontInst.cpp:694
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to delete this font?"
msgid_plural "Do you really want to delete these %1 fonts?"
"Enable this option if you do not have a lot of disk space.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"<em>Be careful:</em> this will delete the folder named <filename>.thumbnails</filename> in your home folder, deleting all thumbnails previously generated by Gwenview and other applications."
msgid "Archiving saves old items into the given file and then deletes them in the current calendar. If the archive file already exists they will be added. (<link url=\"#\">How to restore</link>)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "In order to add an archive to your calendar, use the Merge Calendar function. You can view an archive by opening it like you would any other calendar. It is not saved in a special format, but as vCalendar."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:radio"
msgid "Archive now items older than:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Enable one time archiving or purging of older items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "If you check this box, events and to-dos older than the specified age will be archived or purged. The items will be archived unless the \"Delete only\" option is enabled; else the items will be purged and not saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Set the one time archiving cut-off date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The date before which items should be archived. All older events and to-dos will be saved and deleted, the newer (and events exactly on that date) will be kept."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:radio"
msgid "Automaticall&y archive items older than:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Enable automatic archiving or purging of older items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "If this feature is enabled, the application will regularly check if events and to-dos have to be archived; this means you will not need to use this dialog box again, except to change the settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Set the archival age in days, weeks or months"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The age of the events and to-dos to archive. All older items will be saved and deleted, the newer will be kept."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Set the units for the automatic archive age"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Select the time units (days, weeks or months) for automatic archiving."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox expires in daily units"
msgid "Day(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox expiration in weekly units"
msgid "Week(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox expiration in monthly units"
msgid "Month(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Archive &file:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label filter for KUrlRequester"
msgid "*.ics|iCalendar Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Set the location of the archive"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The path of the archive file. The events and to-dos will be appended to the specified file, so any events that are already in the file will not be modified or deleted. You can later load or merge the file like any other calendar. It is not saved in a special format, it uses the iCalendar format."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Type of Items to Archive"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Here you can select which items should be archived. Events are archived if they ended before the date given above; to-dos are archived if they were finished before the date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Archive &Events"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Archive or purge events"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Select this option to archive events if they ended before the date given above."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Archive Completed &To-dos"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Archive or purge completed to-dos"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:229
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Select this option to archive to-dos if they were completed before the date given above."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "&Delete only, do not save"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Purge the old items without saving them"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Select this option to delete old events and to-dos without saving them. It is not possible to recover the events later."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:304
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "The archive file name is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: attachmenthandler.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "No attachment named \"%1\" found in the incidence."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: attachmenthandler.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "The attachment \"%1\" is a web link that is inaccessible from this computer. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: attachmenthandler.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "The calendar invitation stored in this email message is broken in some way. Unable to continue."
msgid "Unable to create a temporary file for the attachment."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: attachmenthandler.cpp:232 utils.cpp:749
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Attachment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calendarutils.cpp:264
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Unable to purge to-dos with uncompleted children."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calendarutils.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Delete To-do"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:33
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category: appointment"
msgid "Appointment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:34
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category"
msgid "Business"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:35
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category"
msgid "Meeting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:36
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category: phone call"
msgid "Phone Call"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:37
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category"
msgid "Education"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category: official or unofficial observance of religious/national/cultural/other significance, often accompanied by celebrations or festivities"
msgid "Holiday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:44
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category: a lengthy time away from work or school, a trip abroad, or simply a pleasure trip away from home"
msgid "Vacation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category: examples: anniversary of historical or personal event; big date; remembrance, etc"
msgid "Special Occasion"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category"
msgid "Personal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category: typically associated with leaving home for business, and not pleasure"
msgid "Travel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category"
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category"
msgid "Birthday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: cellitem.cpp:52
#, kde-kuit-format
msgid "<placeholder>undefined</placeholder>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "There are no items before %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Delete all items before %1 without saving?\n"
"The following items will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete Old Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:289
#, kde-format
msgctxt "save failure cause unknown"
msgid "Reason unknown"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot write archive file %1. %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:303
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot write archive. %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Archiving events"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freebusycalendar.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Free"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freebusycalendar.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid "Busy"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freebusycalendar.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "Unavailable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freebusycalendar.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgid "Tentative"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freebusycalendar.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freebusyitemmodel.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgid "Attendee"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label Day of the week name, example: Monday,"
msgid "%1,"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label A time period duration. It is preceded/followed (based on the orientation) by the name of the week, see the message above. example: 12 June, 8:00am to 9:30am"
msgid "%1 %2, %3 to %4"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label A time period duration. KLocale is used to format the components. example: Monday, 12 June, 8:00am to 9:30am"
msgid "%1, %2 %3, %4 to %5"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Free Period"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip period start time"
msgid "Start:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip period end time"
msgid "End:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip period duration"
msgid "Duration:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalmodel.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "This model can only handle event, task, journal or free-busy list folders. The current collection holds mimetypes: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kcalmodel.cpp:194
+#: kcalmodel.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column, calendar event summary"
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kcalmodel.cpp:197
+#: kcalmodel.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column, calendar event start date and time"
msgid "Start date and time"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kcalmodel.cpp:199
+#: kcalmodel.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column, calendar event end date and time"
msgid "End date and time"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kcalmodel.cpp:201
+#: kcalmodel.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column, calendar event type"
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EmailControlCenter), group (Personal Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:15
#, kde-format
msgid "Use email settings from System Settings"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EmailControlCenter), group (Personal Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:16
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box to use the KDE-wide e-mail settings, which are defined using the System Settings \"About Me\" Module. Uncheck this box to be able to specify your full name and e-mail."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StartTime), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:24
#, kde-format
msgid "Default appointment time"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StartTime), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:25
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the default time for events here. The default is used if you do not supply a start time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultDuration), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:30
#, kde-format
msgid "Default duration of new appointment (HH:MM)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultDuration), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:31
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter default duration for events here. The default is used if you do not supply an end time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (defaultAudioFileReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:36
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable a default sound file for audio reminders"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (defaultAudioFileReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:37
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box if you want to enable the specified file to be used as the default sound file for new reminders. You can always specify another file in the Reminder configuration accessible from the Event or To-do editors."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (audioFilePath), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Default audio file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (audioFilePath), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Set a file to be used as the default sound file for new reminders. You can always specify another file in the Reminder configuration accessible from the Event or To-do editors."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (defaultEventReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable reminders for new Events"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (defaultEventReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box if you want to enable reminders for all newly created Events. You can always turn-off the reminders in the Event editor dialog."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (defaultEventReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:49
#, kde-format
msgid "By default, enable reminders for new events"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (defaultTodoReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable reminders for new To-dos"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (defaultTodoReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box if you want to enable reminders for all newly created To-dos. You can always turn-off the reminders in the To-do editor dialog."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (defaultTodoReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:56
#, kde-format
msgid "By default, enable reminders for new to-dos"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ReminderTime), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Default reminder time"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ReminderTime), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the default reminder time for all newly created items. The time unit is specified in the adjacent combobox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (ReminderTime), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Default time for reminders"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ReminderTimeUnits), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the default reminder time units for all newly created items. The time is specified in the adjacent spinbox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (ReminderTimeUnits), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Default time unit for reminders"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DayBegins), group (Time & Date)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:78
#, kde-format
msgid "Day begins at"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DayBegins), group (Time & Date)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the start time for events here. This time should be the earliest time that you use for events."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Time & Date)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Exclude holidays"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Time & Date)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box to prevent KOrganizer from marking the working hours on holidays."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Holidays), group (Time & Date)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Use holiday region:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Holidays), group (Time & Date)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Select from which region you want to use the holidays here. Defined holidays are shown as non-working days in the date navigator, the agenda view, etc."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Group Scheduling)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Groupware communication"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Group Scheduling)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box to enable automatic generation of mails when creating, updating or deleting events (or to-dos) involving other attendees. You should check this box if you want to use the groupware functionality (e.g. Configuring Kontact as a KDE Kolab client)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SendPolicy), group (Group Scheduling)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Default policy for invitations to other users:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SendPolicy), group (Group Scheduling)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Send mails without asking."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SendPolicy), group (Group Scheduling)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:110
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask for every individual attendee what to do."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SendPolicy), group (Group Scheduling)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not send invitation emails at all (this can break group scheduling for iTip compliant clients)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowTimeZoneSelectorInIncidenceEditor), group (Hidden Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Show timezone selectors in the event and todo editor dialog."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Regularly archive events"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:139
#, kde-format
msgid "If auto-archiving is enabled, events older than this amount will be archived. The unit of this value is specified in another field."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExpiryUnit), group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:144
#, kde-format
msgid "The unit in which the expiry time is expressed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExpiryUnit), group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:147
#, kde-format
msgid "In days"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExpiryUnit), group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:150
#, kde-format
msgid "In weeks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExpiryUnit), group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:153
#, kde-format
msgid "In months"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:160
#, kde-format
msgid "URL of the file where old events should be archived"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:164
#, kde-format
msgid "Archive events"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Archive to-dos"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:174
#, kde-format
msgid "What to do when archiving"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:177
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete old events"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:180
#, kde-format
msgid "Archive old events to a separate file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UserName), group (Internal Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Full &name"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UserName), group (Internal Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter your full name here. This name will be displayed as \"Organizer\" in to-dos and events you create."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UserEmail), group (Internal Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:200
#, kde-format
msgid "E&mail address"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UserEmail), group (Internal Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:201
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter here your e-mail address. This e-mail address will be used to identify the owner of the calendar, and displayed in events and to-dos you create."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:202
#, kde-format
msgid "nobody@nowhere"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:220
#, kde-format
msgid "\"No category\" color (for \"Only category\" drawing schemes)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Select a color to use for the \"no category\" or \"unset category\" situation, when an item does not belong to any category. This color is used when drawing items in the agenda or month views using the \"Only category\" scheme."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this color when drawing items without a category"
msgid "If you want to print more days at once, you can define a range of dates with this option and the <i>End date</i> option. This option is used to define the start date."
msgid "It is possible to print only those events which are inside a given timerange. With this time selection box you can define the start of this time range. The end time should be defined with the <i>End time</i> option. Note you can automatically modify these settings if you check <i>Extend time range to include all events</i>."
msgid "If you want to print more days at once, you can define a range of dates with this option and the <i>Start date</i> option. This option is used to define the end date."
msgid "It is possible to print only those events which are inside a given timerange. With this time selection box you can define the end of this time range. The start time should be defined with the <i>Start time</i> option. Note you can automatically modify these settings if you check <i>Extend time range to include all events</i>."
msgid "Prints all events of a single day on one page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprintdefaultplugins.h:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Print &week"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprintdefaultplugins.h:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Prints all events of one week on one page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprintdefaultplugins.h:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Print mont&h"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprintdefaultplugins.h:228
#, kde-format
msgid "Prints all events of one month on one page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprintdefaultplugins.h:279
#, kde-format
msgid "Print to-&dos"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprintdefaultplugins.h:284
#, kde-format
msgid "Prints all to-dos in a (tree-like) list"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Unable to print, an invalid print style was specified."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Printing error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Print"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Print Style"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Page &orientation:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Set the print orientation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Choose if you want your output to be printed in \"portrait\" or \"landscape\". You can also default to the orientation best suited to the selected style or to your printer's default setting."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Use Default Orientation of Selected Style"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Use Printer Default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Portrait"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Landscape"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Select the type of print"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:264
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Select one of the following types of prints you want to make. You may want to print an individual item, or all the items for a specific time range (like a day, week or month), or you may want to print your to-do list."
msgid "Check this box if you want to draw note lines in the empty area of the print. This is useful if you want to hand-write notes on this print-out."
msgid "When you want to print more months at once, you can define a month range. This option defines the first month to be printed. Use the option <i>End month</i> to define the last month in this range."
msgid "When you want to print more years at once, you can define a year range. This option defines the first year to be printed. Use the option <i>End year</i> to define the last year in this range."
msgid "When you want to print more months at once, you can define a month range. This option defines the last month to be printed. Use the option <i>Start month</i> to define the first month in this range."
msgid "When you want to print more years at once, you can define a year range. This option defines the last year to be printed. Use the option <i>Start year</i> to define the first year in this range."
msgid "With this option it is possible to leave out the daily recurring to-dos and events in the print. They take a lot of space and make the month view needlessly complicated."
msgid "Here you can choose which events should be printed based on their date. This check enables you to enter the start date of the date range. Use the <i>End date</i> to enter the end date of the daterange."
msgid "Here you can choose which events should be printed based on their date. This check enables you to enter the end date of the date range. Use the <i>Start date</i> to enter the start date of the daterange."
msgid "This view is similar to the weekview. The week is printed in landscape layout. You can even use the same colors for the items if you check <i>Use Colors</i>."
msgid "This view is similar to the week view. The only difference with the timetable view is the page layout. Timetables are printed in landscape, the split week view in portrait."
msgctxt "number of unread entities in the collection"
msgid "Unread"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/models/statisticsproxymodel.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgctxt "number of entities in the collection"
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/models/statisticsproxymodel.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgctxt "collection size"
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/models/tagmodel.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Tag"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/partfetcher.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to fetch item for index"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/partfetcher.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "Index is no longer available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/partfetcher.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Payload part '%1' is not available for this index"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/partfetcher.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "No session available for this index"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/partfetcher.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "No item available for this index"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/pluginloader.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Unnamed plugin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/pluginloader.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid "No description available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: core/servermanager.cpp:254
+#: core/servermanager.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The Akonadi server protocol version differs from the protocol version used by this application.\n"
"If you recently updated your system please log out and back in to make sure all applications use the correct protocol version."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: core/servermanager.cpp:271
+#: core/servermanager.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "There are no Akonadi Agents available. Please verify your KDE PIM installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/session.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "Protocol version mismatch. Server version is older (%1) than ours (%2). If you updated your system recently please restart the Akonadi server."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/session.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Protocol version mismatch. Server version is newer (%1) than ours (%2). If you updated your system recently please restart all KDE PIM applications."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: selftest/main.cpp:32
#, kde-format
msgid "Akonadi Self Test"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: selftest/main.cpp:34
#, kde-format
msgid "Checks and reports state of Akonadi server"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: selftest/main.cpp:36
#, kde-format
msgid "(c) 2008 Volker Krause <vkrause@kde.org>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/agentactionmanager.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "&New Agent Instance..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/agentactionmanager.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "&Delete Agent Instance"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/agentactionmanager.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "&Configure Agent Instance"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/agentactionmanager.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "New Agent Instance"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/agentactionmanager.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not create agent instance: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/agentactionmanager.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Agent instance creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/agentactionmanager.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Delete Agent Instance?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/agentactionmanager.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to delete the selected agent instance?"
"<qt>Your changes conflict with those made by someone else meanwhile.<br>"
"Unless one version can just be thrown away, you will have to integrate those changes manually.<br>"
"Click on <a href=\"opentexteditor\">\"Open text editor\"</a> to keep a copy of the texts, then select which version is most correct, then re-open it and modify it again to add what's missing."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/conflictresolvedialog.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgid "Data"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/controlgui.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "Starting Akonadi server..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/controlgui.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgid "Stopping Akonadi server..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/dragdropmanager.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "&Move Here"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/dragdropmanager.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgid "&Copy Here"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/dragdropmanager.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "&Link Here"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/dragdropmanager.cpp:244
#, kde-format
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/erroroverlay.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1 is a reason why"
msgid ""
"Cannot connect to the Personal information management service.\n"
msgid "The current configuration does not require an internal MySQL server."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You have currently configured Akonadi to use the MySQL server '%1'.\n"
"Make sure you have the MySQL server installed, set the correct path and ensure you have the necessary read and execution rights on the server executable. The server executable is typically called 'mysqld'; its location varies depending on the distribution."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server not found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server not readable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:244
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server not executable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL found with unexpected name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server found: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server is executable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgid "Executing the MySQL server '%1' failed with the following error message: '%2'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgid "Executing the MySQL server failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:266
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server error log not tested."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "No current MySQL error log found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid "The MySQL server did not report any errors during this startup. The log can be found in '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL error log not readable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgid "A MySQL server error log file was found but is not readable: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server log contains errors."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "The MySQL server error log file '%1' contains errors."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:300
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server log contains warnings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:301
#, kde-format
msgid "The MySQL server log file '%1' contains warnings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:303
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server log contains no errors."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:304
#, kde-format
msgid "The MySQL server log file '%1' does not contain any errors or warnings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server configuration not tested."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server default configuration found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgid "The default configuration for the MySQL server was found and is readable at %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:329
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server default configuration not found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid "The default configuration for the MySQL server was not found or was not readable. Check your Akonadi installation is complete and you have all required access rights."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:337
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server custom configuration not available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:338
#, kde-format
msgid "The custom configuration for the MySQL server was not found but is optional."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:340
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server custom configuration found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid "The custom configuration for the MySQL server was found and is readable at %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:345
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server custom configuration not readable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:346
#, kde-format
msgid "The custom configuration for the MySQL server was found at %1 but is not readable. Check your access rights."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:353
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server configuration not found or not readable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:354
#, kde-format
msgid "The MySQL server configuration was not found or is not readable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:356
#, kde-format
msgid "MySQL server configuration is usable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "The MySQL server configuration was found at %1 and is readable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:386
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot connect to PostgreSQL server."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:388
#, kde-format
msgid "PostgreSQL server found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:389
#, kde-format
msgid "The PostgreSQL server was found and connection is working."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "akonadictl not found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:399
#, kde-format
msgid "The program 'akonadictl' needs to be accessible in $PATH. Make sure you have the Akonadi server installed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:405
#, kde-format
msgid "akonadictl found and usable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The program '%1' to control the Akonadi server was found and could be executed successfully.\n"
"Result:\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:409
#, kde-format
msgid "akonadictl found but not usable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The program '%1' to control the Akonadi server was found but could not be executed successfully.\n"
"Result:\n"
"%2\n"
"Make sure the Akonadi server is installed correctly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:419
#, kde-format
msgid "Akonadi control process registered at D-Bus."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgid "The Akonadi control process is registered at D-Bus which typically indicates it is operational."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:422
#, kde-format
msgid "Akonadi control process not registered at D-Bus."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:423
#, kde-format
msgid "The Akonadi control process is not registered at D-Bus which typically means it was not started or encountered a fatal error during startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:428
#, kde-format
msgid "Akonadi server process registered at D-Bus."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:429
#, kde-format
msgid "The Akonadi server process is registered at D-Bus which typically indicates it is operational."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:431
#, kde-format
msgid "Akonadi server process not registered at D-Bus."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:432
#, kde-format
msgid "The Akonadi server process is not registered at D-Bus which typically means it was not started or encountered a fatal error during startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:440
#, kde-format
msgid "Protocol version check not possible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgid "Without a connection to the server it is not possible to check if the protocol version meets the requirements."
msgid "The server protocol version is %1, but version %2 is required by the client. If you recently updated KDE PIM, please make sure to restart both Akonadi and KDE PIM applications."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:451
#, kde-format
msgid "Server protocol version is too new."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:457
#, kde-format
msgid "Server protocol version matches."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:458
#, kde-format
msgid "The current Protocol version is %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:477
#, kde-format
msgid "Resource agents found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:477
#, kde-format
msgid "At least one resource agent has been found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:479
#, kde-format
msgid "No resource agents found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:480
#, kde-format
msgid "No resource agents have been found, Akonadi is not usable without at least one. This usually means that no resource agents are installed or that there is a setup problem. The following paths have been searched: '%1'. The XDG_DATA_DIRS environment variable is set to '%2'; make sure this includes all paths where Akonadi agents are installed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:497
#, kde-format
msgid "No current Akonadi server error log found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:498
#, kde-format
msgid "The Akonadi server did not report any errors during its current startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgid "Current Akonadi server error log found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:501
#, kde-format
msgid "The Akonadi server reported errors during its current startup. The log can be found in %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:508
#, kde-format
msgid "No previous Akonadi server error log found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:509
#, kde-format
msgid "The Akonadi server did not report any errors during its previous startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:511
#, kde-format
msgid "Previous Akonadi server error log found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgid "The Akonadi server reported errors during its previous startup. The log can be found in %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:522
#, kde-format
msgid "No current Akonadi control error log found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:523
#, kde-format
msgid "The Akonadi control process did not report any errors during its current startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:525
#, kde-format
msgid "Current Akonadi control error log found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:526
#, kde-format
msgid "The Akonadi control process reported errors during its current startup. The log can be found in %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:533
#, kde-format
msgid "No previous Akonadi control error log found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:534
#, kde-format
msgid "The Akonadi control process did not report any errors during its previous startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:536
#, kde-format
msgid "Previous Akonadi control error log found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:537
#, kde-format
msgid "The Akonadi control process reported errors during its previous startup. The log can be found in %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:546
#, kde-format
msgid "Akonadi was started as root"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:546
#, kde-format
msgid "Running Internet-facing applications as root/administrator exposes you to many security risks. MySQL, used by this Akonadi installation, will not allow itself to run as root, to protect you from these risks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:548
#, kde-format
msgid "Akonadi is not running as root"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/selftestdialog.cpp:548
#, kde-format
msgid "Akonadi is not running as a root/administrator user, which is the recommended setup for a secure system."
msgid "An error occurred during the startup of the Akonadi server. The following self-tests are supposed to help with tracking down and solving this problem. When requesting support or reporting bugs, please always include this report."
msgid "The gpgconf tool used to provide the information for this dialog does not seem to be installed properly. It did not return any components. Try running \"%1\" on the command line for more information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/cryptoconfigmodule.cpp:496
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Translate this to 'yes' or 'no' (use the English words!) depending on whether your language uses Sentence style capitalisation in GUI labels (yes) or not (no). Context: We get some backend strings in that have the wrong capitalizaion (in English, at least) so we need to force the first character to upper-case. It is this behaviour you can control for your language with this translation."
msgctxt "default server name, keep it a valid domain name, ie. no spaces"
msgid "server"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "hkp"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "http"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "https"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "ftp"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "ftps"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid "ldap"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "ldaps"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:585
#, kde-format
msgid "Server Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:586
#, kde-format
msgid "Server Port"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:587
#, kde-format
msgid "Base DN"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:588
#, kde-format
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:589
#, kde-format
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:611
#, kde-format
msgid "(read-only)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:613
#, kde-format
msgctxt "amended tooltip; %1: original tooltip"
msgid "%1 (read-only)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:736
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the name or IP address of the server hosting the directory service."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:738
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>(Optional, the default is fine in most cases)</b> Pick the port number the directory service is listening on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:741
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>(Only for LDAP)</b> Enter the base DN for this LDAP server to limit searches to only that subtree of the directory."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:744
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>(Optional)</b> Enter your user name here, if needed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/directoryserviceswidget.cpp:746
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>(Optional, not recommended)</b> Enter your password here, if needed. Note that the password will be saved in the clear in a config file in your home directory."
msgid "Click this button to create a new directory service entry as a clone of the currently selected one (or with default values, if no other is selected). You can then configure details in the table on the left hand."
msgid "Click this button to remove the currently selected directory service. The change will only take effect once you acknowledge the main configuration dialog."
msgid "Bad signature by unknown certificate %1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:715
#, kde-format
msgid "Bad signature by an unknown certificate: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:718
#, kde-format
msgid "Bad signature by %1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:724
#, kde-format
msgid "Good signature by unknown certificate %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:726
#, kde-format
msgid "Good signature by an unknown certificate."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:729
#, kde-format
msgid "Good signature by %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:734
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid signature by unknown certificate %1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:736
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid signature by an unknown certificate: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:739
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid signature by %1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:754
#, kde-format
msgid "This certificate was imported from the following sources:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:766
#, kde-format
msgid "The import of this certificate was canceled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:769
#, kde-format
msgid "An error occurred importing this certificate: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:775
#, kde-format
msgid "This certificate was new to your keystore. The secret key is available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:776
#, kde-format
msgid "This certificate is new to your keystore."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:780
#, kde-format
msgid "New user-ids were added to this certificate by the import."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:783
#, kde-format
msgid "New signatures were added to this certificate by the import."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:786
#, kde-format
msgid "New subkeys were added to this certificate by the import."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:790
#, kde-format
msgid "The import contained no new data for this certificate. It is unchanged."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:807
#, kde-format
msgid "Certify"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:810
#, kde-format
msgid "Sign"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:813
#, kde-format
msgid "Encrypt"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:816
#, kde-format
msgid "Authenticate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:825
#, kde-format
msgctxt "(validity, protocol, creation date)"
msgid "(%1, %2, created: %3)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:852
#, kde-format
msgid "The certificate is marked as your own."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:854
#, kde-format
msgid "The certificate belongs to this recipient."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:856
#, kde-format
msgid "The trust model indicates marginally that the certificate belongs to this recipient."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:858
#, kde-format
msgid "This certificate should not be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:862
#, kde-format
msgid "There is no indication that this certificate belongs to this recipient."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:915
#, kde-format
msgctxt "VS-NfD conforming is a German standard for restricted documents. For which special restrictions about algorithms apply. The string describes if a key is compliant with that.."
msgid "May be used for VS-NfD-compliant communication."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:918
#, kde-format
msgctxt "VS-NfD-conforming is a German standard for restricted documents. For which special restrictions about algorithms apply. The string describes if a key is compliant to that.."
msgid "May <b>not</b> be used for VS-NfD-compliant communication."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: utils/formatting.cpp:931
#, kde-format
msgctxt "VS-NfD-conforming is a German standard for restricted documents for which special restrictions about algorithms apply. The string states that a key is compliant with that."
msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is an HTML message. For security reasons, only the raw HTML code is shown. If you trust the sender of this message then you can activate formatted HTML display for this message <a href='kmail:showHTML'>by clicking here</a>."
msgid "<b>Note:</b> This HTML message may contain external references to images etc. For security/privacy reasons external references are not loaded. If you trust the sender of this message then you can load the external references for this message <a href='kmail:loadExternal'>by clicking here</a>."
msgid "This email contains a link which reads as '%1' in the text, but actually points to '%2'. This is often the case in scam emails to mislead the recipient"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: scamdetection/scamdetectionwebengine.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "This email contains a link which points to a numerical IP address (%1) instead of a typical textual website address. This is often the case in scam emails."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: scamdetection/scamdetectionwebengine.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "This email contains a link which points to a hexadecimal IP address (%1) instead of a typical textual website address. This is often the case in scam emails."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: scamdetection/scamdetectionwebengine.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgid "This email contains a link (%1) which has a redirection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: scamdetection/scamdetectionwebengine.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid "This email contains a link (%1) which contains multiple http://. This is often the case in scam emails."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: scamdetection/scamdetectionwebengine.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "This email contains a shorturl (%1). It can redirect to another server."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: scamdetection/scamdetectionwebengine.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "Message contains form element. This is often the case in scam emails."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: scamdetection/scamexpandurljob.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "No network connection detected, we cannot expand url."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: scamdetection/scamexpandurljob.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Short url '%1' redirects to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrintSelectedText), group (Print)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:11
#, kde-format
msgid "Only print selected text in viewer"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RespectExpandCollapseSettings), group (Print)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:15
#, kde-format
msgid "Respect expand/collapse quote mark which is defined in settings during printing."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrintBackgroundColorImages), group (Print)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:19
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies whether the background color and images are also drawn when the page is printed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MinimumFontSize), group (Fonts)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:30
#, kde-format
msgid "When we render html do not use font size inferior to minimum size."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BodyFont), group (Fonts)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:34
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the font to use for the message body"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrintFont), group (Fonts)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:38
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the font to use for printing"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CloseAfterReplyOrForward), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Close message window after replying or forwarding"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (showColorBar), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:59
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Show HTML Side Bar"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowExpandQuotesMark), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:63
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Show expand/collapse quote marks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowExpandQuotesMark), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:64
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable this option to show different levels of quoted text. Disable to hide the levels of quoted text."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CollapseQuoteLevelSpin), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:67
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatic collapse level:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShrinkQuotes), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:74
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:78
#, kde-format
msgid "Reduce font size for quoted text"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShrinkQuotes), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:75
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable this option to show quoted text with a smaller font."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AllowAttachmentEditing), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:79
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Allow to edit attachments of existing mails."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AlwaysDecrypt), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:83
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Always decrypt messages when viewing or ask before decrypting"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MimeTreeMode2), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:86
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Message Structure Viewer"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MimeTreeMode2), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:89
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Show never"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MimeTreeMode2), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:92
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Show always"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (headerPluginStyleName), group (Reader)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (headerStyle), group (Reader)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (headerSetDisplayed), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:114
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:118
#, kde-format
msgid "How much of headers should be displayed"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (htmlMail), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:118
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Prefer HTML to plain text"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (htmlLoadExternal), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:122
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Allow messages to load external references from the Internet"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (attachmentStrategy), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:126
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:130
#, kde-format
msgid "How attachments are shown"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RecycleQuoteColors), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:130
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies whether to reuse the quote color, beyond the 3rd level"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AccessKeyEnabled), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:134
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Activate Access Key"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ScamDetectionEnabled), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:138
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:142
#, kde-format
msgid "KMail can analyze messages for suspected email scams by looking for common techniques used to deceive you"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ScamDetectionWhiteList), group (Reader)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:142
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:146
#, kde-format
msgid "List of emails in scam white list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (notSendWhenEncrypted), group (MDN)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:148
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not send MDNs in response to encrypted messages"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultPolicy), group (MDN)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:152
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:156
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the default policy to use, for the Message Disposition Notifications (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (QuoteMessage), group (MDN)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:156
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the default quoting action to take, when replying to a message (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LegacyMangleFromToHeaders), group (Invitations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:172
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Mangle From:/To: headers in replies to replies"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LegacyMangleFromToHeaders), group (Invitations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:173
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:177
#, kde-format
msgid "Microsoft Outlook has a number of shortcomings in its implementation of the iCalendar standard; this option works around one of them. If you have problems with Outlook users not being able to get your replies, try setting this option."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LegacyBodyInvites), group (Invitations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:178
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Send groupware invitations in the mail body"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LegacyBodyInvites), group (Invitations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:179
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Microsoft Outlook has a number of shortcomings in its implementation of the iCalendar standard; this option works around one of them. If you have problems with Outlook users not being able to get your invitations, try setting this option."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExchangeCompatibleInvitations), group (Invitations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:184
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Exchange-compatible invitation naming"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ExchangeCompatibleInvitations), group (Invitations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:185
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Microsoft Outlook, when used in combination with a Microsoft Exchange server, has a problem understanding standards-compliant groupware email. Turn this option on to send groupware invitations in a way that Microsoft Exchange understands."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutomaticSending), group (Invitations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:190
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatic invitation sending"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutomaticSending), group (Invitations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:191
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:195
#, kde-format
msgid "When this is checked, you will not see the mail composer window. Instead, all invitation mails are sent automatically. If you want to see the mail before sending it, you can uncheck this option. However, be aware that the text in the composer window is in iCalendar syntax, and you should not try modifying it by hand."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeleteInvitationEmailsAfterSendingReply), group (Invitations)
msgid "Delete invitation emails after the reply to them has been sent"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeleteInvitationEmailsAfterSendingReply), group (Invitations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:197
+#: settings/messageviewer.kcfg.cmake:201
#, kde-format
msgid "When this is checked, received invitation emails that have been replied to will be moved to the Trash folder, once the reply has been successfully sent."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseFixedFont), group (Composer)
msgid "This web site is a malware, do you want to continue to show it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:2078
+#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:2083
#, kde-format
msgid "Malware"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:2133
+#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:2138
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy Email Address"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:2227
+#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:2232
#, kde-format
msgid "Message as Plain Text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:2426
+#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:2431
#, kde-format
msgid "Print Document"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:2512
+#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:2517
#, kde-format
msgid "Attachments:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:2869
+#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:2874
#, kde-format
msgid "URL copied to clipboard."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:3055
+#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:3060
#, kde-format
msgid "Message loading failed: %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:3060
+#: viewer/viewer_p.cpp:3065
#, kde-format
msgid "Message not found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/attachmentdialog.cpp:37
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"Open attachment <filename>%1</filename>?<nl/>"
"Note that opening an attachment may compromise your system's security."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/attachmentdialog.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Open Attachment?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/attachmentdialog.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "&Open With '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/attachmentdialog.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "&Open With..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/attachmentdialog.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not ask again"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/htmlstatusbar.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgctxt "'HTML Message' with html linebreaks between each letter and in bold text."
msgid ""
"<qt><b><br />"
"H<br />"
"T<br />"
"M<br />"
"L<br />"
" <br />"
"M<br />"
"e<br />"
"s<br />"
"s<br />"
"a<br />"
"g<br />"
"e</b></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/htmlstatusbar.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgctxt "'No HTML Message' with html linebreaks between each letter."
msgid ""
"<qt><br />"
"N<br />"
"o<br />"
" <br />"
"H<br />"
"T<br />"
"M<br />"
"L<br />"
" <br />"
"M<br />"
"e<br />"
"s<br />"
"s<br />"
"a<br />"
"g<br />"
"e</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/htmlstatusbar.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgctxt "'Plain Message' with html linebreaks between each letter."
msgid ""
"<qt><br />"
"P<br />"
"l<br />"
"a<br />"
"i<br />"
"n<br />"
" <br />"
"M<br />"
"e<br />"
"s<br />"
"s<br />"
"a<br />"
"g<br />"
"e<br />"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/htmlstatusbar.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgctxt "'Calendar Message' with html linebreaks between each letter."
msgid ""
"<qt><br />"
"C<br />"
"a<br />"
"l<br />"
"e<br />"
"n<br />"
"d<br />"
"a<br />"
"r<br />"
" <br />"
"M<br />"
"e<br />"
"s<br />"
"s<br />"
"a<br />"
"g<br />"
"e<br />"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/htmlstatusbar.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid "Click to toggle between HTML, plain text and calendar."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/invitationsettings.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Invitations are normally sent as attachments to a mail. This switch changes the invitation mails to be sent in the text of the mail instead; this is necessary to send invitations and replies to Microsoft Outlook.<br />"
"But, when you do this, you no longer get descriptive text that mail programs can read; so, to people who have email programs that do not understand the invitations, the resulting messages look very odd.<br />"
"People that have email programs that do understand invitations will still be able to work with this.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/mailsourcewebengineviewer.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Unchanged mail message"
msgid "Raw Source"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/mailsourcewebengineviewer.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Raw, unmodified mail as it is stored on the filesystem or on the server"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/mailsourcewebengineviewer.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Mail message as shown, in HTML format"
msgid "HTML Source"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/mailsourcewebengineviewer.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "HTML code for displaying the message to the user"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/mailtrackingwarningwidget.cpp:33
#, kde-format
msgid "Some Mail Tracker was found and was blocked.<a href=\"mailtrackingdetails\">(Details...)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/mailtrackingwarningwidget.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "1 tracker from the company %2 (%3)"
msgid_plural "%1 trackers from the company %2 (%3)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/openattachmentfolderwidget.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Open folder where attachment was saved"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: widgets/submittedformwarningwidget.cpp:34
#, kde-format
msgid "Submit form is not allowed in mailer. Please open url in a browser."
+"For simple comparison of two selected files choose \"Compare\".\n"
+"If the other file is somewhere else \"Save\" the first file for later. It will appear in the \"Compare With ...\" submenu. Then use \"Compare With\" on the second file.\n"
+"For a 3-way merge first \"Save\" the base file, then the branch to merge and choose \"3-way merge with base\" on the other branch which will be used as destination.\n"
+"Same also applies to directory comparison and merge."